Bizhub Pro 920

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 640

SERVICE MANUAL Field Service

PRO 920
Main body

2005.08
Ver. 2.0
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,


WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury

CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium


trouble and property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the


copier. General Electric hazard High
precaution temperature

:Prohibition when using the


copier. General Do not touch Do not
prohibition with wet hand disassemble

:Direction when using the


copier. General Unplug Ground/Earth
instruction

S-1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.

Prohibited Actions

DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with


wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between


relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Making any modification to the product unless instructed


by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

S-2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION


In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
AC230V
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
AC208V 240V
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.

• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-


minals of the plug according to the following order:
• Black or Brown: L (line)
• White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the
product, and results in fire or electric shock.

S-3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE


Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.

1. Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock. ?V

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same


configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to kw
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.

• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall


outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet


securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.

S-4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or


pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check


whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connec-
tor on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

S-5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.

• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.


Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.

S-6
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

2. Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Places

WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such


as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

When not Using the Product for a long time

WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.

S-7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect


the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. A risk of electric shock exists.
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Product Powered On

WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover


detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of elec-
tric shock exists.

S-8
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.

• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and


screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-
cal parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for


deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)
incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply


power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

S-9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-
ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.

• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,


optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installa-
tion state.
A risk of fire exists.

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and


check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).

• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-
tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

Handling of Consumables

WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.

S-10
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Handling of Consumables

WARNING
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.

Handling of Service Materials

CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (ace-
tone-based) are highly flammable and must be handled
with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before


any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.

• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take


care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.

S-11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.

This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.

S-12
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.

For North America and Taiwan:

57gap0e001na

S-13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

For Europe:

57gap0e002na

S-14
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

For other areas:

57gap0e003na

S-15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

This product employs a Class


3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The
cover should not be opened
when the power is turned on.

57gap0e004na

S-16
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION

57gap0e005na

CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.

S-17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF


AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evalua-
tion must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in
"Serious Accident Report/Follow-up Procedures."

S-18
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications,


unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating
system, and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.

<Field service section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, and product specifications


MAINTENANCE: Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Utility mode *, Tech. Rep. mode *, security and mechani-
cal adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING*: List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and esti-
mated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*: Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing
chart, overall layout drawing

This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.

The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.

C-1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:

(1) IC board: Standard printer


(2) bizhub PRO 920: Main body
(3) PS-502 PostScript3 Option: PS3 Option
(4) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP

B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.

C. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL

C-2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal

C-3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial com-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
munication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data

C-4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2005/08 2.0 Addition of FS-509 and correction of an error in writing


2005/06 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

bizhub PRO 920


bizhub PRO 920

OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Life value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.1 Life value of materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.2 Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.3.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.9 RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.4 Replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.1 Periodically replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.2 Spot replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the external section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.1 Replacing the ozone filter /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.2 Cleaning the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5.3 Replacing the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the write section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.6.1 Cleaning the dust-proof glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the drum fixing couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.7.3 Replacing the drum temperature sensor (TH5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.7.4 Cleaning the toner control sensor board (TCSB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.7.5 Replacing the drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.7.6 Replacing the drum claw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.7.7 Replacing the drum fixing spring/drum positioning collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the charge section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber,
charge cleaning unit and C-clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.9 Maintenance procedure of the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

1 i
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.9.2 Replacing the transfer/separation wire, transfer cleaning assembly,


separation cleaning assembly, vibration-proof rubber and the C-clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
bizhub PRO 920

3.9.3 Replacing the transfer exposure lamp (TSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59


3.10 Maintenance procedure of the developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.1 Replacing the suction filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and the developing suction assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.3 Replacing the developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.10.4 Cleaning the developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.10.5 Cleaning the developing bias contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the toner supply section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.11.2 Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the cleaning and toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt,
seal plates /Fr and /Rr, and the toner seal plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.12.4 Replacing the cleaning gear /A, /B and the guide plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.13.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush (Tray 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.13.2 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.13.3 Replacing the separation roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8)
(Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.13.5 Replacing the pre-registration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.13.6 Replacing the feed input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the bypass tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.14.1 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.14.2 Replacing the separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.15.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.15.3 Replacing the conveyance roller /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.15.4 Replacing the vertical conveyance roller /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.15.5 Cleaning the vertical conveyance sensor (PS53)/loop sensor (PS54). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the ADU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.16.2 Replacing the registration clutch (CL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.16.3 Removing/reinstalling the registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.16.4 Replacing the registration roller/registration bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration roller/
ADU pre-registration bearing/ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3.16.6 Replacing the ADU pre-registration loop roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.16.9 Replacing the paper reverse/exit roller, /2, /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.16.10 Replacing the paper reverse/exit entrance roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.16.11 Replacing the reverse/exit switching gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.16.12 Replacing the sensor actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.17.1 Removing/reinstalling the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

ii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS

3.17.2 Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151


3.17.3 Replacing the cleaning web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

bizhub PRO 920


3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) and /2 (L3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up, the heat insulating sleeve /Up
and the fusing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
3.17.8 Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3.17.10 Replacing the fusing heat roller, the heat roller bearing and the heat insulating sleeve /Lw . . . 165
3.17.11 Replacing the fusing claw /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
3.17.12 Replacing the fusing claw /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.17.13 Replacing the fusing actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
3.17.14 Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.17.15 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1 (TH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.17.16 Replacing the thermistor /4 (TH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.17.17 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3 (TH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3.17.18 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1 (TS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3.17.19 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2 (TS2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.17.20 Replacing the web motor (M16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.18 Maintenance procedure of the paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.18.1 Cleaning the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4. SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.1 Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.2 Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
4.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
4.4 Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.3 Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
4.4.6 Mail sending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
4.5 Machine setting data Import/Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.5.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1 ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1.2 Firmware data flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
5.1.3 Types of the Transfer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
5.2 ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
5.2.1 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5.2.4 Error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
5.3 Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.3 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

iii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.3.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
5.3.6 Notes for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
bizhub PRO 920

5.3.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225


5.3.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1.1 Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1.2 Writing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
6.1.3 Developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
6.1.4 Transfer/separation charge unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
6.3 Disassembling/assembling procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the left cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.3.11 Recovery of the circuit breaker (CBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.3.13 Replacing the exposure lamp (L1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.15 Stretching of the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
6.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the write unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the toner supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
6.3.18 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1, 2 lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
6.3.21 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
6.3.22 Removing/reinstalling the ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
8.1 List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10. TECH. REP. MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.1 List of Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.2.1 Start and exit Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.3 Machine Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.1 Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.2 Regist line speed adjustment (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

iv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS

10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285


10.3.4 Printer CD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

bizhub PRO 920


10.3.5 Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.3.6 Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.3.7 Printer top margin adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3.8 Printer regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
10.3.9 Printer pre-regist (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
10.3.10 Lead edge margin selection (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.3.11 Top image (original glass) (timing adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
10.3.12 Top image (ADF) (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.3.13 Scanner (ADF) regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.3.15 Scanner (Orig. glass) left image (centering adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
10.3.16 Scanner (ADF) left image (centering adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10.3.17 Distortion correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
10.3.18 Non image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
10.3.19 ADF density adj. (ADF adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.3.20 ADF original size adjustment (ADF adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.3.21 ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment (ADF adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.3.22 ADF incline offset adjustment (ADF adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10.3.23 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.4 Process adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.1 Auto high voltage adjustment (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.2 HV adjustment (Charge) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.3 HV adjustment (Transfer) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.4 HV adjustment (Separation AC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.5 HV adjustment (Separation DC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.6 HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.7 HV adjustment (Bias of development DC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.8 Transfer guide confirm (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.9 Blade setting mode (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.4.10 Auto drum potential adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
10.4.11 Auto maximum density adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.12 Auto laser diameter adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
10.4.14 Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.15 LD1 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.16 LD2 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.17 Cartridge installation mode (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.18 Drum sensitivity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.19 User specified paper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.20 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
10.5 Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.5.1 PM count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.5.2 Counter/Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
10.5.3 Preset parts life counter (parts life counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.5.4 Optional parts life counter (parts life counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
10.6 Machine Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.6.1 I/O check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.6.2 Input check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

v
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.6.3 Output check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346


10.6.4 Operations in the I/O check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
bizhub PRO 920

10.7 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358


10.7.1 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
10.8 Test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.8.1 Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.8.2 Test pattern density setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.8.3 Running mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.9 System input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.9.1 Software switch setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.9.2 Telephone No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
10.9.3 Serial No. input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
10.9.4 Install date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
10.9.5 Size setting (Tray 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
10.10 Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . 396
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.11.12 Confirm communication log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.11.14 Error code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
10.12 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13.1 Fold & Staple stopper adj. (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.13.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.13.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10.13.5 Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.13.6 Punch kit horizontal position adjustment (PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.13.7 Punch unit vertical position adjustment (ZU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
10.13.8 Punch unit horizontal position adjustment (ZU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
10.13.9 Punch registration loop adjustment (ZU/PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
10.13.10 Z-fold position adjustment (ZU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
10.13.11 Letter fold adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
10.13.12 2 positions stapling pitch adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
10.13.13 Fold and staple pitch adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.14 Administrator setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.14.1 Administrator authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.14.2 Administrator password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.15 CE Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

vi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS

10.15.1 CE authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430


10.15.2 CE password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

bizhub PRO 920


10.16 IP HDD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.1 Mis-centering adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.1.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.2 Paper feed roller pressure adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
11.2.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
11.3 Lift tray horizontal adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
11.3.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
11.4 Skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
11.4.2 ADU rear face skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
11.5 Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
11.5.1 Separation pressure adjustment of the tray1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
11.5.2 Separation pressure adjustment of the bypass tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
11.6 Paper feed height adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
11.6.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
11.7.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
12.1 Jam code list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.2 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
14.1.3 Boards and others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
14.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
14.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
14.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
14.6 PK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.2 PK-505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.7 ZU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.8 TU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
15.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
15.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

1 vii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

15.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
15.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
bizhub PRO 920

15.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
15.8.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
16.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
16.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.1 FS-509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.2 FS-604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
16.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
16.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
16.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
16.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/4
17.2 Main body 2/4
17.3 Main body 3/4
17.4 Main body 4/4
17.5 DF
17.6 LU
17.7 FS
17.8 PI
17.9 PK-503/504
17.10 PK-505
17.11 ZU
17.12 TU
18. PAPER SETTING
18.1 Paper type setting according to the paper brand
18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(U.S.A. paper)
18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(European paper)
18.4 Conversion table of paper weight

viii 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

„ OUTLINE

bizhub PRO 920


1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration

[10]

[7] [18] [15]


[11]
[16]
[8]
[12] [17]
[2]
[5] [1]

[3]

[10]

[7]
[11]

[9]
[6]
[12] [4]

[14]

[13]

57gat1e001nb

[1] Main body [11] FS self-contained puncher (PK-504: Swedish)


[2] Double sided original auto feeder (DF-606) [12] FS self-contained puncher (PK-505)
[3] Large volume paper feed tray (LU-403) [13] TU connection kit (MK-707)
[4] Large volume paper feed tray (LU-404) [14] Fore-edge trimming with large capacity
[5] Z-folding puncher (ZU-601: Swedish) stacker (TU-501)
[6] Z-folding puncher (ZU-602) [15] Image controller (IC-203)
[7] Torque limiter separation type sheet feeder [16] PostScript kit (PS-503)
(PI-501) [17] Key counter
[8] Flat stapling finisher (FS-509) [18] Toner recycle cut kit
[9] Stitch-and-fold finisher (FS-604) (RC-501 (bizhub PRO 920))
[10] FS self contained puncher (PK-503)

1 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Configuration for optional device connection


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• For machines equipped with ZU-601/602, the function of PK-503/504/505 is not available when PI-
501 is not equipped.
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.

No. Combinations for finishing AC power to be


connected to
1 FS-509/604
2 FS-509/604 PI-501
3 FS-509/604 PK-504/505
4 FS-604 TU-501 + MK-707
5 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-503/504/505
6 FS-604 PI-501 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
7 FS-604 PK-503/504/ TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
505
8 FS-604 PI-501 PK-503/504/ TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
505
9 ZU-601/602 FS-509/604
10 ZU-601/602 FS-509/604 PI-501*1
11 ZU-602 FS-604 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
12 ZU-601*2 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-504*2
13 ZU-602*2 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-503/505*2
14 ZU-602 FS-604 PI-501*1 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
15 ZU-601*2 FS-604 PI-501 PK-504*2 TU-501 + External (TU-501)
MK-707
16 ZU-602*2 FS-604 PI-501 PK-503/505*2 TU-501 + External (TU-501)
MK-707

*1 Paper fed from PI-501 cannot be punched.


*2 Paper fed from PI-501 is punched by PK-503/504/505. And paper fed from those other than PI-501 is
punched by ZU-601/602.

2 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

bizhub PRO 920


A. Type

Type Console type (floor-mounted type)


Copying method Indirect electrostatic method
Original stand Fixed
Original alignment Left rear standard
Photo conductor OPC
Sensitizing method Laser writing
Paper feed trays Three trays (1,000 sheets x 1, 500 sheets x 2, 20 lb: 80 g/m2)
Bypass feed (150 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m2)
LU-403 (4,000 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m2) *1
LU-404 (4,000 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m2) *1

*1 LU-403 and LU-404 are optional.

B. Functions

Original Sheet, book, solid object


Max. original size A3 or 11 x 17
Copy size Trays 1, 2 and 3 Inch: 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 13,
8.25 x 13, 8.125 x 13.25, 8 x 13, 5.5 x 8.5,
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 445 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (182 x 140 mm, minimum)
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11 x 17, 8.5 x
14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 13, 8.25 x 13,
8.125 x 13.25, 8 x 13, 5.5 x 8.5,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 445 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (182 x 140 mm, minimum)
Bypass feed Inch: 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R, A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5,
B5R, A5, A5R, B6R,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (100 x 148 mm, minimum)
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, A5R, B6R,
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (100 x 148 mm, minimum)
ADU A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, B6R, 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14,
8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Custom size paper (100 x 140 mm, minimum)

3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Magnification Fixed magnification Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,


bizhub PRO 920

x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500


Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Preset zoom setting 3 types
Zoom magnification x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Vertical magnification x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Horizontal magnifica- x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
tion
Warm-up time Less than 5 min. and 30 sec. (230V AC spec)
First copy out time Less than 3.1 sec.
Continuous copy speed 92 copies/min. (for A4/8.5 x 11)
Continuous copy count Up to 9,999 sheets
Original density selection Auto density selection, manual (9 steps), optional density (2 steps)
Resolution Scan 600 x 600 dpi
Write 600 x 600 dpi
Memory 256 MB (DRAM) + 10 GB (HDD)
Interface section RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Serial port (USB TypeB)

C. Type of paper

Plain paper *2 High quality paper, plain paper and recycled paper of 61 to 90 g/m2
Special paper *3 Bypass feed OHP film, label paper *4, blueprint master paper *4,
only Tab paper
All trays High quality paper of 50 to 60 g/m2 (thin paper)
High quality paper of 91 to 200 g/m2 (thick paper)

*2 Recommended paper
Plain paper Inch: Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m2)
Metric: Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2)
Recycled paper Inch: Weyerhaueser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb)
Metric: Nautilaus (80 g/m2), Classic White (80 g/m2)
*3 Recommended paper
Thick paper Inch: DomtarColor 65lb (176 g/m2), COUGAROOVER 65lb (176 g/m2),
HM-Cover 65lb (176 g/m2), XeroxDisitalLaser 65lb (176 g/m2)
Metric: RDEREY200 (200 g/m2), RDEREY160 (160 g/m2), NEUOOLOROOPY (200 g/m2)
XeroxColotech (200 g/m2), Xerox3R91798 (160 g/m2)
Thin paper Inch: Domter16lb, Docupaque16lb
Metric: Clair Mail (60 g/m2)
Label paper Inch: AVERY 5160
Metric: AVERY DSP24
OHP Inch: HP 92296T
Metric: HP 92296T
*4 Label paper and blueprint master are loaded and fed one sheet at a time.

4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

D. Maintenance

bizhub PRO 920


Maintenance Every 500,000 prints
Machine service life 30,000,000 prints or 5 years (whichever earlier)

E. Machine data

Power source Inch: AC 208 to 240V ± 10%, 60 Hz


Metric: AC 230V ± 10%, 50 Hz
Maximum power consump- Inch: 3,660 W or less (full option)
tion Metric: 3,450 W or less (full option)
Weight Approx. 280 kg (including DF-606)
Dimensions Main body + DF-606 887 (W) x 780 (D) x 1,203 (H) mm
Main body + DF-606 + ZU-602 3,453 (W) x 780 (D) x 1,203 (H) mm
+ LU-404 + FS-604 + MK-707
+ TU-501

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Blank page

6
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

„ MAINTENANCE

bizhub PRO 920


3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1 Life value
3.1.1 Life value of materials

Item No. of prints Driving time Definition of driving time


Drum 1,000,000 250h The time during which the drum is being driven.
Idling time is included in this time period.
Developer 1,000,000 250h The time during which the developing roller is being
driven.
Idling time is included in this time period.

3.1.2 Life value


The life value is a value for the number of prints or a value for the drive time, whichever is earlier.
The relationship between the driving time mentioned above and the actual number of prints has certain condi-
tions. It is decided according to the amount of copy time and also idling time. Accordingly, the number of prints
can vary substantially for the same amount of rotation time.

Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
250 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 9 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.

Note
• Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the Tech.
Rep. mode.

7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.2 Schedule
bizhub PRO 920

Guarantee period (5 years or 30,000,000 prints)

Service item x 10,000 prints No. of


xxxxxxxxxx executions

0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

2800
2825
2850
2875
2900
2925
2950
2975
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
Main body

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 z z z xxxzxxx z z 29 times
Every 1,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3 z z xxxzxxx z 19 times
Every 1,500,000 prints
Maintenance 4 z xxxzxxx 9 times
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 5 xxxzxxx 6 times
Every 4,500,000 prints
Maintenance 6 xxxzxxx 4 times
Every 6,000,000 prints
Maintenance 7 xxxzxxx 2 times
Every 10,000,000 prints
Maintenance 8 xxxzxxx 1 time
Every 15,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
DF

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 z xxxzxxx z 15 times
Every 2,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3 xxxzxxx 6 times
Every 4,500,000 prints
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
FS

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
LU

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 z z z xxxzxxx z z 29 times
Every 1,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3 z xxxzxxx 9 times
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
PI

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 z z z xxxzxxx z z 29 times
Every 1,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3 z xxxzxxx 9 times
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
PK

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
ZU

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 z xxxzxxx 9 times
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
TU

Every 500,000 prints


Maintenance 2 xxxzxxx z 7 times
Every 4,000,000 prints

8
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.3 Maintenance item

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• For cleaning of the tools used, be sure to use a vacuum cleaner appropriate for cleaning toner.

Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."

3.3.1 Main body


A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Image check z
2 Fusing Separation claw/Up, / z Drum cleaner/clean-
section Lw cleaning ing pad
Cleaning web 1 z
55VA-524*
• Fixing cleaning web
counter reset (in
Tech. Rep. mode)
3 Photo con- Photo conductor sec- z Drum cleaner/clean-
ductor sec- tion cleaning ing pad/blower brush/
tion vacuum cleaner
Drum claw 3 z
57GA2919*
4 Cleaning/ Cleaning unit cleaning z Cleaning pad/blower
toner recycle brush/vacuum
section cleaner
Cleaning blade 2 z
57GA5601*
• Blade set mode (in
Tech. Rep. mode)
5 Charge Charge unit cleaning z Drum cleaner/clean-
section (Charge back plate ing pad/blower brush
and its circumference,
and erase lamp (EL))
Charge wire 2 z
55VA2509*
Vibration-proof rubber 2 z
55VA2527*
Charge control plate 1 z
57GA2508*
Charge cleaning unit 2 z
55VA-255*

9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO 920

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


5 Charge C-clip 2 z
section 45AA2040*
6 Developing Developing unit clean- z Drum cleaner/clean-
section ing ing pad/blower brush/
vacuum cleaner
Suction filter 1 z
57GA3108*
Developing bias con- z
tact cleaning
7 Transfer/sep- Transfer/separation z Drum cleaner/clean-
aration sec- unit cleaning ing pad/blower brush
tion Transfer/separation 3 z
wire
55VA2613*
Transfer cleaning 1 z
assembly
56GA-276*
Separation cleaning 1 z
assembly /1
56GA-277*
Separation cleaning 1 z
assembly /2
56GA-278*
Vibration-proof rubber 3 z
56AA1783*
C-clip 3 z
45AA2040*
8 Registration Paper dust removing z Cleaning pad/blower
section brush /1, /2 cleaning brush/vacuum
cleaner
Cleaning of each sen- z Drum cleaner/clean-
sor ing pad
9 ADU/paper Cleaning of each roller/ z Drum cleaner/clean-
reverse sec- conveyance section/ ing pad
tion reverse/exit guide plate
10 Paper exit Cleaning of the paper z Drum cleaner/clean-
section exit roller ing pad
11 Paper feed Paper dust removing z Cleaning pad/blower
section brush cleaning brush/vacuum
cleaner
Cleaning of each sen- z Blower brush
sor
12 Bypass tray Cleaning of each sen- z Cleaning pad/blower
section sor brush

10
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

bizhub PRO 920


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
13 Vertical con- Cleaning of the paper z Cleaning pad/blower
veyance sec- dust removing brush brush/vacuum
tion cleaner
14 Scanner Cleaning of the origi- z Drum cleaner/clean-
section nal/slit glass ing pad
Cleaning of each mir- z Drum cleaner/clean-
rors and lens ing pad
Cleaning of each sen- z Drum cleaner/clean-
sor ing pad
15 Write section Cleaning of the dust- z Blower brush/clean-
proof glass ing pad
16 Main body Exterior/machine inter- z Drum cleaner/clean-
nal cleaning ing pad
Cleaning of the dust- z Vacuum cleaner
proof filters /1, /2, /3
17 Toner supply Toner bottle section z Cleaning pad
section cleaning
18 Final check Check of W.U.T z
Check of the image z
and the paper through
(including the vertical
magnification and tim-
ing adjustment)
PM count reset z

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 2 z Actual replacement
section 55VA-464* count: 300,000 feeds
Feed roller 2 z
55VA-463*
Separation roller 2 z
55VA-463*
Pick-up roller 1 z Actual replacement
55VA-484* count: 500,000 feeds
Feed roller 1 z
55VA-483*
Separation roller 1 z
55VA-483*

11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO 920

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


2 Bypass tray Pick-up roller 1 z Actual replacement
section 55VA-464* count: 200,000 feeds
Feed roller 1 z
55VA-463*
Separation roller 1 z
55VA-463*
3 Photo con- Drum fixing spring z
ductor sec- 55FU2014*
tion Drum positioning collar z
25SA2015*
Cleaning of the toner z
control sensor board
(TCSB)
Drum z Replace it once for
• Photo conductor every 1,000,000
counter reset (in prints or 250 h. of
Tech. Rep. mode) driving time, which-
ever is earlier.
4 Cleaning/ Toner guide brush 1 z Setting powder
toner recy- assembly
cle section 57GA5611*
Scattering prevention 1 z
felt
55VA5568*
Seal plate /Fr 1 z
56UA-559*
Seal plate /Rr 1 z
56UA-558*
5 Developing Developer z Replace it once for
section • Developer counter every 1,000,000
reset (in Tech. Rep. prints or 250 h. of
mode) driving time, which-
ever is earlier.
6 Main body Cleaning of the cover/ z
machine internal
7 Final check Check of the image z
and the paper through

12
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,500,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Fusing Fusing roller /Up z
section 57GB5304*
Fusing roller /Lw z
assembly
57GA-528*
Fusing claw /Up z
55VA5321*
Fusing claw /Lw z
25AA5329*
Heat insulating sleeve / z Multemp FF-RM
Up (Tri-flow also available)
45405339*
Bearing /Up z
45407504*
Fusing cleaning sheet z
assembly
56GA-547*
Fusing heat roller clean- z
ing

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Photo con- Drum temperature sen- 1 z
ductor sec- sor (TH5)
tion 56GA-209*
2 Cleaning/ Toner seal plate assembly 1 z
toner recy- 57GA-568*
cle section Toner guide plate 1 z
assembly
55VA-561*
3 Registra- Registration roller 1 z
tion section 55VA4603*
Registration bearing 2 z
55VA7602*
Loop roller 1 z
57GA-068*
Registration clutch 1 z
55VA8201*
4 Paper Reverse/exit roller 1 z
reverse/exit 57GA4740*
section

13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO 920

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


5 Fusing Heat insulating sleeve /Lw 2 z
section 26AA5315*
Heat roller bearing 2 z
26AA5316*
Thermistor /2 (TH2) 1 z
55VA8804*
Thermistor /4 (TH4) 1 z
55VA8806*
Fusing heat roller 1 z
55VA5307*
Fusing actuator 1 z
55VA5383*
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) 1 z
55VF8302* (Europe)
55VB8302* (U.S.A)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) 1 z
55VF8303* (Europe)
55VB8303* (U.S.A)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) 1 z
55VF8304* (Europe)
55VB8304* (U.S.A)
6 External Ozone filter /1 2 z
section 57GA1128*
Ozone filter /2 1 z
57GA1129*
Dust-proof filter /1 1 z
57GA1231*
Dust-proof filter /2 1 z
57GA1232*
Dust-proof filter /3 1 z
57GA1233*
7 Toner sup- Toner supply sleeve /1 1 z
ply section 55VA-334*
Toner supply sleeve /2 1 z
55VA-335*

E. Maintenance 5 (Every 4,500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Tray Pre-registration clutch 3 z Actual replacement
57GA8201* count: 3,000,000
Feed clutch 3 z feeds
57GA8201*

14
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

F. Maintenance 6 (Every 6,000,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Charge Charge unit 1 z
section 57GA-250*
Erase lamp (EL) 1 z
55VA-257*
2 Developing Developing unit 1 z
section 57GA-300
Developing suction 1 z
assembly
57GA-215*
3 Transfer/ Transfer exposure lamp 1 z
separation (TSL)
section 55VA8308*
Transfer/separation unit z
57GA-270*
4 Vertical Vertical conveyance 2 z Actual replacement
conveyance clutch count: 4,500,000
section 57GA8201* feeds
Conveyance roller /1 1 z
55VA4410*
Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
5 Fusing Fusing gear 1 z
section 56UA7783*
Web motor (M16) 1 z
56GA8017*
6 ADU Pre-registration roller 1 z
57GA4682*
ADU pre-registration 2 z
bearing
55VA7555*
ADU pre-registration 1 z
loop roller
57GA4681*
ADU exit roller 1 z
57GA4681*
Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
Paper reverse/exit 1 z
entrance roller
55VA4766*
Paper reverse/exit roller 1 z
/2
57GA4748*
Paper reverse/exit roller /3 1 z
57GA4741*

15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO 920

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


6 ADU ADU reverse roller 1 z
57GA4767*
ADU conveyance roller /1 1 z
57GA4681*
ADU conveyance roller /2 1 z
57GA4681*
ADU pre-registration 1 z
clutch (CL2)
55VA8201*
7 Paper Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
reverse/exit
section

G. Maintenance 7 (Every 10,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Vertical Vertical conveyance 2 z
conveyance roller /2, /3
section 56GA4411*
2 ADU Sensor actuator 3 z
56GA4782*
Reverse gate /Fr 1 z
55VA4730*
Reverse gate /Rr 1 z
55VA4731*
Reverse gate 4 z
55VA4757*
3 Paper feed Pre-registration roller /1, 3 z
section /2, /3
55VA4016*

H. Maintenance 8 (Every 15,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Feed input gear 1 z
section 57GA7711
2 Cleaning/ Cleaning gear /A 1 z
toner recy- 55VA7920
cle section Cleaning gear /B 1 z
55VA7921

16
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.3.2 DF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Original through check z
Cover z
2 Paper feed Pick-up roller z Drum cleaner/
section cleaning pad
Feed roller z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Paper feed assist roller z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Cleaning pad z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Registration roller z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Pre-handling rubber z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Original count sensor z Blower brush
Original size sensor /Lt z Blower brush
Original size sensor /Rt z Blower brush
3 Conveyance Original registration z Blower brush
section sensor
4 Read section Original conveyance z Blower brush
sensor
Original skew sensor / z Blower brush
Rr
Original skew sensor /Fr z Blower brush
5 Paper exit Mirror on the driven z Blower brush
section roller assembly
Original reverse sensor z Blower brush
Reverse jam sensor z Blower brush
Original reverse/exit z Blower brush
sensor
6 Final check Original through check z
Cleaning of the cover z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,000,000 prints)


bizhub PRO 920

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Separation roller 1 z Actual replacement count:
section 13GA4606* 400,000

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 1 z Actual replacement count:
section 13GA4604* 800,000
Feed roller 1 z Actual replacement count:
15AS4605* 800,000
Feed assist roller 1 z Actual replacement count:
13GA4601* 800,000
Torque limiter 1 z Actual replacement count:
13GA-135* 800,000

3.3.3 LU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Original through check z
2 Paper feed Sensors z Blower brush
section Gears z Plas guard No.2
Pre-registration roller/ z Drum cleaner/cleaning
driven roller pad
Pick-up roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Feed roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Separation roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
3 Final check Original through check z
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

18
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 1 z Actual replacement
section 55VA-484* count: 500,000 feeds
Feed roller 1 z Actual replacement
55VA-483* count: 500,000 feeds
Separation roller 1 z Actual replacement
55VA-483* count: 500,000 feeds

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 3,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Feed clutch 1 z Actual replacement
section 57GA8201* count: 3,000,000
feeds
Pre-registration clutch 1 z Actual replacement
57GA8201* count: 3,000,000
feeds

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 10,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pre-registration roller 1 z Actual replacement
section 13GG4005* count: 6,000,000
feeds
2 Paper feed Feed idler gear 1 z z Plas guard No.2
section 15SS7701* Actual replacement
count: 6,000,000
feeds
3 Paper feed Feed input gear 1 z Actual replacement
section 13RJ7908* count: 6,000,000
feeds

19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.3.4 FS
A. FS-509
bizhub PRO 920

(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Original through check z
2 Conveyance Conveyance roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section pad
Paper exit roller (sponge 10 z
roller)
122H4825*
Intermediate convey- 4 z
ance roller (sponge roller)
13QE4531*
3 Drive unit Main drive unit z (z) Plas guard No.2
Main tray section z (z) Plas guard No.2
Shift drive unit z (z) Plas guard No.2
Paper exit drive section z (z) Plas guard No.2
Staple section z (z) Plas guard No.2
4 Stacker Paper assist roller 1 z
section (sponge roller)
5 Final check Original through check z Stapler positioning jig
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

(2) Spotted replacement (Every 200,000 staples)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Staple Stapler unit /Fr 1 z
section 13TQ4250*
Stapler unit /Rr 1 z
13TQ4250*

20 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. FS-604
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Original through check z
2 Conveyance Conveyance roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section pad
Paper exit roller (sponge 10 z
roller)
122H4825*
Intermediate convey- 4 z
ance roller (sponge roller)
13QE4531*
3 Drive unit Main drive unit z (z) Plas guard No.2
Main tray section z (z) Plas guard No.2
Shift drive unit z (z) Plas guard No.2
Paper exit drive section z (z) Plas guard No.2
Staple section z (z) Plas guard No.2
Folding section z (z) Plas guard No.2
4 Folding Folding roller z
section
5 Stacker Paper assist roller 1 z
section (sponge roller)
20AK4210*
6 Final check Original through check z Stapler positioning jig
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

(2) Spotted replacement (Every 200,000 staples)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Staple Stapler unit /Fr 1 z
section 15JM-501*
Stapler unit /Rr 1 z
15JM-501*

1 21
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.3.5 PI
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
bizhub PRO 920

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Conveyance roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section pad
2 Paper feed Pick-up roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section pad
Original conveyance z Drum cleaner/cleaning
roller pad
Separation roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Feed roller 2 z Actual replacement
50BA-575* count: 100,000
Separation roller 2 z Actual replacement
13QN-443* count: 100,000
3 Final check Original through check z
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

B. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 2 z Actual replacement
section 50BA-574* count: 200,000

C. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Torque limiter 2 z Actual replacement
section 13QN4073* count: 600,000

22
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.3.6 PK
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Punch unit Punch edge z Blower brush
main body
2 Punch scraps Punch scraps box z Drum cleaner/cleaning
collection (punch scraps dump) pad
section Punch scraps full sen- z Drum cleaner/cleaning
sor pad
3 Final check Original through check z
Internal cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

3.3.7 ZU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Punch Punch edge z Blower brush
section
2 Conveyance Entrance guide plate z Cleaning pad
section Conveyance guide plate z Cleaning pad
Paper edge sensor z Blower brush
board (sensor)
Registration roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Conveyance roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Exit roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Exit guide plate z Cleaning pad
3 Z-folding Folding roller (No. 1 and z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section No. 2) pad
Folding guide plate z Cleaning pad
4 Punch scraps Punch scraps box z
conveyance
section
5 Final check Original through check z
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

23
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints)


bizhub PRO 920

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Punch Punch clutch 1 z
section 13NKK001*
2 Punch scraps Punch scraps convey- 1 z z Plas guard No.2
conveyance ance motor
section 12GQ-417*

3.3.8 TU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Conveyance roller z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section Conveyance belt z pad
2 Blade Blade /Up z Drum cleaner/cleaning
section Blade /Lw z pad
Scraps box and its cir- z z Note: Checking and
cumference cleaning of remaining
scraps
3 Stacker Pusher section z (z) Plas guard No.2
section Stacker section z (z)
4 Final check Original through check z
Exterior cleaning z Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 4,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Blade Blade /Up 1 z Actual replacement
section 13LHK001* count: 500,000
Blade /Lw 1 z
13LHK002*

24
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.3.9 RC
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)

bizhub PRO 920


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Waste toner Hose /3 1 z Drum cleaner/cleaning
conveyance pad
section
2 Waste toner Waste toner collecting 1 z
collecting box
section 14RT-970*

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 10,000,000 prints)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Waste toner Accumulator 1 z Blower brush
conveyance 14RT-230*
2 section Recycle pump 1 z
14RT-210*

25
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.4 Replacement parts list


bizhub PRO 920

3.4.1 Periodically replacement parts list

Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the Tech. Rep. mode.

A. Main body

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 External Ozone filter /1 57GA1128* 2 3,000,000 30
2 section Ozone filter /2 57GA1129* 1 3,000,000
3 Dust-proof filter /1 57GA1231* 1 3,000,000
4 Dust-proof filter /2 57GA1232* 1 3,000,000
5 Dust-proof filter /3 57GA1233* 1 3,000,000
6 Photo con- Cleaning blade 57GA5601* 2 500,000 2
7 ductor section Toner guide brush assembly 57GA-574* 1 1,000,000 10
8 Scattering prevention felt 55VA5568* 1 1,000,000
9 Drum claw 57GA2919* 3 500,000 9
10 Drum fixing spring 55FU2014* 1 1,000,000
11 Drum positioning collar 25SA2015* 1 1,000,000
12 Drum temperature sensor (TH5) 56GA-209* 1 3,000,000 20
13 Drum DR910 1 1,000,000
or 250 hours
14 Seal plate /Fr 56UA-559* 1 1,000,000 12
15 Seal plate /Rr 56UA-558* 1 1,000,000 11
16 Toner seal plate assembly 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000 23
17 Toner guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000 24
18 Cleaning gear /A 55VA7920 1 15,000,000 70
19 Cleaning gear /B 55VA7921 1 15,000,000
20 Toner supply Toner supply sleeve /1 55VA-334* 1 3,000,000 21
21 section Toner supply sleeve /2 55VA-335* 1 3,000,000 22
22 Toner seal plate 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000
23 Guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000
24 Charge Charge wire 55VA2509* 2 500,000 3
25 section Vibration-proof rubber 55VA2527* 2 500,000
26 Cleaning web 55VA-524* 1 500,000
27 Charge control plate 57GA2508* 1 500,000 4
28 Charge cleaning unit 55VA-255* 2 500,000 5
29 C-clip 45AA2040* 2 500,000
30 Charge unit 57GA-250* 1 6,000,000
31 Erase lamp (EL) 55VA-257* 1 6,000,000

26
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count

bizhub PRO 920


ment cycle No.
32 Developing Developing unit 57GA-300* 1 6,000,000 33
33 section Developing suction assembly 57GA-215* 1 6,000,000 34
34 Developer DV910 1 1,000,000
or 250 hours
35 Suction filter 57GA3108* 1 500,000 6
36 Paper feed Pick-up roller 55VA-464* 2 1,000,000 46, 50
37 section Feed roller 55VA-463* 2 1,000,000 47, 51
38 Separation roller 55VA-463* 2 1,000,000
39 Pick-up roller 55VA-484* 1 1,000,000 54
40 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 1,000,000 55
41 Separation roller 55VA-483* 1 1,000,000
42 Feed clutch 57GA8201* 3 4,500,000 48, 52, 56
43 Pre-registration clutch 57GA8201* 3 4,500,000 49, 53, 57
44 Feed input gear 57GA7711 1 15,000,000 69
45 Pre-registration roller /1 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
46 Pre-registration roller /2 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
47 Pre-registration roller /3 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
48 Bypass tray Pick-up roller 55VA-464* 1 1,000,000 64
49 section Feed roller 55VA-463* 1 1,000,000 65
50 Separation roller 55VA-463* 1 1,000,000
51 Vertical Vertical conveyance clutch 57GA8201* 2 6,000,000 67
52 conveyance Conveyance roller /1 55VA4410* 1 6,000,000 66
53 section Vertical conveyance roller /2 56GA4411* 1 10,000,000 68
54 Vertical conveyance roller /3 56GA4411* 1 10,000,000
55 Transfer/ Transfer/separation wire 55VA2613* 3 500,000 7
56 separation Transfer cleaning assembly 56GA-276* 1 500,000 8
57 section Separation cleaning assembly /1 56GA-277* 1 500,000
58 Separation cleaning assembly /2 56GA-278* 1 500,000
59 Vibration-proof rubber 56AA1783* 3 500,000
60 C-clip 45AA2040* 3 500,000
61 Transfer/separation unit 57GA-270* 1 6,000,000 35
62 Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) 55VA8308* 1 6,000,000 36
63 Registration Registration roller /Up 55VA4603* 1 3,000,000 37
64 section Registration bearing 55VA7602* 2 3,000,000
65 Loop roller 57GA-068* 1 3,000,000
66 Registration clutch 55VA8201* 1 3,000,000 41
67 ADU Reverse/exit roller 57GA4740* 1 3,000,000 38
68 ADU pre-registration bearing 55VA7555* 2 6,000,000
69 ADU pre-registration loop roller 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
70 ADU exit roller 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
71 Paper reverse/exit entrance roller 55VA4766* 1 6,000,000
72 Paper reverse/exit roller /2 57GA4748* 1 6,000,000 38

27
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO 920

ment cycle No.


73 ADU Paper reverse/exit roller /3 57GA4741* 1 6,000,000 38
74 ADU reverse roller 57GA4767* 1 6,000,000 39
75 ADU conveyance roller /1 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000 40
76 ADU conveyance roller /2 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
77 ADU pre-registration clutch 55VA8201* 1 6,000,000 42
78 Sensor actuator 56GA4782* 3 10,000,000
79 Fusing Fusing roller /Up 57GB5304* 1 1,500,000 13
80 section Fusing roller /Lw assembly 57GA-528* 1 1,500,000 14
81 Fusing claw /Up 55VA5321* 6 1,500,000 15
82 Fusing claw /Lw 25AA5329* 2 1,500,000 16
83 Heat insulating sleeve /Up 45405339* 2 1,500,000 17
84 Bearing /Up 45407504* 2 1,500,000 18
85 Fusing cleaning sheet assembly 56GA-547* 1 1,500,000 19
86 Heat insulating sleeve /Lw 26AA5315* 2 3,000,000 25
87 Heat roller bearing 26AA5316* 2 3,000,000 26
88 Thermistor /2 (TH2) 55VA8804* 1 3,000,000 27
89 Thermistor /4 (TH4) 55VA8806* 1 3,000,000 28
90 Fusing heat roller 55VA5307* 1 3,000,000 29
91 Fusing actuator 55VA5383* 1 3,000,000 45
92 Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) 55VF8302* 1 3,000,000
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) 55VB8302* 1 3,000,000
93 Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) 55VF8303* 1 3,000,000
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) 55VF8303* 1 3,000,000
94 Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) 55VF8304* 1 3,000,000
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) 55VF8304* 1 3,000,000
95 Cleaning web 55VA-524* 1 500,000 1
96 Fusing gear 56UA7783* 1 6,000,000 43
97 Web motor (M16) 56GA8017* 1 6,000,000 44
98 Paper exit Reverse gate /Fr 55VA4730* 1 10,000,000
99 section Reverse gate /Rr 55VA4731* 1 10,000,000
100 Reverse gate 55VA4757* 4 10,000,000

28
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Option

bizhub PRO 920


No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 DF Pick-up roller 13GA4604* 1 800,000 108
2 Feed roller 15AS4605* 1 800,000 109
3 Feed assist roller 13GA4601* 1 800,000 111
4 Torque limiter 13GA-135* 1 800,000 112
5 Separation roller 13GA4606* 1 400,000 110
6 LU Pick-up roller 55VA-484* 1 500,000 58
7 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000 59
8 Separation roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
9 Feed clutch (CL101) 57GA8201* 1 3,000,000 60
10 Pre-registration clutch (CL102) 57GA8201* 1 3,000,000 61
11 Pre-registration roller 13GG4005* 1 6,000,000 62
12 Feed idle gear 15SS7701* 1 6,000,000 63
13 Feed input gear 13RJ7908* 1 6,000,000
14 FS Paper exit roller (sponge roller) 122H4825* 10 500,000
15 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531* 4 500,000
(sponge roller)
16 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210* 1 500,000
17 PI Feed roller 50BA-575* 2 100,000 92
18 Separation roller 13QN-443* 2 100,000 93
19 Pick-up roller 50BA-574* 2 200,000 91
20 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 2 600,000 94
21 ZU Punch clutch (CL1) 13NKK001* 1 1,000,000
22 Punch scraps conveyance motor 12GQ-417* 1 1,000,000 102
(M7)
23 TU Blade /Up 13LHK001* 1 500,000
24 Blade /Lw 13LHK002* 1 500,000
25 RC Waste toner collecting box 14RT-970 1 500,000 117
26 Recycle pump 14RT-210 1 10,000,000 118
27 Accumulator 14RT-230 1 10,000,000 119

29
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.4.2 Spot replacement parts list


bizhub PRO 920

A. Option
Two parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts.
However, be sure to replace them when they get to the actual replacement cycle.

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 FS Stapler unit /Fr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 80
2 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 81
3 Stapler unit /Fr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 80
4 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 81

30 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.5 Maintenance procedure of the external section

bizhub PRO 920


3.5.1 Replacing the ozone filter /1 and /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Ozone filter /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Ozone filter /2: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust
[2] [1]
cover [2].

57gaf2c186na

2. Remove 2 ozone filter /1 [1] and the ozone filter /2


[1]
[2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c187na

31
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.5.2 Cleaning the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3


A. Periodically cleaning cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Dust-proof filter /1: Every 500,000 prints


• Dust-proof filter /2: Every 500,000 prints
• Dust-proof filter /3: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
[2] [3] [4]
2. Clean dust that is clogged in the dust-proof filters
/2 [2], /1 [3] and /3 [4] with a vacuum cleaner.

[1] 57gaf2c305na

32
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.5.3 Replacing the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Dust-proof filter /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Dust-proof filter /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Dust-proof filter /3: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
[3] [4] [5]
2. Remove the screws [2], 1 each, and then remove
the filter covers /2 [3], /1 [4] and /3 [5].

Note
• When installing the filter covers /1, /2 and /3,
be sure to push each of them in the arrow-
marked direction before installing them.

[2] [1] [2] 57gaf2c188na

3. Remove the dust-proof cover /3 [2] from the filter


[1]
cover /3 [1].

Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /3 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].

[2]

[3]

57gaf2c189na

33
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Remove the dust-proof filter /1 [2] from the filter


[1] [2]
bizhub PRO 920

cover /1 [1].

Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /1 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].

[3] 57gaf2c190na

5. Remove the dust-proof filter /2 [2] from the filter


[1] [3] [2]
cover /2 [1].

Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /2 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c191na

34
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.6 Maintenance procedure of the write section

bizhub PRO 920


3.6.1 Cleaning the dust-proof glass
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Dust-proof glass: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Hold the dust-proof glass assembly [1] at the tip
[2] and pull it out along the rail [3] for removal.

Note
• When installing the dust-proof glass assem-
bly [1], be sure to take note of its direction.

[1] [2]

[3] 57gaf2c042na

3. Clean the dust-proof glass section with a cleaning


pad and a blower brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 57gaf2c043na

35
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.7 Maintenance procedure of the photo conductor section


bizhub PRO 920

3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section

Note
• When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.

A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
[5] [6] [7] [3] [2] [1] 2. Remove the 2 screws [2] and loosen the screw
[3].
3. Hold the toner supply unit [4] at the section indi-
cated by [5], and pull it out in the arrow marked
directions [6] and [7] in this order.

Note
• The section to which the toner supply unit is
installed is made up of the two-stage hinges.
When pulling it out, be careful not to get your
fingers caught in this hinge section.

[4] 57gaf2c044na

36
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Hold the section indicated by [1], slide it toward

bizhub PRO 920


this side and pull out the toner supply unit thor-
oughly.

[1]

57gaf2c045na

37
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. While pressing down the ADU solenoid release


[4] [5]
bizhub PRO 920

lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction [2], bring


down the ADU pull-out lever [3].
6. Loosen the 3 screws [4] and remove the photo
conductor section cover [5].

[3] [2]

[1] 57gaf2c046na

7. Remove 2 screws [1].


[1]
8. Remove the screw [2] and pull out the drum fixing
coupling [3]
9. Hold the sections indicated by [4] and [5], pull out
the photo conductor section [6].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note
• For method for installing the drum fixing cou-
pling [3], see "3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the
drum fixing couplings" in the next section.

[4] [2] [3] [6] [5] 57gaf2c047na

38
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the drum fixing couplings

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to conduct this operation when removing the photo conductor section.

A. Procedure
1. Clean the periphery of the drum fixing coupling [1]
[1]
with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.

57gaf2c048na

39
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

2. When installing the drum fixing coupling [1], be


[2]
bizhub PRO 920

sure to set the detent [2] provided on the inside of


the drum fixing coupling to the groove [4] of the
shaft [3]. So, be sure to push in the drum fixing
coupling with the marking line [5] of the drum fix-
ing coupling aligned with the key.

[3] [4]

[5] [1]

57gaf2c049na

40
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. While attaching a screwdriver [1] lightly to the


[3] [2] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


drum fixing coupling [2], rotate the screwdriver
clockwise until the engaging surface of the drum
fixing coupling is set to the outer surface of the
bearing [3], and set the convex section [4] of the
drum fixing coupling to the concave section [6] of
the drum [5].

Note
• Be sure not to rotate the drum fixing coupling
in directions other than the specified direc-
[2] [4] tion.

[5] [6]

57gaf2c050na

41
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.7.3 Replacing the drum temperature sensor (TH5)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Drum temperature sensor (TH5): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3] [2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove 3 connectors [1].
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Loosen the 2 screws [3] and remove the sensor
support stay assembly [4].

[4] [1] [3]

57gaf2c051na

42
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove the connector [1].


[2] [3] [1] 7. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the drum

bizhub PRO 920


temperature sensor (TH5) [3].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note
• After installing it, be sure to check visually to
see if TH5 is securely in contact with the
drum.
• After installing it, be sure to take note of the
direction of the connector.

57gaf2c052na

3.7.4 Cleaning the toner control sensor board (TCSB)


A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Toner control sensor board (TCSB): Every 1,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2] [1] [3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Remove the drum from the photo conductor sec-
tion. (See "3.7.5 Replacing the drum.")
7. Clean the IDC sensor (IDCS) [2] and the PGC sen-
sor (PGCS) [3] provided on the toner control sen-
sor board (TCSB) [1] with a cleaning pad.
57gaf2c053na
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

43
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.7.5 Replacing the drum


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
• When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charge and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charge unit and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the Tech. Rep.
mode. Failing to reset it may results in image fogging and/or toner splash. (See "10.5.1 PM
count.")

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Drum: 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours drive, whichever is earlier

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
57gaf2c054na
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Be careful not damage the photo conductor sur-
face. And hold the drum [1] at both ends and lift it
up for removal.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

44
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note

bizhub PRO 920


• Be sure to clean toner [1] adhering around the
drum installation section with a blower brush/
vacuum cleaner.

[1] 57gaf2c055na

45
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.7.6 Replacing the drum claw


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.
• When removing the drum claw, be careful not to damage the drum.
• Be careful not to touch the cleaning blade with bare hands.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Drum claw: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
3. Set the A3 paper [1] to prevent from damaging the
drum.
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Remove 2 screws [3].
6. Remove the spring [4] and then remove the drum
[2] [3] [4] [5] [3] [1] claw unit [5].
57gaf2c056na

Note
[2]
• When installing the drum claw unit [1], be
sure to set the projections [2] at 2 places of
the drum claw unit to the guide holes [4] at 2
places of the photo conductor [3].
• When installing the drum claw unit, be careful
that the tip [5] does not get in touch with the
guide rail and deformed.

[5] [1] [3]

[4] 57gaf2c057na

46
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

7. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the

bizhub PRO 920


arrow-marked direction [3] and remove the 3
drum claws [4].
8. Remove the springs [5], 1 each, from each drum
claws.

[2] [4] [1]

[3] [5] [4] 57gaf2c058na

Note
[1] [3] [2] [4] [5]
• When installing it, be sure to clean the shaft
[1] with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
Installing the drum claw without removing
toner results in a dull operation.
• When installing the drum claw[2], be sure to
take note of the direction of the spring [3].
• When installing the C-clip [4], be sure to
insert it between the ribs [5].
• After installing the drum claw, be sure to
check to see if each drum claw moves
smoothly.
• Make sure the hook section [6] of the spring
comes outside of the rib.
[6] 57gaf2c059na

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

47
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.7.7 Replacing the drum fixing spring/drum positioning collar


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Drum fixing spring: Every 1,000,000 prints


• Drum positioning collar: Every 1,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[6] [3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the drum positioning collar [2] from the
drum shaft [1] and then remove the drum fixing
spring [3].

Note
• When replacing the drum positioning collar
[2]
and the drum fixing spring with new ones, be
careful not apply unnecessary force on the
photo conductor section [4], the guide rail [5]
[1] and the drum shaft.
• When installing the drum positioning collar,
be sure to set it to the slit [6] of the drum
shaft.

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5] [4] 57gaf2c299na

48
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.8 Maintenance procedure of the charge section

bizhub PRO 920


3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit

Note
• When removing the charge unit, be careful not to touch the mesh area of the charge control plate
with bare hands.
• When cleaning the charge control plate, be sure to blow off impurities with a blower brush.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Charge unit: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Hold the sections indicated by [2] and [3], and pull
out the charge unit [4] for removal.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[4] [2]

[1] 57gaf2c060na

49
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit
and C-clip
bizhub PRO 920

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Charge control plate: Every 500,000 prints
• Charge wire: Every 500,000 prints
• Vibration-proof rubber: Every 500,000 prints
• Charge cleaning unit: Every 500,000 prints
• C-clip: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2], and release the lock [3] to remove the charge
control plate [4].

Note
• Be sure not to loosen and/or remove the
[4] [2] screw [5] fixing the lever.

[3] [5] [1] 57gaf2c061na

3. Remove the lightning protection sheets /Fr [1] and


[1] [2]
/Rr [2].

57gaf2c062na

50
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove


[2] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


the charge wires [2] and the vibration-proof rub-
bers [3], 1 each.

[3] [2]

[2]

[3]

57gaf2c063na

51
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
[3] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

• When removing the charge wires, be careful


that the vibration-proof rubbers [1] do not
drop off and get lost.
• When installing the charge wires, be sure to
insert each of the wires [2] into the cut [3] of
the vibration-proof rubbers.

[2] 57gaf2c064na

Note
• When installing the charge wires, be sure to
install them so that the hook [1] of each
spring turns inside.

[1] 57gaf2c065na

52
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Remove the C-clips [3], 1 each, from the shaft [2]


[2] [3] [4]

bizhub PRO 920


of the charge cleaning unit [1].
6. Turn over the charge unit [4] and remove the 2
charge cleaning units [1].
7. Remove the collar [5] from the shaft [2] of the
charge cleaning unit [1] that has been removed.

Note
• Be careful that the collar inserted into the
shaft of the charge cleaning unit does not
drop off and get lost.
• When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure also to install the collar without fail.
[1]
• When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure to install it while taking note of its direc-
tion.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5]

[2]

[1]

57gaf2c066na

53
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL)
A. Periodically replaced cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Erase lamp (EL): Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Periodic cleaning cycle


• Charge back plate: Every 500,000 prints
• Erase lamp (EL): Every 500,000 prints

C. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
[4] [3] [1]
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Remove the charge back plate, lightning protec-
tion sheets /Fr [1] and /Rr [2]. (See "3.8.2 Replac-
ing the charge control plate, charge wire,
vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit and
C-clip.")
3. Remove the connector [1].
4. Release the lock [2] and remove the erase lamp
(EL) [3].
5. Clean the EL and the inside and outside of the
charge back plate [4] with a cleaning pad soaked
with drum cleaner and a blower brush.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]

[2] 57gaf2c068na

54
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.9 Maintenance procedure of the transfer/separation unit

bizhub PRO 920


3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer/separation unit: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
[1] "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the transfer/sep-
aration unit [2].

[2] 57gaf2c069na

Note
[1] [2] [3]
• Reinstall the transfer/separation unit [1] so
that the couplings [2] and [3] engage cor-
rectly.

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c070na

55
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.9.2 Replacing the transfer/separation wire, transfer cleaning assembly, separation cleaning
assembly, vibration-proof rubber and the C-clip
bizhub PRO 920

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Transfer/separation wire: Every 500,000 prints
• Transfer cleaning assembly: Every 500,000 prints
• Separation cleaning assembly /1, /2: Every 500,000 prints
• Vibration-proof rubber: Every 500,000 prints
• C-clip: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
2. Release the locks [1] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /1 [3].
3. Release the locks [2] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /2 [4].
4. Remove the lightning protection sheets /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].

[2] [4] [2] [1] [3] [1]

[5]
[6] [2] [1] 57gaf2c071nb

56
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove


[2] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


the transfer wire [2], 2 separation wires [3] and the
3 vibration-proof rubber [4].

Note
• When reinstalling the transfer wire [2], 2 sepa-
ration wires [3], be sure to insert each wire
into the notch [5] of the vibration-proof rubber
[4].
• When reinstalling the transfer/separation
charge wire, be sure to conduct the operation
so that all of the hooks [6] of each spring are
positioned in the direction as shown in the
drawing.
[3] [6]

[4]

[5]

[2][3]

[4]

57gaf2c072na

57
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. Remove the C-clips [2], 1 each, from the shafts [1]


[3] [2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

at 3 places.
7. Turn over the transfer/separation unit [3] and
remove the 2 separation cleaning assemblies [4]
and the transfer cleaning assembly [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[4] [5] 57gaf2c073na

58
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.9.3 Replacing the transfer exposure lamp (TSL)

bizhub PRO 920


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer exposure lamp (TSL): Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
[1]
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the
ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separa-
tion unit.")
4. Remove the cover from the ADU. (See "3.16.2
Replacing the registration clutch (CL1).")
5. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the trans-
fer exposure lamp cover [2].

[2] [1] 57gaf2c074na

6. Remove the connector [1] and then remove the


TSL [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2]

57gaf2c075na

59
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.10 Maintenance procedure of the developing unit


bizhub PRO 920

3.10.1 Replacing the suction filter


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Suction filter: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2] [1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Open the cover of the developing suction assem-
bly [1].
3. Remove the suction filter [2].
4. Clean the outside and the inside of the developing
suction assembly with the vacuum cleaner.

Note
• When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
expand the filter opening [3] before installa-
tion.
[3] 57gaf2c076na
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and the developing suction assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the devel-
oping suction assembly [2].
3. Release the developing pressure lever [3].

Note
• When releasing the developing pressure lever,
be careful not to touch the front and rear pan-
els of the photo conductor section.

[3] [1] [2] 57gaf2c077na

60
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Hold the sections indicated by [1] and [2] with


[1] [2]

bizhub PRO 920


both hands and move it in the arrow-marked
directions [3] and [4] in this order to remove the
developing unit [5].

[3] [4] [5] 57gaf2c078na

Note
• Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [1] in the direction other than the
[2] [4] arrow-marked direction [2]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
• When installing the developing unit, be careful
that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the
developing roller [3].
• When installing the developing unit, be sure to
check to see if the developing unit stopper
rollers [4] are in touch with the developing
unit stopper plate [5]. (DS secured)
[4] [1] [3]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[5] 57gaf2c079na

61
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.10.3 Replacing the developer


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Developer: 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours drive, whichever is earlier

Note
• When replacing the developer, be careful that dirt does not get into it.
• When putting in new developer, be sure to reset the developer counter in the Tech. Rep. mode. If
not reset, image gray background and toner splash may result.

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[4] [2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing
unit cover /1 [2].
4. Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing
unit cover /2 [4].

[3] [1] 57gaf2c080na

5. Remove the scattering prevention board [2] from


[2]
the developer control blade [1].
6. Clean the scattering prevention board with the
cleaning pad.

[1] 57gaf2c306na

62
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

7. With the developing unit [1] tilted to about 45° [2],


[1] [2]

bizhub PRO 920


rotate the developing gear [3] to the arrow-
marked direction [4] with a flathead screwdriver to
discharge the developer [5] in the developing unit
thoroughly.
8. Clean the developer and the toner adhered to the
developing roller.

Note
• Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [3] in the direction other than the
arrow-marked direction [4]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
• Any used developer remaining in the develop-
[5] [4] [3]
ing roller may cause gray background to the
image.

57gaf2c081na

9. Pour new developer [1] evenly [3] from above the


[2] [1] [2] [3]
mixing screw [2].
10. Rotate the developing gear [5] with a flathead
screwdriver in the arrow-marked direction [6] so
that developer gets thoroughly into the developing
unit [4].
11. Repeat steps 7 and 8 to put in developer thor-
oughly.
12. Rotate the developing gear [5] with a flathead
screwdriver in the arrow-marked direction [6] and
[6] [5] [7] [4] 57gaf2c082na
check to see if developer is spiking across the
entire surface of the developing roller [7].
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

63
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.10.4 Cleaning the developing unit


A. Periodic cleaning cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Developing unit: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Remove the developing unit cover /1 from the
developing unit. (See "3.10.3 Replacing the devel-
oper.")
4. Remove the scattering prevention board [2] from
the developer control blade [1].
5. Clean the scattering prevention board with the
cleaning pad.

[1] 57gaf2c307na

6. Clean the developer control blade [1], seat [2]


[3] [1] under the developing roller, and both ends [3] of
the developing roller with the cleaning pad/vac-
uum cleaner.

Note
• Be careful not to bend the lower sheet [2].

[2] [3] 57gaf2c083na

7. Clean up the rear side of the developing unit cover


/1 [1].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 57gaf2c084na

64
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.10.5 Cleaning the developing bias contact


A. Periodic cleaning cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Developing bias contact: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Wipe off smudges adhering to the developing bias
contact [1] with a cleaning pad.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 57gaf2c085na

65
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.11 Maintenance procedure of the toner supply section


bizhub PRO 920

3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle section


A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Toner bottle section: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
[2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Pull the lever [1] of the toner supply unit and
remove the toner bottle [2].

[1] 57gaf2c086na

3. Clean around the toner bottle insertion opening [1]


[1] with a blower brush and a cleaning pad.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

57gaf2c087na

66
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.11.2 Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Toner supply sleeve /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Toner supply sleeve /2: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
[2] main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section, step 1 to step 4."
2. Remove the toner bottle from the toner supply
unit. (See "3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle sec-
tion.")
3. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover /
Up [2].

[1] 57gaf2c088na

4. Remove the toner supply sleeve /1 [1] and the


toner supply sleeve /2 [2].

[2] [1] 57gaf2c089na

67
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

• When installing the toner supply sleeves /1 [1]


and /2 [2], be sure to take note of the direc-
tion and the position [3] into which they are
inserted.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3] 57gaf2c090na

68
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.12 Maintenance procedure of the cleaning and toner recycle section

bizhub PRO 920


3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/toner recycle section
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Cleaning/toner recycle section: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.
[1]

Note
• Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to pre-
vent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.
• When rotating the drum, be sure to rotate it in
the arrow-marked [1] direction.

57gaf2c091na

2. Pull out the photo conductor section from the


[2] [2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
3. Remove the connector [1].
4. Release the 2 levers [2] that holding the cleaning
section.
5. Remove the cleaning section [3].

[1] [3] 57gaf2c092na

Note
[1]
• When removing the cleaning section, be sure
to slant it by 15° or so in the direction [2]
opposite to the drum [1] contact section, and
remove it along the ribs [3] at 4 places of the
photo conductor section.

[2] [3] 57gaf2c093na

69
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
bizhub PRO 920

• When reinstalling it, be sure to set the refer-


ence pin [1] of the photo conductor section to
the notch [2] of the cleaning section.

[1] [2] 57gaf2c094na

6. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor


[1]
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
7. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
8. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
9. Clean the section indicated by [1] of the photo
conductor section with a blower brush and a
cleaning pad.
10. Remove the cleaning blade from the cleaning unit.
57gaf2c095na
(See "3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade.")
11. Remove the toner guide brush assembly and the
toner seal plate from the cleaning unit. (See
"3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assem-
bly, scattering prevention felt, seal plates /Fr and /
Rr, and the toner seal plate assembly.")

12. Tap lightly the casing section [1] and drop off recy-
cled toner that adheres to the inner wall.
13. Rotate the gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
to discharge toner outside.
14. Repeat the operations given in steps 12 and 13
until toner is discharged, and clean the inside
finally with vacuum cleaner.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c096na

70
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be absolutely sure to replace the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush at the same time.
• When replacing the cleaning blades, be sure to replace the cleaning blade /1 and the cleaning
blade /2 at the same time.
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to apply setting powder to the entire periphery of
the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) To obtain an accurate toner density, clean setting powder splashed onto the PGC sensor
(PGCS) and the IDC sensor (IDCS) on the toner control sensor board (TCSB) with a cleaning
pad soaked in drum cleaner.
2) With the charge unit and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (for splash
prevention of setting powder to the charge and prevention against the image getting blurred).

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Cleaning blade: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clean-
ing blade /2 [2].

Note
• When installing the cleaning blade, be sure to
push lightly both the ends of the cleaning
blade alternately to check to see if there
remain play.

4. Reinstall a new cleaning blade /2.

[2] 57gaf2c097na

71
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. Pull the blade release arm [1] in the arrow-marked


bizhub PRO 920

direction [2] and, with the blade release arm held


by hand, rotate the blade replacement lever [3] in
the arrow-marked direction [4].
6. Keep your hand on the blade replacement lever
[3] with it turned, and let go your hand of the blade
release arm [1].
7. Let go of your hand that is holding the blade
replacement lever [3].

Note
• Be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [3] has been shifted in the arrow-
[1] [2]
marked direction [4]. (Position of the cleaning
blade /1)

[3]

[4] 57gaf2c098na

72
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clean-


[1]

bizhub PRO 920


ing blade /1 [2].
9. Install a new cleaning blade /1.

[2] 57gaf2c099na

10. Remove toner adhered to the lower [1] and upper


[1] [2]
[2] blade sides of the cleaning section with a
cleaning pad.

57gaf2c100na

73
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
bizhub PRO 920

• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,


be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [1] has been pulled (cleaning
blades /1).
• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to conduct the blade set mode in the
Tech. Rep. mode to prevent the blade from
curling up. (See "10.4.9 Blade setting mode
(drum peculiarity adjustment)" in Field Serv-
ice.)
• Be sure to avoid using the blade set mode
[1] 57gaf2c101na
other than when replacing the cleaning blade.
Otherwise, the cleaning blade counter of the
fixed parts counter is reset so that the blade
is not replaced automatically at the correct
timing.

11. Reinstall the parts after that following the removal


steps in reverse.

74
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt, seal plates /Fr and /Rr,
and the toner seal plate assembly

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to replace the toner guide brush assembly and the cleaning blade at the same time.
• When replacing the toner guide brush assembly, be sure to replace the splash prevention felt at
the same time.
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When reinstalling the toner guide brush assembly, apply setting powder uniformly with the toner
guide brush removed.
• Be absolutely sure to avoid touching the brush section of the toner guide brush assembly with
bare hands. Also, be careful that the brush section does not come in direct contact with other
objects.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Toner guide brush assembly: Every 1,000,000 prints
• Scattering prevention felt: Every 1,000,000 prints
• Seal plate /Fr: Every 1,000,000 prints
• Seal plate /Rr: Every 1,000,000 prints
• Toner seal plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints

75
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
bizhub PRO 920

main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the


photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the toner
seal plate assembly [2].

[2] [1]

[1] 57gaf2c102na

76
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
[1] [5] [4]

bizhub PRO 920


• When installing the toner seal plate assembly
[1], be sure to attach the screw [3] first with it
aligned with the guide holes [2].
• When the both ends [4] of the sheet section of
the toner seal plate assembly get into the
inside of the toner guide brush assembly [5],
this may cause toner to spill over. On an
occasion like this, be sure to adjust the curva-
ture of the sheet section. At this time, be sure
to adjust the curvature of the sheet section so
that it becomes parallel to the toner guide
brush assembly, or it bends a little to this side
(1 mm or less).
• Be sure to clean the sheet section of the toner
[2] seal plate assembly with a blower brush and a
cleaning pad.

[3]

[2] 57gaf2c103na

77
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the seal


[2]
bizhub PRO 920

plate /Fr [2].


5. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the seal
plate /Rr [4].

Note
• After removing the toner guide brush assem-
bly, be sure to clean the sections to which the
seal plate /Fr, /Rr is installed with a blower
brush and a cleaning pad.

[1]

[4]

[3] 57gaf2c104na

78
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Move the toner guide brush assembly [1] in the

bizhub PRO 920


arrow-marked directions [2] and [3] in this order
for removal.

Note
• When installing the toner guide brush, be sure
to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
[6] assembly to the coupling slit [5] of the clean-
ing section [4].

[2] [1]

[4] [3]

[5] 57gaf2c105na

7. Remove the C-clip [3] from the shaft [2] of the


[3] [2] [1]
toner guide brush assembly [1].

57gaf2c106na

79
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Remove the bearing [1], the splash prevention felt


bizhub PRO 920

[2], the bearing fixing member [3], and the toner


prevention collar [4] in this order.

Note
• Be careful that the toner prevention collar [4]
does not get lost.

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

57gaf2c107na

80
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.12.4 Replacing the cleaning gear /A, /B and the guide plate assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Cleaning gear /A: Every 15,000,000 prints
• Cleaning gear /B: Every 15,000,000 prints
• Guide plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the toner guide brush assembly from the
cleaning section. (See "3.12.3 Replacing the toner
guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt,
seal plates /Fr and /Rr, and the toner seal plate
assembly.")
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the collar
[2].
5. Remove the screw [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and the
[2] [1] [5] [4] screw [4] (TPM3 x 6), and then remove the drive
57gaf2c108na
reinforcing plate [5].

Note
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate [5],
be careful not to confuse the screw [3] with
the screw [4].

6. Pull out the cleaning gear /A assembly [1].

[1] 57gaf2c109na

81
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] from the cleaning gear /


[1]
bizhub PRO 920

A assembly.

57gaf2c300na

8. Slide the cleaning gear /A [1] in the arrow-marked


[4] [1]
direction [2] and pull out the pin [3].
9. Remove the cleaning gear /A [1] in the arrow-
marked direction [4].

[3] [2] 57gaf2c301na

10. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[4][5] [3] [2] [1]
[1] and then remove the cleaning gear /B [3].

Note
• When pulling out the cleaning gear /A assem-
bly, the shaft [4] and the splash prevention felt
[5] may come off. When they come off, be
sure to replace the splash prevention felt with
a new one.

57gaf2c110na

82
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

11. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[2] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


[1].

57gaf2c111na

12. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the bear-
[1] [2] [3] ing [2].
13. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] for removal.

57gaf2c112na

Note
[1][2]
• When installing the toner guide shaft, be sure
to insert it while holding it so that the bearing
[1] does not come off.
• When inserting the toner guide shaft and the
bearing come off, be sure to replace the
splash prevention felt [2] with a new one.

57gaf2c113na

83
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the


bizhub PRO 920

toner guide plate assembly [2].

Note
• When installing the toner guide plate assem-
bly, be sure to fasten it with it run against the
lower side.

15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] [1]

[1] [2] [2]

57gaf2c114na

84
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.13 Maintenance procedure of the paper feed section

bizhub PRO 920


3.13.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush (Tray 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper dust removing brush: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
[1] ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Release the stoppers [1] at 2 places, and remove
the paper dust removing brush [2].

[2]

57gaf2c115na

3. Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust


[1] [2]
removing brush [1] with a blower brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

57gaf2c116na

85
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.13.2 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Feed roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000 prints
(tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
• Pick-up roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000
prints (tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)

B. Procedure

Note
• The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly is the same for tray 1, 2 and 3. The explana-
tion here is given for tray 1.
• After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-


[6] [1] [12] [11] ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
[7] 3.")
2. Remove 2 C-clips [1].
[2]
[5] 3. Remove the bearing /Fr [2].
4. Slide the bearing /Rr [3] to the rear side.
[3] 5. Slide the pick-up roller assembly [4] to the front
[1] side and remove the pin [6] of the shaft [5] from
[8] the coupling [7].
[9] 6. While bringing up the pick-up roller assembly [4],
[4] [10] pull out the shaft [5] from the notch [8] of the metal
57gaf2c118na
frame.
7. Remove the shaft [10] from the arm [9] of the
guide plate, and then remove the pick-up roller
assembly [4].

Note
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly
[4], be sure to take note of the following.
1) Be careful not to damage it with the paper
feed reference actuators /Fr [1] and /Rr
[12].
2) Install it so that the pin [6] of the shaft [5] is
engaged with the coupling [7].
3) Check to see if the shaft [10] is set
securely to the arm [9] of the guide plate.

86
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

8. Remove the paper feed reference actuator /Fr [1].


[2] [3] [4] [5]
9. Remove the 2 C-clips [2] and then remove the

bizhub PRO 920


connecting bearing /Fr [3].
10. Slide the connecting bearing /Rr [4] in the arrow-
marked direction [5] and remove the mounting
bracket [6].

[1] [2] [6] 57gaf2c119na

11. Remove the pick-up roller [1].


[2] [6] [3] [7] [5] 12. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the paper
feed roller [3].

Note
• When installing the pick-up roller [1], be sure
to install it so that the projection [4] comes to
the opposite side of the gear [5].
• When installing the feed roller [3], be sure to
install it so that the flange [6] of the collar
comes to the opposite side of the gear [7].

[4] [1]
57gaf2c120na

13. Release the stopper [2] of the collar [1] and


[1] [3] remove the collar from the pick-up roller [3].

Note
• When installing the pick-up roller, be sure to
check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.

[2]
57gaf2c121na

87
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14. Remove the feed roller [1] from the collar [2].
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• The paper feed roller and the separation roller
are the same in their appearance and form.
However, the inside of the feed roller is pro-
vided with a one-way mechanism, and the
separation roller not provided with the one.
So, be careful not to confuse one with the
other.
• When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.

57gaf2c122na
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

88
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.13.3 Replacing the separation roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Separation roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000
prints (tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)

B. Procedure

Note
• The replacement method of the separation roller assembly is the same for all the trays 1, 2 and 3.
The explanation here is made of the tray 1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-


[2] [1] [3] [2]
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Bring up the pick-up roller assembly [1].
3. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the
entrance guide plate [3].

57gaf2c123na

89
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the pin


bizhub PRO 920

[3] of the shaft [2] from the coupling [4].


5. Remove the separation roller assembly [5].

[1] [4] [5] [3] [1] [2]

57gaf2c125na

6. Remove the C-clip [1].


[5] [4] [3] 7. Remove the screw [2] and turn over the protective
sheet [3] to remove the separation roller [5]
together with the shaft [4].

[1] [2]
57gaf2c126na

90
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

8. Remove the gear [1] and the separation roller


[2]

bizhub PRO 920


shaft [2].
9. Remove the collar [4] from the separation roller [3].

Note
• The feed roller and the separation roller are
the same in their appearance and form. How-
ever, the inside of the feed roller is provided
with a one-way mechanism and the separa-
tion roller not provided with the one. So, be
careful not to confuse one with the other.
• When installing it, be sure to check to see if
the separation roller is smeared with grease.

[1] [4] [3] 57gaf2c127na


10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

91
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8)
(Trays 1, 2, 3)
bizhub PRO 920

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7): Every 4,500,000 prints (once for every 3,000,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
• Pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8): Every 4,500,000 prints (once for every 3,000,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)

B. Procedure

Note
• The replacement method of the paper feed clutch and the pre-registration clutch is the same for
all the trays 1, 2 and 3. The explanation here is made of the tray 1.
• When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-


[3] [4]
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the con-
veyance cover [2].
3. Remove 2 connectors [3].
4. Remove 2 C-clips [4] and then remove the paper
feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7) [5] and the pre-regis-
tration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) [6].

[5] [1] [6] [3]

[2] [1] 57gaf2c128na

92
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
[1] [2]

bizhub PRO 920


• When installing each of the clutches, be sure
to install it with the stopper [1] of the clutch
set to the guide [2].

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1] [2] 57gaf2c129na

93
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.13.5 Replacing the pre-registration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Pre-registration roller /1, /2, /3: Every 10,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replace-
ment cycle)

B. Procedure

Note
• The replacement method of the pre-registration roller is the same for both the trays 1 and 2. How-
ever, the replacement method for the tray 3 is a little different and a note is given only when a dif-
ferent procedure is employed for replacement. The explanation here is given of the tray 1.
• When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.
• After replacing the pre-registration roller, be sure to adjust the tilt of the pre-registration roller.
(See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3."

1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-


[1] ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove 5 screws [1].
[1] 3. Turn over the tray cover [2] and remove the con-
nector [3].
4. Remove the tray cover [2].

Note
• When installing the tray cover, be sure to con-
nect the connector securely. Failing to con-
nect it results in the pull-out of all the trays
unavailable.

[2]

[3] 57gaf2c130na

94
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Remove the pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6,


[1]

bizhub PRO 920


CL8). (See "3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed
[5] [2] clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch
(CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
6. Remove the connector [1].

[4] Note
• When replacing the pre-registration roller /3
(tray 3), be sure to skip steps 7 to 9.

7. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the


paper lift unit [3].

[3]
Note
57gaf2c131na
• When installing it, be sure to set the pin of the
shaft [4] to the coupling [5].

8. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the


positioning plate /Fr [2].

[1] [2]

57gaf2c132na

95
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

9. Remove the spring [1].


10. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the lock
bizhub PRO 920

[5]
lever [3].

Note
• When installing it, be sure to push the lock
lever [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] and
[6]
check to see if it returns to the original posi-
tion.

11. Remove 2 E-rings [5] and then remove the bear-


ing [6].
12. Remove the E-ring [7] and then remove the bear-
ing [8].
13. Remove 3 screws [9] and then remove the adjust-
ment plate [10].
14. Remove the pre-registration roller[11].
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2] [3] [11] [4]

[8]
[7]

[10]

[9] 57gaf2c133na

96
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.13.6 Replacing the feed input gear


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Feed input gear: Every 15,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
3. Pull out the tray 3. (See "6.3.20 Removing/rein-
stalling the paper feed tray 3.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 4 screws [2].
6. Release the 2 board supports [3] and remove the
paper feed motor assembly [4].

[3] [1] [3] [4]

[2] 57gaf2c302na

97
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the feed


[1] [2]
bizhub PRO 920

input gear [2].

Note
• The shaft [3] is inserted with the pin [4]. Be
careful that the pin does not get lost.
• When installing the paper feed input gear, be
sure to set the stopper [5] to the pin.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
[5] [3] [4]

57gaf2c303na

98
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.14 Maintenance procedure of the bypass tray section

bizhub PRO 920


3.14.1 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Feed roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
• Pick-up roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
[1] [2]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the cooling
[3] fan /4 (FM12) assembly [3].
4. Remove the connector [4].
5. Remove the screws [5], 2 each, and then remove
the bypass tray [6].

Note
• When installing the bypass tray, be sure to
[7]
slide it in the arrow-marked direction [7] to
the limit.

[5]

[6]

[5]

[4]

57gaf2c174na

99
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the bear-


[8] [7] [6] [10] [9]
bizhub PRO 920

ing [2].
7. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the bear-
ing [4].
8. Remove the pick-up roller assembly [5].

Note
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to set the pin [7] of the shaft [6] to the
coupling [8].
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to position the section indicated by
[3] [4] [5] [2] [1] [9] above the solenoid lever [10].
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to check to see if the rubber of each
roller is not smeared with grease.

57gaf2c175na

9. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the drive


[1] [2] protective bearing [2].
10. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the slide
bearings [4].

Note
• When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [5].

11. Remove the pick-up roller assembly [6].

[6] [5] [4] [3]


57gaf2c176na

100
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

12. Remove the pick-up roller [2] from the shaft [1].
[3]

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• When installing the pick-up roller, be sure to
install it so that the arrow mark [3] comes to
the gear side [4].

[1] [4] [2] 57gaf2c177na

13. Release the locks [1] at 2 places and remove the


[2] collar [3] from the pick-up roller [2].

[3] [1]
57gaf2c178na

101
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14. Remove the slide bearing [1].


[4] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [3].

15. Slide the entire paper feed roller assembly [2] and
release the bearing [4] from the shaft lifting
assembly [3] to remove the paper feed roller
assembly.

[3] [2] 57gaf2c179na

16. Remove the paper feed roller [2] from the shaft [1].
[1] [4] [2]

Note
• When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] side
comes to the gear [4] side.

[3]

57gaf2c180na

102
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

17. Remove the collar [2] from the feed roller [1].
[1] [2]
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

bizhub PRO 920


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c181na

3.14.2 Replacing the separation roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the bypass tray. (See "3.14.1 Replacing
the feed roller/pick-up roller.")
3. Remove the spring /1 [1].

Note
[2]
• According to the separation pressure, 3
installation holes [2] are provided on the
[1] frame side of the spring. When installing the
spring /1 [1], be sure to install it to the hole
from which it was removed.

57gaf2c182na

103
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Pull up the separation roller unit assembly [1].


[3] [1]
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the sepa-
bizhub PRO 920

ration roller unit [3].

Note
• The shaft [4] of the separation roller unit is
inserted with the spacer [5]. Be careful that it
does not get lost.
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
[2] to insert the projection [8] into the stopper [7]
of the spring [6].

[5]

[4]

[6]

[8] [7] 57gaf2c183na

6. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the sepa-


[3]
ration roller unit [2].

Note
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] comes to
the torque limiter [4] side.
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
to check to see if the separation roller is not
smeared with grease.

[4] [2] [1]

57gaf2c184na

104
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

7. Remove the collar [2] from the separation roller [1].


[1] [2]
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

bizhub PRO 920


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c185na

105
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.15 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section


bizhub PRO 920

Note
[2]
• If the vertical conveyance covers, /Up[2] and /
Lw[3], were removed after the vertical con-
veyance unit [1] was removed, be sure to
install the vertical conveyance unit first to the
main body and then install the vertical con-
veyance covers, /Lw and Up. Never install the
[1] vertical conveyance covers, /Up and /Lw,
while the vertical conveyance unit is removed.

[3] 57gaf2c309na

3.15.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush


A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper dust removing brush: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the vertical
[2] [1]
conveyance door cover /Up [2].

Note
• When installing the vertical conveyance door
cover /Up [2], be sure to tighten it up together
with the vertical conveyance door cover /Lw
[4].

2. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the vertical


conveyance door cover /Lw [4].

[4] [3] 57gaf2c192na

106
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. Push the projections [1] at 2 places to release the

bizhub PRO 920


lock, and remove the paper dust removing brush
[2].

[1] [2]

57gaf2c193na

4. Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust


removing brush [1] with a blower brush.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c194na

107
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
• Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[2]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
[1] 2. Remove the connector [1].
[4] 3. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the vertical
conveyance unit[3].

Note
[3] • When placing the vertical conveyance unit [3],
be sure to place it with the jam open/close
door [4] down.

[2] 57gaf2c195na

108
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Remove the connector [1].


[3]
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the verti-

bizhub PRO 920


cal conveyance clutch /2 (CL10) [3].

Note
• When installing CL10, be sure to set the stop-
per [4] to the guide [5].

6. Remove the connector [6].


7. Remove the C-clip [7] and then remove the verti-
cal conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) [8].

Note
• When installing CL9, be sure to set the stop-
[2] [5] [4] [1]
per [9] to the guide [10].

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[8]

[7] [10] [9] [6] 57gaf2c196na

109
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.15.3 Replacing the conveyance roller /1


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[4]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
[5] 2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
[3] [4]
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
4. Remove the 2 E-rings [4] and then remove the 2
bearing [5] and the conveyance roller /1 [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[6]
[1]
[2] 57gaf2c197na

3.15.4 Replacing the vertical conveyance roller /2 and /3


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Vertical conveyance roller /2, /3: Every 10,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[1]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9)
[2] (See "3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance
clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] and then remove the 2
bearing [2] and the vertical conveyance roller /2
[3].
4. Following steps 2 and 3, remove the vertical con-
veyance roller /3 [4].
[1] 5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[4]
steps in reverse.
[3] 57gaf2c198na

110
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.15.5 Cleaning the vertical conveyance sensor (PS53)/loop sensor (PS54)


A. Periodic cleaning cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53): Every 500,000 prints
• Loop sensor (PS54): Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
[1] 1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Clean the vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [1]
and the loop sensor (PS54) [2] with a blower
brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]

57gaf2c310na

111
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16 Maintenance procedure of the ADU


bizhub PRO 920

3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44)


A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Registration sensor (PS44): Every 1,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1], /Lt [2.
[2] [1]
2. Bring down the ADU pull-out lever [5] while press-
ing the lock release lever [3] with a screwdriver in
the arrow-marked direction [4], and pull out the
ADU [6].

[4] [5] [3] [6]

57gaf2c200na

3. Remove the 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of


[1] the sensor mounting bracket [2].

[2] 57gaf2c205na

112
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Turn over the sensor mounting bracket [1] and

bizhub PRO 920


clean the registration sensor (PS44) [2] with a
blower brush.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c206na

3.16.2 Replacing the registration clutch (CL1)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Registration clutch (CL1): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the open/close guide /1 [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ADU
pull-out lever [3].

[3]

[1]

[2]
57gaf2c209na

4. Loosen 4 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover


[5].

[4]
[4] [5] 57gaf2c210na

113
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw [1]


[1]
bizhub PRO 920

and remove the knob [2].

[2] 57gaf2c211na

6. Remove the connector [1].


[2] [3]
7. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the regis-
tration clutch (CL1) [3].

Note
• When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1] [5] [4]


57gaf2c212na

114
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.3 Removing/reinstalling the registration section


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove 3 connectors [1].

57gaf2c213na

115
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, and then remove


bizhub PRO 920

the registration section [2].

Note
• When installing it, be sure to engage the stop-
per of the registration clutch (CL1) with the
stopper section. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the
registration clutch (CL1).")

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[1] [2]

57gaf2c214na

116
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.4 Replacing the registration roller/registration bearing


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Registration roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Registration bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body and then
[2] remove the paper dust removing brush /1. (See
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover and then remove the reg-
istration clutch. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the regis-
tration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
[1]
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
[5] 4. Remove the E-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the registration bearings [2], 1 each.
5. After sliding the registration roller [3] in the arrow-
marked direction [4], pull it out while lifting it up in
the arrow-marked direction [5].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[4] steps in reverse.
[3]

[1] [2]

57gaf2c215na

117
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
bizhub PRO 920

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Loop roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
• ADU exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Pre-registration roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU pre-registration bearing: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU pre-registration clutch: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[5] [4] [1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the ADU
pre-registration clutch (CL2) [3].

Note
• When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].

[3] [2]

57gaf2c216na

118
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove 6 connectors [1], [2], [3] and [4].


[1] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


[3] [4] [2]

57gaf2c217na

119
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the wiring


[4] [1] [3]
bizhub PRO 920

harness fixing member [2].


8. Remove the 3 screws [3] and then remove the
registration motor assembly [4].

Note
• When installing the registration motor assem-
bly [4], be sure to set the positioning hole [5]
to the projection [6] of the ADU.

[5][6] [3] [3] [2]

57gaf2c218na

9. Open the open/close guide /1.


[4]
10. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] and then remove the 2
[5]
spacers [2].
[2]
11. Remove the belt [3].
12. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
[1] from the shaft.

[2] [3]

[5]
[1] [4] 57gaf2c219na

120
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

13. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[7] [6] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


to the front side to remove the loop roller [3].
14. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the ADU exit roller [6].
15. Remove the 2 screws [7] and slide the bearing fit-
[2] ting [8] and the ADU pre-registration bearing [9] to
the front side to remove the pre-registration roller
[3]
[10].

[4]

[10] [9] [8] [5] [4] 57gaf2c220na

16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the loop roller [1].
[3]
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
[2]
it so that the flange turns outside.
[1]

[2] 57gaf2c221na

17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
the ADU exit roller [1].
[3]
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
[1] 57gaf2c222na

18. Remove the 4 E-rings [2], the 2 ADU pre-registra-


[3]
tion bearings [3] and the bearing fitting [4] from the
[3]
[4] pre-registration roller [1].
19. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2]
[2] 57gaf2c223na

121
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16.6 Replacing the ADU pre-registration loop roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• ADU pre-registration loop roller: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the registration motor assembly. (See
"3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/
pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bear-
ing/ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2).")
[1] [2] 5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the trans-
57gaf2c224na
fer motor assembly[2].

Note
• When installing the transfer motor assembly
[2], be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.

122
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1] [1]
6. Remove 7 connectors [1] and [2].

bizhub PRO 920


[1] [1]

[2]

57gaf2c225na

123
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the


bizhub PRO 920

wiring harness guide plate assembly [2].

[1] [2] [1] 57gaf2c226na

8. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ADU


lock solenoid assembly [2].

Note
• When installing the ADU lock solenoid
assembly [2], be sure to set the positioning
hole to the projection of the ADU.

[1] [2] 57gaf2c227na

9. Remove the E-ring [3], gear [4] and pin [5].


[3] [4] [5]

57gaf2c228na

124
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

10. Remove 2 E-rings [6] and then remove 2 spacers


[10] [7] [9] [6] [8]

bizhub PRO 920


[7].
11. Remove the belt [8].
12. Remove the 2 pulleys [9] and pull out the 2 pins
[10] from each of the shafts.

[7] [6] [10] [9] 57gaf2c229na

13. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the


bearing [2]. Pull out the ADU pre-registration loop
roller [3] to the front side for removal.

Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.

[1] [3] [2] [1] 57gaf2c230na

14. Remove the 2 E-rings from the ADU pre-registra-


[2]
tion loop roller [1].
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 57gaf2c231na

125
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• ADU reverse roller: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the ADU
cooling fan /3 (FM22) [3].

[1]

57gaf2c232na

126
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove 2 connectors [1].


7. Remove the 3 screws [2] and then remove the jam

bizhub PRO 920


indicator board assembly [3].

[2]

[3] [1] 57gaf2c233na

127
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

[5][6] [4]
8. Remove 2 connectors [1].
9. Remove the 3 screws [2] and then remove the
bizhub PRO 920

ADU reverse motor assembly [3] and the belt [4].

Note
• When installing the ADU reverse motor
assembly [3], be sure to set the positioning
hole [5] to the projection [6] of the ADU.

[2] [2]

[1] [3] 57gaf2c234na

10. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the


[1] [2] [3]
spacer [2].
11. Remove the pulley [3] and pull out the pin [4] from
the shaft.

[4] 57gaf2c235na

128
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[1]

bizhub PRO 920


to the front side to remove the ADU reverse roller
[3].

[3] [2]
57gaf2c236na

13. Remove the 2 E-ring [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
the ADU reverse roller [1].

Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.

14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


[3] [1] steps in reverse.
57gaf2c237na

129
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /2


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• ADU conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints


• ADU conveyance roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove 3 connectors [1].

[1]

57gaf2c238na

5. Except for the connector (CN530 /BN:6pin) [1] to


the ADU cooling fan /3 (FM22), remove all the 13
connectors connected to the ADU drive board
(ADUDB) [2].

[1] [2] 57gaf2c239na

130
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the ADU


[1]

bizhub PRO 920


drive board assembly [2].

Note
• When installing the ADU drive board assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.

[1] [2] 57gaf2c240na

131
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove 7 connectors [1], [2] and [3].


[1] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

[1]

[2]

[3]

57gaf2c241na

132
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

8. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the

bizhub PRO 920


wiring harness guide plate assembly [2].

Note
• When installing the wiring harness guide plate
assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole
to the projection of the ADU.

[1] [2] [1] 57gaf2c242na

9. Open the open/close guide /1.


[4]
10. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and then remove the 2
spacers [3].
11. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
from each of the shafts.
[4] [5]

[5] [3]

[3] [2] [1] [2] 57gaf2c243na

12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[2] [3] [5] [6] to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /1 [3].

Note
• When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
turns outside.

13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /2 [6].

[1] [4]
57gaf2c244na

133
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14. Remove the E-rings [1], 2 each, and the bearings


[1]
bizhub PRO 920

[2], 1 each, from the ADU conveyance roller/1 and


the ADU conveyance roller /2.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c245na

3.16.9 Replacing the paper reverse/exit roller, /2, /3


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper reverse/exit roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Paper reverse/exit roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Paper reverse/exit roller /3: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove the ADU drive board assembly. (See
"3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /
2.")
5. Loosen the screw [1] and remove the knob [2].
6. Remove 2 E-rings [3] and then remove 2 spacers
[4].
[7] [4] [6] [3]
7. Remove the belt [5].
8. Remove the 2 pulleys [6] and pull out the 2 pins [7]
from the shaft.
[1]

[6]

[2]

[7]

[5] [4] [3] 57gaf2c246na

134
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

9. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove 2 spacers


[5] [4] [5] [4]

bizhub PRO 920


[2].
10. Remove the belt [3].
11. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
from the shaft.

[2] [1]
[2] [1] [3] 57gaf2c247na

12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[1] [5] [6] [8] [9] to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller [3].

[3] Note
• When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
[2] ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
[1] turns outside.

13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
[4] [7] roller /2 [6].
57gaf2c248na
14. Remove the 2 screws [7] and slide the bearing [8]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller /3 [3].

[2] 15. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the paper reverse/exit roller [1].

[3] [1] 57gaf2c249na

135
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
bizhub PRO 920

the paper reverse/exit roller /2 [1].

[3] [1] 57gaf2c250na

17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2] the paper reverse/exit roller /3 [1].
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] [1] 57gaf2c251na

136
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.10 Replacing the paper reverse/exit entrance roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Paper reverse/exit entrance roller: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure

[2]
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and remove the paper
reverse/exit cover [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the one-
way clutch [4].

Note
• When installing the one-way clutch [4], be
sure to install it so that the gear [5] comes to
the opposite side of the paper reverse/exit
[1] section.

[4] [5]

[3] 57gaf2c252na

137
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. Remove the 2 screws [1] on the rear side and then


[1]
bizhub PRO 920

remove the bearing [2].


6. Slide the paper reverse/exit entrance roller [3] to
the front side to remove it.

Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.

[2] [3] 57gaf2c253na

7. Remove 3 E-rings [1] and then remove the bear-


[1]
ing [2].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c254na

138
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.11 Replacing the reverse/exit switching gate


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Guide /Fr: Every 10,000,000 prints
• Guide /Rr: Every 10,000,000 prints
• Guide : Every 10,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the reverse/exit
section cover [2].

[1] 57gaf2c255na

139
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3. Remove the screw [1] and release the fixing of the


[3] [4]
bizhub PRO 920

gate drive fitting [2].


4. Remove the 2 E-rings [3] and then remove the 2
bearings [4].
5. Open the open/close guide plate [5] and remove
the paper reverse/exit switching gate [6].

[3] [2]

[4] [1]
[5] [6]

57gaf2c256na

140
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove the screws [1], 1 each, the guides /Fr [2]


[1] [1]

bizhub PRO 920


and /Rr [3], and the 4 guides [4].

Note
• The guide [5] is not allowed to be replaced.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


[5] [3] steps in reverse.
[2]

Note
• When installing it, be sure to conduct "C.
Adjustment."

[1]

[4]

57gaf2c257na

C. Adjustment
1. Loosen 2 screws [1].
2. Make a bundle of zz sheets of 80 g/m2 paper,
and put this bundle between the paper reverse/
exit switching gate [2] and the guide plate [3].
3. Tight up the 2 screws [1].
1.
5~

[1]
2m
m

[2]

[3] 57gaf2c258na

141
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.16.12 Replacing the sensor actuator


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Sensor actuator: Every 10,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
[1] [2]
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Remove the ADU. (See "6.3.22 Removing/rein-
stalling the ADU.")
6. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly and
the ADU reverse motor assembly. (See "3.16.7
Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
7. Remove 9 connectors [1].
8. Remove the connector [2].

[1] [1]

[1] 57gaf2c312nb

142
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

9. Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].


[1] [3] [4]
10. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the fan

bizhub PRO 920


holder cover assembly [3].

Note
• The fan holder cover assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring [4]. After removing the
fan holder cover assembly, be sure to put it
on the fusing guide rail assembly [5].

[5] [2] 57gaf2c313nb

11. Remove the connectors [1] and [2].


12. Remove the 5 screws [3] and then remove the
fusing guide rail assembly [4].

Note
• The fusing guide rail assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring. After removing it, be
[1] [5] [3]
sure to evacuate it to the rear side with the
fan holder cover assembly [5] put on it.

[3] [4]

[2] 57gaf2c314nb

143
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

13. Open the actuator mounting plate [2] of the


bizhub PRO 920

reverse paper exit sensor (PS8) [1] and remove


the sensor actuator [3].

Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to hook the end
[5] of the spring [4] to the underside of the
actuator mounting plate.
• After installing the sensor actuator, be sure to
rotate the sensor actuator in the arrow-
marked direction [6] to check to see if it
[4] [2] returns to its original position.

[3] [6]
[3] [2] [1] [2] [5] 57gaf2c315nb

14. Remove the spring [2] from the sensor actuator


[4] [2]
[1].

Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to insert the end
[3] of the spring into the installation hole [4].

[1]
[3] 57gaf2c316nb

144
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

15. Open the horizontal conveyance section [1].


[3]
16. Remove the connecting spring [3] from the ADU

bizhub PRO 920


open/close plate /3 [2] and open also the horizon-
tal conveyance section.

[1] [2]

57gaf2c317nb

145
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

17. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ADU
bizhub PRO 920

open/close plate 3/ [2].


18. Remove the connector [3].

[2] [3]

[1] 57gaf2c318nb

19. Remove the screws [1], [2] and [3], 2 each, and
[1][6] [5] [4]
then remove the ADU fixing plate /4 [4].

Note
• When removing the 2 screws [2], be sure to
raise the charger rail assembly [5] so that a
driver can be inserted perpendicular to the
screws [2].
[2] • At each of the 2 screw sections [1], the spac-
ers [6], 1 each, are provided on the back side
of the ADU fixing plate /4. Be careful that they
do not get lost.

[3]
57gaf2c319nb

146
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

20. Turn over the ADU fixing plate /4 [1] and remove
[2]

bizhub PRO 920


the sensor actuator [3] from the ADU reverse sen-
sor /2 (PS13) [2].

Note
• For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.

[1] [3]

57gaf2c320nb

147
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

21. Fold the A4 size paper [1] into two and cover it
[1] [2]
bizhub PRO 920

over the end section of the ADU fixing plate /5


assembly [2].

Caution
• Be sure to cover the end section of the ADU
fixing plate /5 assembly with paper so that it
can be protected against the direct contact of
the hands. When not protected, it may be
damaged by burr.

22. Remove the sensor actuator [4] from the ADU


[4] [3]
conveyance sensor (PS9) [3].

Note
• For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.

23. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c321nb

148
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section

bizhub PRO 920


3.17.1 Removing/reinstalling the fusing unit

Caution
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[3] [4]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
3. Open the fusing exit section [2].
4. Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the fusing cover
[4].

[1] [2] 57gaf2c001na

149
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever


[8] [7] [4]
bizhub PRO 920

assist plate [2].


6. Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of the
fusing section [4].

Note
• When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
press it to the rear side and tight up the screw
[3].

7. Close the fusing paper exit section [5].


8. After sliding the fusing section [4] to this side, lift it
up by hand for removal.
[5] [6] [1]

Note
• When lifting up the fusing section, be sure to
hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
• When installing it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to reversal section [8] side.
At this time, insert the sheet [9] of the reversal
section into the underside of the fusing paper
[3] [2] exit section.

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note
• When replacing the fusing unit, the rank set-
ting is required. For the setting method, see
"6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the
fusing unit," and "10.9.1 Software switch set-
ting."

[9] [5] 57gaf2c002na

150
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.2 Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[6]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
4. Insert a screwdriver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft
[2] and rotate the shaft clockwise to release pres-
sure.

Note
• After the fusing unit /Up [5] is closed and
fixed, be sure to rotate the shaft for pressure.
• When opening the fusing unit /Up [5], it
[5] [4] becomes unstable. Be careful that it does not
fall down.

5. Remove the screws [6], 2 each, and open the fus-


ing unit /Up [5].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2] [3]

[6] 57gaf2c003na

151
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.17.3 Replacing the cleaning web


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Cleaning web: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
cleaning web [2].

Note
• When installing a new cleaning web, be sure
to set the slits [4] at 2 places of the cleaning
[1] [5] web to the hooks [3] at 2 places. And, be sure
to set the pin [8] of the shaft [7] to the groove
[6] of the take-up gear [5] so that the cleaning
web does not get slackened.
• The performance of a new cleaning web is
guaranteed on and after the position at which
the blue line [9] is broken. When installing it,
[7] [8] [6] [6] be sure to rotate the pin [8] to take it up to the
position at which the blue line is broken.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note
• When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the cleaning web in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See "10. Tech. Rep. mode"
in the Field Service.)

[3] [4] [2] [9]

57gaf2c004na

152
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) and /2 (L3)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to avoid touching the lamp section of the fusing heater lamps /1 (L2) and /2 (L3) with bare
hands. When touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2): Every 3,000,000 prints
• Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[6]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove each of the screws [1] and then remove 2
clamps [2].

Note
• When reinstalling the clamp, be sure to install
it in the correct position. When it is installed in
a wrong position, the fusing cover cannot be
[7] [8] [5] attached.

5. Remove the fastons [3] and [4].

Note
• When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.

6. Remove each of the screws [5] and then remove 2


clamps [6].
[1] 7. Remove the fastons [7] and [8].

Note
• When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.

[3] [4] [2] 57gaf2c005na

153
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lamp


bizhub PRO 920

[3] [1] [2] [3]


fixing plate cover [2].
9. Remove the 2 screws [3] and then remove the
lamp fixing plate /Fr [4].
10. Pull out the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) [5] and fus-
ing heater lamp /2 (L3) [6] in the arrow-marked
direction [7] for removal.

Note
• When reinstalling each of the fusing heater
lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp
is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [8].
[6] [7] [5] [4]
• Be sure to install each of the fusing heater
lamps so that the manufacturer mark [9]
comes to front side.
[9] • After each of the fusing heater lamps is
installed, check to see if it is in touch with the
inner face of the fusing roller /Up [10].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[8] [10]

57gaf2c006na

154
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up, the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
gear

bizhub PRO 920


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing roller /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Heat insulating sleeve /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Bearing /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Fusing gear: Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].

57gaf2c007na

155
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. Remove the C-ring [1], the fusing gear [2], the


[6]
bizhub PRO 920

gear [3] (not replaced), the heat insulating sleeve /


Up [4] and the bearing /Up [5].

Note
• When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [6] turn outside.

7. Remove the C-ring [7], the heat insulating sleeve /


Up [8] and the bearing /Up [9].

Note
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] • When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [10] turn outside.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note
[10] • When installing the heat insulating sleeve, be
sure to apply Multemp FF-RM (Tri-flow also
available) to its inside and outside peripher-
ies.

[9] [8] [7] 57gaf2c008na

156
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Fusing roller /Lw assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See "3.17.5
Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up,
the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
[1] [5] gear.")
6. Remove the springs [1] (longer one) and [2]
(shorter one).

Note
• The springs [1] and [2] are different in length
and size. When installing them, be sure take
note of places to which they are installed.

7. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the


ground terminal [4].
8. Remove the screws [5], 1 each, and then remove
[5] [2] [6] the thick paper conveyance support plate [6].

Note
• When installing the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], after installing the springs [1]
and [2] and the ground terminal [4], be sure to
push the thick paper conveyance assist plate
in the paper exit direction and check to see if
it moves smoothly.

[4] [3] 57gaf2c010na

157
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

9. Remove the screw [1], and then remove the jam


bizhub PRO 920

release knob [2].


10. Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly [3].

Note
• When installing it, before pressing the fusing
roller /Lw, be sure to adjust the spring posi-
tion so that the distance "a" [6] between each
end of the 2 springs [4] and each end of the
presser plates [5] is within a specified value.
Failing to conduct this operation may result in
insufficient fusing when printing a thick paper.
[3] [1] [2] Specified value a: 2 to 4 mm

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5] [4]

[6]

57gaf2c009na

158
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller assembly


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the thick paper conveyance assist plate.
(See "3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw
assembly.")
4. Remove each of the screws [1] and then remove
the fixing plate [2].

Note
• When installing the fixing plate, be sure to set
[3][4] [1] each of the positioning holes [3] to each pro-
jection [4] of the fusing section.

[1] [2]

[3][4] 57gaf2c011na

159
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5. Remove each of the springs [1].


6. Remove the screw [2] and open the fusing heat
bizhub PRO 920

roller assembly [3] in the arrow-marked direction


[4].

[1]

[4] [3]

[1]

[2] 57gaf2c012na

160
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note

bizhub PRO 920


• When reinstalling the fusing heating roller
assembly [1], be sure to set the guide hole [3]
of the fusing heating roller assembly to the
guide pin [2] of the fusing section.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] [3]

[1] 57gaf2c013na

161
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.17.8 Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Fusing cleaning sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning unit [2].

[1] 57gaf2c014na

5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing


[2] [3]
cleaning sheet assembly [2].
6. Remove the paper dust that has gathered in [3] of
the fusing cleaning sheet assembly unit.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 57gaf2c015na

162
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) with bare hands. When
touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring band [1] and remove the con-
nector [2].

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
[1] [2]

5. Cut off the wiring bands [3] at 2 places.

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

6. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the clamp


[5].
7. Remove the faston [6].

[3] [5] [6] [4] Note


• When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.

57gaf2c016na

163
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fixing


bizhub PRO 920

plate /Rr [2].

Note
• When installing the fixing plate /Rr [2], be sure
to set the positioning holes [3] at 2 places to
the projections [4] at 2 places of the fusing
section.

9. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the fixing


plate /Fr [6].

[1] [3][4] [2] Note


• When reinstalling the fixing plate /Fr [6], be
sure to set the positioning hole [7] to the pro-
jection [8] of the fusing heating roller assem-
bly.

10. Pull out and remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
in the arrow-marked direction [10].

Note
• When installing the L4, be sure to check to
see if each end is set to the installation holes
of the lamp fixing plates /Fr [6] and /Rr [2].
• Be sure to install the L4 so that the manufac-
turer mark comes to front side (faston termi-
nal side).
• After installing the L4, be sure to check to see
if it is not in contact with the inner surface of
the fusing heat roller.

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


[10] steps in reverse.

[6]
[9] [7] [8] [5] 57gaf2c279na

164
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.10 Replacing the fusing heat roller, the heat roller bearing and the heat insulating sleeve /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Fusing heat roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Heat insulating sleeve /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Heat roller bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove the fusing cleaning unit. (See "3.17.8
Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.")
5. Remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4). (See
"3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4).")
6. Remove the C-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the heating roller bearings [2], 1 each, to remove
the fusing heating roller [3].
[5] [4] [3]

Note
• When reinstalling the heating roller bearing,
be sure to take note of the direction of the
flange [4].

7. Remove the heat insulating sleeves /Lw [5], 1


each, from the fusing heating roller.

Note
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /

[2] [5] Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4] [1] 57gaf2c017na

165
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.17.11 Replacing the fusing claw /Lw


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Fusing claw /Lw: Every 1,500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screws [1], 1 each, and then remove
2 fusing claw /Lw assemblies [2].

Note
• When installing the fusing claw /Lw assembly,
be sure to set the positioning holes [3] at 2
places to the projections [4] at 2 places of the
fusing paper exit section.
[3][4] [2]

57gaf2c018na

5. Remove the spring [2] from each of the fusing


[1] [2] [3]
claw /Lw assembly [1] and then remove the fusing
claw /Lw [3].

Note
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4] 57gaf2c019na

166
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.12 Replacing the fusing claw /Up


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Fusing claw /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
[2]
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
[1]
4. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove
6 fusing claws /Up [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c020na

167
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3.17.13 Replacing the fusing actuator


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
bizhub PRO 920

• Fusing actuator: Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2] [7] [6]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fusing
claw /Lw assembly [2] (on the rear side).

Note
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.
[3][4] [5]
5. Remove 2 connectors [5].
6. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the sensor
assembly[7].

57gaf2c021na

7. Remove the screws [1] and then remove the fus-


[1] [4] [2]
ing actuator [2].

Note
• When installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
take note of the positions [3] and [4] to which
the springs are installed.
• After installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
check to see if the actuator gets back to the
original position when the end [5] is pushed
down. When it does not get back to the origi-
nal position, wind the spring 1 turn around the
spring attached section [4].

[3] [5] 57gaf2c022na


8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

168
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.14 Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2)

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• After completion of the installation of the TH2, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with the fus-
ing roller /Up.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Thermistor /2 (TH2): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
5. Insert the screwdriver [4] into the hole [3] of the
shaft [2] and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to
release pressure.

Note
[6] [5] [7] • After installing the fusing unit /Up [5], be sure
to rotate the shaft for pressure.

6. Remove the screws [6], 2 each.


7. Remove the screws [7], 1 each and then remove
the fusing unit /Up [5].

[1] [7] [2] [3] [6] [4]

57gaf2c023na

169
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places.


[1]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

9. Remove 2 connectors [2].

Note
• The connector is a 3-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. It is a
good practice to use a female connector with
both cables while as a guide.
[2]
10. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 assembly [4].
11. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 (TH2) [6].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] [6]

[4] [5] 57gaf2c024na

170
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.15 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1 (TH1)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the TH1, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG011)
before fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the TH1, be sure to check the wiring harness to see if it is
in touch with the fusing roller /Up.

A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

6. Remove the connector [2].

Note
• The connector is a 2-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and red cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.

7. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the ther-


mistor /1 assembly [5].
[5]

Note
• For the method for installing the thermistor /1
assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."

[4] 57gaf2c025na

171
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Cut off the wiring band [1].


[1] [3]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

9. Remove the 2 screws [2] and the 2 nuts [3], and


then remove the thermistor /1 (TH1) [4].

[2] [4] [2] 57gaf2c026na

B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly. (See "A.
Removal procedure.")
[4]
2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG011) [3] between the thermistor /1 (TH1)
[1] and the fusing roller /Up [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH1 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
tor /1 assembly with 2 screws [4].
[2] [3] [1]

[7] Note
[6] a • Be sure to adjust the distance a [7] between
[5]
the TH1[5] and the fusing roller /Up [6] so that
it becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
perature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG011).
Specified value: a = 0.75 ± 0.1mm
• Make sure that the TH1 is parallel to the roller.

57gaf2c027na
4. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].
5. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
6. Set the software DIPSW38-5, 6, 7 to 000.
7. Erase a 3-digit code shown on the front side of the
fusing unit with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
8. Make a print and check to see if there is any trou-
ble found with fusibility (insufficient fusibility or
excessive curling of paper).

Note
• When there is any trouble found with fusibility,
be sure to replace the software DIPSW19-0, 1,
2, 3 and adjust them.

172
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.16 Replacing the thermistor /4 (TH4)

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• After completion of the installation of the TH4, check to ensure it is in touch with the fusing heat-
ing roller.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Thermistor /4 (TH4): Every 3,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

5. Remove the connector [3].

Note
• The connector is a 4-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and black cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.

6. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the clamp


[5] [4] [6] [7] [2] [5].
57gaf2c028na
7. Remove the screw [6] and then remove the ther-
mistor /4 assembly [7].

173
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Cut off the wiring band [1].


[1] [3]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

9. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-


mistor /4 (TH4) [3].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c029na

174
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.17 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3 (TH3)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the TH3, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG021)
before fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the TH3, be sure to check the wiring harness to see if it is
in touch with the fusing roller /Up.

A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

[5] [2] 5. Remove the connector [3].

Note
• The connector is a 5-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and blue cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.

6. Remove the screws [4], 1 each, and then remove


[7] [6] [4] the 3 clamps [5]
57gaf2c030na
7. Remove the screw [6] and then remove the ther-
mistor /3 assembly [7].

175
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. Cut off the wiring band [1].


[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).

9. Remove 2 screws [2], 2 nuts [3] and then remove


the thermistor /3 (TH3) [4]

[3] [4] [3] 57gaf2c031na

B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /3 assembly.
[1] 2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG021) [3] between the thermistor /3 (TH3)
[4]
[1] and the fusing heat roller [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH3 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
[2] tor /3 assembly with 2 screws [4].

Note
[3]
• Make sure that the distance "a" [5] between
the TH3 [1] and the fusing heat roller [3]
[2] becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
a

perature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG021).


[5]

Specified value: a = 0.7 ± 0.1mm


• Be sure to check to see if the TH3 is parallel
to the roller.

[1] 4. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].


5. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
57gaf2c032na
them following the removal steps in reverse.

176
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.18 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1 (TS1)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the TS1, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG031) before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.

A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2] [3] [1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Remove 2 fastons [1].

Note
• When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.

6. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-


mostat /1 assembly [3].

Note
• For the method for installing the thermostat /
1 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure"

57gaf2c033na

7. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-


[2]
mostat /1 (TS1) [2].

[1] 57gaf2c034na

177
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly.
bizhub PRO 920

[5] 2. Install 2 fastons [2] to the thermostat /1 assembly


[2] [1].
[1] 3. Insert the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG031)
[2] [4] between the thermostat /1 (TS1) and the fus-
ing roller /Up [3].
4. Adjust the position of the TS1 so that it become
flush with the thermostat positioning jig
(55VAJG031) , and then fix it with the screw [5].

Note
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
[3] [4] the TS1 and the fusing roller /Up [7] so that it
[7] becomes equal to the thickness of the ther-
[6] mostat positioning jig (55VAJG031).
Specified value: a = 3.0 ± 0.2mm

5. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].


6. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
a them following the removal steps in reverse.
[8]

57gaf2c035na

178
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.19 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2 (TS2)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the TS2, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041) before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.

A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3] [1] [2] Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 fastons [1].

Note
• When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.

5. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-


57gaf2c036na
mostat /2 assembly [3].

Note
• For the method for installing the thermostat /
2 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."

6. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-


[1]
mostat /2 (TS2) [2].

[2] 57gaf2c037na

179
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /2 assembly.
bizhub PRO 920

[3] [4] [1]


2. Install 2 fastons [2] to the thermostat /2 assembly
[1].
3. Insert the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041)
[4] between the thermostat /2 (TS2) and the fus-
ing roller /Up [3].
4. Adjust the position of the TS2 so that it become
flush with the thermostat positioning jig
(55VAJG041) , and then fix it with the screw [5].

Note
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
the TS2 [6] and the fusing roller /Up [7] so
[5] [2] that it becomes equal to the thickness of the

[6] thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041).


Specified value: a = 3.0 ± 0.2mm
[7]
a

5. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].


6. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
[8]

them following the removal steps in reverse.

57gaf2c038na

180
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17.20 Replacing the web motor (M16)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

bizhub PRO 920


• Web motor (M16): Every 6,000,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
motor assembly [2].

57gaf2c039na

4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clamp


[4]
[2].
5. Remove the connector [3].
6. Remove 2 screws [4] and release the fixing of the
web motor (M16) [5].

[5] [2] [1] [3] 57gaf2c040na

181
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw [1],


[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

and pull the M16 [3] out of the shaft [2] for
removal.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] 57gaf2c041na

182
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.18 Maintenance procedure of the paper exit section

bizhub PRO 920


3.18.1 Cleaning the paper exit roller
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper exit roller: Every 500,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the
[2] [1]
neutralizing brush [2].
2. Clean the paper exit roller [3] with a drum cleaner
and a cleaning pad.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] 57gaf2c322nb

183
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub PRO 920

4.1 Service material list


Material No. Name Shape Remark
000V-16-0 Drum cleaner 200 ml

000V-17-0 Roller cleaner 200 ml

00GR00020 Plas guard No.2 25 g

00GR00260 Multemp FF-RM 25 g

000V-19-0 Setting powder 25 g

000V-18-0 Cleaning pad 10 pcs/1 pack

184
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.2 Jig list

bizhub PRO 920


Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
55VAJG011 Temperature sensor 1
positioning jig /A (for
fusing roller /Up)

55VAJG021 Temperature sensor 1


positioning jig /B (for
fusing heating roller)

55VAJG031 Thermostat position- 1


ing jig /A (for fusing
roller /Up)

55VAJG041 Thermostat position- 1


ing jig /B (for fusing
heating roller)

7050K0020 Optics unit position- 2


ing jig

00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 4

403479400* Test chart (A3 size) 1

403479410* Test chart 1


(11 x 17 size)

00VC-2-00 Drum cover 1

00VD-1000 Blower brush 1

00VE-1003 Tester 1

185
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark


bizhub PRO 920

120A1052* Positioning shaft 2pc/set For DF adjustment

120A9711* Adjustment chart 1 For DF adjustment


(A3 size)

120AJG02* Adjustment chart 1 For DF adjustment


(11 x 17 size)

120A9712* White chart (A3 size) 1 For DF adjustment

120AJG03* White chart 1 For DF adjustment


(11 x 17 size)

13QEJG010 Stapler positioning 1 For FS adjustment


jig

186
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.3 Materials

bizhub PRO 920


A. Item

Parts name Useful life Type name


Toner bottle 66,000 prints TN910
Drum 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours DR910
Developer 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours DV910

B. Maintenance work set (500,000 prints/1 kit)

Parts name Parts No. Unit Quantity


Charge control plate 57GA2508* Charge unit 1
Charge wire 55VA2509* 2
Vibration-proof rubber 55VA2527* 2
Charge cleaning unit 55VA-255* 2
C-clip 45AA2040* 2
Cleaning blade 57GA5601* Cleaning section 2
Transfer/separation wire 55VA2613* Transfer/separation charge unit 3
Transfer cleaning assembly 56GA-276* 1
Separation cleaning assembly /1 56GA-277* 1
Separation cleaning assembly /2 56GA-278* 1
Vibration-proof rubber 56AA1783* 3
C-clip 45AA2040* 3
Cleaning web 55VA-524* Fusing unit 1
Drum claw 57GA2919* Photo conductor section 3
Suction filter 57GA3108* 1

187
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4.4 Mail remote notification system


bizhub PRO 920

4.4.1 Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.

4.4.2 Operating environments


In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, SC and a low power mode. A mail sent to the main body
that is not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the main body is activated again.

(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
• When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
• When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
• While the main body is in auto shut-off.
• When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)

4.4.3 Major functions


Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.

(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Communication log list
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system."

188
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.4.4 Initial setting


To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the main

bizhub PRO 920


body and the account on the mail server.

A. Setting from the operation panel


Set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel to connect the main body to the network. When
already set, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web browser."

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Press the [6 Administrator Setting] key.
3 Press the [4 Network Setting] key.
4 Press the [1 Machine NIC Setting] key.
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the main body.

Note
• The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.

B. Setting from the Web Utilities


Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.

Note
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.

189
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.


3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter the user name and the password in the window and click "OK."
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")

5 "Extension for maintenance screen"


Click "E-Mail Initial Setting."

190
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


6 "E-Mail Initial Setting screen"

Set item Details


Enable E-mail noti- When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
fication use."
Time difference The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in
the range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute).
When no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan,
enter + 900.)
Sending mail Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
(SMTP) server
SMTP port number Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
Sending mail Set the time-out of the SMTP connection. For default, 5 minutes is set.
(SMTP) server time
out
Interval between The main body check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly
fetching mails received. (An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 min-
utes.) Taking into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at
the interval of 10 minutes.
Receiving mail Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
server
Kind of mail spool Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
Port number Select "Use the default value" when using 110 for POP3, and 143 for IMAP.
When using other than the default, select "Custom" and enter a port number
to be used.
User name on the Enter an account name assigned to the main body by the receiving mail
server server.
Password Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address of Enter the mail address of the main body its own. This is normally "mail
this copy machine account name@receiving mail server name."
Nickname Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
main body. No entry cause no problem.

191
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

Set item Details


CE password Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the main
body. The main body uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the • no: Default
administrator • only illegal mail: When a mail received by the main body does not match
with the password above, or when the mail size is in excess of a fixed
size (10k bytes), transfer the mail.
• all mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote notification system."
Administrator When "only illegal mail" or "all mails" is selected, enter an E-mail address for
E-mail address transfer.
Announce delay A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
time in reply mail mail was sent to the main body and the time when the main body handled
the mail is indicated in the mail. For default, "No" is selected.
Enable POP (IMAP) After authentication is made by the receiving mail server, a selection is made
before SMTP to decide whether to send the mail or not. For default, "Yes" is selected.

7 After completion of entry, click the [Apply].


8 Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collec-
tively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.

Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-
mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.

9 Restart the main body.

192
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system


For commands for communications with the main body and the details of options, see the table below.

bizhub PRO 920


Command Option Description Minimum
letters
GETLOG Send back the information specified in [Option]. G
ModeMemory Send back [Mode memory list] by mail. M
UserSetting Send back by [User setting list] mail. U
FontPattern Send back [Font pattern list] by mail. F
Management Send back [Management list] by mail. Ma
Adjustment Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail. A
Parameter Send back [Parameter list] by mail. P
UserManagement Send back [User management list] by mail. UseM
Counter Send back [Counter list] by mail. C
PixelRatio Send back [Pixel ratio list] by mail. Pi
CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log list] by mail. Co
AuditLog Send back [Audit log report] by mail. Au
ALL Send back all of the above list prints by mail. AL
(Not specified) [Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cel-
lular phone. And this is sent back by mail.
CHPASS [OldPasswd][New- Change a password to be used for certification of a C
Passwd] mail.
[OldPasswd] Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd] Specify a new password.
HELP (Not specified) Send a help mail that describes the operating H
instructions of the commands above.

4.4.6 Mail sending


The command and option on the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and
small letters. Accordingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters
in the above table.

Note
• Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
• Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
• For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
• There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
• Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
• Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
• The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
• Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.

193
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

• Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a com-
mand and sent back as an error mail.
bizhub PRO 920

• When the power is shut off while the main body is sending/receiving a mail or when the main body
is printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
• The maximum number of mails that can be received by the main body at a time is five. When more
mails than 5 is being receive by the mail server, they will be handled while in the next reception.

194
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.5 Machine setting data Import/Export

bizhub PRO 920


4.5.1 Outline
With various types of adjustment data, set-up data and so on stored in the main body parameter board (PB)
back upped in the PC through Web browser, the time required for re-adjusting the main body can be minimized
by writing data that was back upped in the PC into the PB should the PB data broken down.

Note
• The counter related data cannot be written in the PB.
• The data of other main body (with a different serial number) cannot be written.
• When replacing PB, be sure to contact the service manager of the authorized distributor for
details.

A. Export of data
(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.

Note
• The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body.

3 "Extension for maintenance screen"


Click [Machine setting data Import/Export].

4 Click [Submit...] of the export and then click [Save (S)] in the file download screen to specify the stor-
age place of the PC into which the data is back upped.

1 195
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Import of data
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When replacing the parameter board (PB), be sure set the serial number (see "10.9.3 Serial No.
input") and the address (see "4.4.4 Initial setting") of the main body before importing data.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.

Note
• The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body and enter the
[Machine setting data Import/Export] mode.
3 "Machine setting data Import/Export screen"
Click [Browse...] of the import, specify the folder of the PC into which the backup data is stored and
press the [Submit...] key.

4 Make sure that the data has been written correctly and turn OFF and ON the main power switch
(SW1).

196 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

bizhub PRO 920


5.1 ISW
5.1.1 Outline
A. ISW (In-System Writer)
The operation to rewrite firmware stored in the flash ROM that is built in each control board in the main body
with the board left built in the main body is called an ISW. Executing ISW allows you to upgrade the firmware ver-
sion without replacing the board, or install the latest firmware when replacing the board. As a tool to execute
ISW, there are ISWTrns (PC software) and the Internet ISW available: the former rewrites firmware with the per-
sonal computer (PC) locally connected to the main body and the latter rewrites firmware through the Internet.

(1) ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite flash ROM of the main body and rewrites firmware with the main body
and the PC locally connected with a parallel cable or UBS cable.

Note
• When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before install-
ing the new version of ISWTrns. When installed by overwriting, this may result in the installation by
the USB driver unavailable.
• When the main body uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of
the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns A. Installation of the
USB driver (Windows2000/XP)."

(2) Internet ISW


This uses the main body NIC to connect the main body to the network environment, and uses an FTP or HTTP
protocol to rewrite firmware from the program server on the Internet.
For the Internet ISW, the following methods are available:
• Internet ISW using Web Utilities
The Web Utilities of the main body is accessed through the Web browser of the PC to rewrite firmware.
However, this method requires a PC that is connected to the main body through a network.
• Internet ISW using the operation panel
The operation panel is used to rewrite firmware.
• Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
A mail is sent to the main body to give the ISW instruction to rewrite firmware.

197
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.1.2 Firmware data flow


The following shows the flow of the ISW data.
bizhub PRO 920

PC Overall control board (OACB) Printer control board (PRCB) FS control board (FSCB)
DF control board (DFCB)
IC board (ICB)

When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of troubles resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)

Step Type of programs


1 FS (N)
2 DF (F), IC (P), Printer control (C1 to C4 ALL, C1, C2, C3, C4)
3 Overall control (I1 to I5 ALL, I1, I2, I3, I4, l5)

Note
• When OACB is replaced, be absolutely sure to execute first the ISW of the overall control (I1 to I5).
With OACB provided with no firmware of the overall control, the power source of the main body
will not be turned on.

5.1.3 Types of the Transfer mode


For the ISW Transfer mode on the main body side, the following 2 modes are available.

A. When writing firmware newly (when replacing the board or when the rewrite of firmware fails)

Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Power save LED flashing Power ON mode
No display on operation panel
Other boards Error code display Tech. Rep. mode

For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with firmware or no firmware is written, it is not
possible to start up normally. In this condition, when the power switch is turned on, the power save LED turns
on with firmware put in the standby condition.
For other boards, when the overall control firmware is in the normal condition with other firmware in the abnor-
mal condition, SC is displayed on the operation panel when the power is turned on.

B. When in the version up of the program

Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Normal Tech. Rep. mode
Other boards Normal Tech. Rep. mode

C. Use of each transmission mode


• Power ON mode
When the overall control board (OACB) is provided with no firmware or broken, this mode is used. At this
time, it is possible to write OACB with the power switch on.
• Tech. Rep. mode
When the OACB firmware is normally installed, this mode is used.

198
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.2 ISWTrns

bizhub PRO 920


5.2.1 Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) Operating environment of the software
• OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
• CPU: Pentium 75 MHz or above
• Memory: 16 MB or more
• Free space in hard disk: 100 MB or more
• Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface (type A)

(2) Transmission time


• Varies according to each PC

(3) Parts required to conduct the ISW


• Personal computer (PC): 1
IBM-compatible PC/AT, Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel interface or USB interface
• ISWTrns setup program
• Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
• Firmware

Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board, Printer control board, DF control board, FS control board,
IC board
Rewritable firmware Image control I1 to I5 ALL, I1 to I5
Printer control C1 to C4 ALL, C1 to C4
Finisher N
ADF F
IP control P

Note
• For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.

199
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns


Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.
bizhub PRO 920

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] icon to start the install program.

Note
• When there remains the ISWTrns of the old version, uninstall the old version first, and
then install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].

Note
• For default, "C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an
installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4 Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].

Note
• For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
5 Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
6 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
7 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up
the ISWTrns program.

200
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


8 "ISWTrns screen"
Click [OK] to set the storage folder of the firmware.

Note
• This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9 "Option screen"
Click [Make Folder]

Note
• A folder (C\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
• When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
• Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.

10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].

Note
• This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.

201
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns


A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)
bizhub PRO 920

When a connection is made between the PC and the main body with a USB cable, the installation of the USB
driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this may result in the installation of the Windows
USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.

(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].

2 In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
the driver to install," and then click [Next].
3 Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW

Note
• The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.
4 When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.
5 Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW

Note
• The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.

202
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

B. Setting of the communication method


(1) Setting up of the parallel port

bizhub PRO 920


When sending the parallel port data by using the ISWTrns, it is necessary to release the ECP mode setting of the
PC parallel port. The ISWTrns does not correspond to the data transmission for the parallel port in the ECP
mode. Accordingly, sending data in the ECP mode may result in an error while in transmission. Therefore, when
using the ISWTrns with the PC set in the ECP, it is necessary to release the ECP mode.

1) ECP port release procedure


The following procedure shows the release of the ECP mode.

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in "Control panel," select the "Device Manager" and search LPT1 in "Ports (COM &
LPT)."
• The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is an ECP port.
• The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a normal parallel port.
3 When the printer port is set to the ECP port, change the BIOS setting of the PC to release the ECP
port.

Note
• The change of the BIOS varies depending on the PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact
the system administrator.

C. Firmware copy
By using the ISWTrns, firmware that transfers it to the main body is copied into the specified folder.

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start up
the "ISWTrns."
3 Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy].

203
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

5 "File Copy screen"


Click [Browse].
Select the folder into which firmware is stored as a copied file.

Note
• The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
• In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.

6 Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."

Note
• The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
• When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to the step 7.
7 Click [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the
ISWTrns.

Note
• When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Original
Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
• In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of the
ISWTrns is displayed.
• In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," files the copy of which
has been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files
the copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are consid-
ered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
• When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check box
to make a check mark.
8 After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
9 Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].

204
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

D. Preparation for transfer of the main body


(1) Checking the firmware version

bizhub PRO 920


Before rewriting firmware, be sure to check the current firmware version following the procedure given below.

Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [Firmware Version] key in [Tech. Rep. mode screen].
3 Press the [Firmware Version] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "Indication of Firmware Version screen"

(2) ISW transfer standby


Open the Tech. Rep. mode of the main body to put the ISW transfer in the standby condition.

Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [ISW] key in "Tech. Rep. mode screen."
3 Press the [ISW] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "ISW mode screen"

5 Press the key corresponding to the firmware to be rewritten.


e.g.: <Image Control> Download ALL
"ISW mode <Image Control: Download ALL> screen"

205
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

E. Connection to the main body


(1) When using the parallel cable
bizhub PRO 920

Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.


• PC which firmware have been copied.
• Parallel cable

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.

[1]

[2]

57gaf2c277na

4 Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.

[1]

[2]

57gaf2c274na

206
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

(2) When using the USB cable


Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.

bizhub PRO 920


• PC which firmware have been copied.
• UBS cable

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.

[1]

[2]

57gaf2c278na

4 Connect the UBS cable of the PC to the ISW connector of the main body.

57gaf2c275na

207
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

(3) Pre-arrangements when installing ZU


When ZU is installed, it is necessary to change the wiring in ZU to rewrite the firmware of FS.
bizhub PRO 920

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Unplug the power cords of the main body and the optional equipment.
2 After loosening the 2 screws at the lower section of the ZU rear cover, remove the 2 screws at the
upper section and then remove the ZU rear cover.

[1]
[2]

[3] 57gaf2c276na

3 Remove the connector (CN6) [2] of the ZU control board (ZUCB) [1].
4 Connect the connector removed at step 3 to the short-circuit connector [3] that is hooked to the wire
saddle provided at the lower section of ZUCB.
5 After completion of the rewrite of firmware, remove the short-circuit connector and connect the con-
nector to CN6 of ZUCB.
6 Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.

208
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

F. Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display of the operation panel

bizhub PRO 920


When the ISWTrns starts up, the main screen is displayed. In the main screen, the transmission file (firmware) is
selected, the information is diplayed, the checksum and the transmission file are sent out. For detailed informa-
tion of the functions, refer to the following.

[2] [3]

[1] [4]
[5]

[6]

[7]
[8] [9]
[10]

[1] File status information list


View detailed information about the version file when select firmware.
[2] Select type frame
Select condition for a transfer file. When selecting all of the 4 types of the combo boxes, a folder [4] is set
from the information set in the ISWTrns.INI file. The setting of the selected combo boxes are saved to the
ISWTrns.INI file and it is display initially when it is started next time.
[3] Version selection frame
This frame let you select which version of a transfer file you want transmitted when more than one version is
stored in a folder.
[4] Version storage folder edit box
When the select type frame of [2] is decided, a folder name is displayed in full path from the information of
the data folder set in the option window and the INI file. When the firmware is in a folder other than the
specified data folder, this can be changed by clicking [Browse] [6] to specify the file location or entering
directly the file location. A firmware corresponding to the INI file conditions in the folder shown here is dis-
played in the list box of [5].
[5] Version file selection list box
Displays files that is in the folder selected at [4]. When more than one version files are stored in the same
folder, all versions are displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of names, and
an item displayed last is selected when the list is displayed. Changing the selected item decides a firmware
version to be transmitted.
[6] Version file [Browse]
This key is used when the firmware is in a folder other than the specified data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [4].
[7] Send file information frame
Display the list of firmware to be actually transmitted based on the information selected in the frames [2] and
[3], and click [FileCheck] [9] to display the checksum of the file and the consistency (OK, NG, ??) of the
checksum.
[8] Send file information display list
When version files are selected at [5], files to be actually transmitted are displayed. The number of files actu-
ally transmitted is described in the checksum attached to the firmware.
Click [FileCheck] at [9] to calculate the checksum of the entire displayed files. And compare the obtained
value with the checksum value stored in the checksum file (*.sum) attached to the firmware to display the
result.

209
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

[9] [FileCheck]
With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum
bizhub PRO 920

(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
The transmission of the transferred file is started.

(2) Procedure
e.g.: When the overall control program (ALL) is written.

Step Operation
1 Start the ISWTrns program.
2 Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
3 "Set Communication screen"
Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].

Note
• When [Parallel] is selected, be sure also to specify [Port].
4 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
• Machine type: 920, Country: KBE, Board type: I1 to I5 collectively

5 The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.

210
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


6 Press the [FileCheck] to check if the data to be used has any problem.

7 Place the main body in the ISW standby condition.

8 Press first the [Start] key on the operation panel and then click [FileSend] of the ISWTrns.
9 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.

10 When the data transfer is completed, the following window is displayed.


"ISWTrns"

"Operation panel"

11 "ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Operation panel"
When sending data in succession, press the [Yes] key.
When terminating the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the main body starts up automatically.
12 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.

211
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.2.4 Error list


A. Overall control board firmware abnormality
bizhub PRO 920

After turning on the power, when the main body detects an abnormality with the overall control board firmware,
the LCD on the operation panel does not turn on and the power save LED lights on or blink to indicate this con-
dition (ISW standby condition). For the power save LED display, see the table given below.

No. Operation Power save LED


1 CPU in initialization when the power is turned on OFF
2 Flash memory in checking OFF
3 When an error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status) Blink
4 ISW processing (data being received from the PC and flash memory ON
being written)
5 When an abnormality is detected while in data transmission Blink
6 When an error is detected while in writing flash memory Blink (High speed)
7 Memory check successfully completed: while in rebooting OFF

B. ISWTrns error list


The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the operation is completed. The table below shows
the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.

Message Status of the ISWTrns


Cannot open a checksum file Opening of a checksum file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted
file and a file in use.
Cannot read a checksum file Loading of a checksum file into memory failed. Possible causes include
a shortage of memory and an OS problem.
Cannot open a file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file
and a file in use.
Cannot open the LPT port Opening of the LPT port failed.
Communications port setup A call to GetCommSate failed.
acquisition error
Communications port setup error A call to SetCommSate failed.
Cannot open a send file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file
and a file in use.
Cannot send a Term Test file Transmission of a communications test block failed.
1. The main body is not ready to receive.
2. The cable is out of position.
3. Transmission of the wrong send file was attempted.
Unsuccessful file transmission The transmission of a send file failed. Possible causes include a cable
out of position.
Unsuccessful transmission to the Output to the LPT port failed. Possible causes include a cable out of
LPT port position.
Invalid folder name An invalid folder name was entered. Start a folder name with a drive
name, such as C:\.
Default data folder is not set. A data folder is not set in ISWTrns.INI. This message is displayed when
Please select folder. ISW Trns launches for the fist time.
Unsuccessful thread creation The creation of a thread failed.
No send file available No file to copy file is selected or exists in the folder.

212
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Message Status of the ISWTrns

bizhub PRO 920


Unable to copy several files 1. The destination folder does not exist.
2. When the overwrite check box is not checked, an attempt is made to
copy to a file having the same file name.
3. An attempt is made to overwrite a protected file.
4. Any other cause (such as a file being used by another application or
OS problem)
Send file not found, or invalid file The number of divisions of a send file recorded in the checksum file and
name in the folder. Check. the number of files actually existing do not match.
1. A file having an invalid file name exists in the data folder. Delete possi-
bly invalid file names from the folder list.
2. The number of files in a divided file is wanting. Identify the wanting
files in the folder list and recopy them.

C. Main body error list


The table below shows error codes.

Error code Description Program applicable


02 The internal work space cannot be secured. P (ICB)
04 The DIMM space cannot be secured.
05 The DIMM space cannot be opened.
06 Data transmission to the DIMM failed.
21 The DIMM space on the controller side cannot be secured.
41 The format of the input data is abnormal. Common
42 The type name of input data is abnormal.
43 The board name of input data is abnormal.
64 Rewritten address error F (DFCB)
81 Input device such as input time out is abnormal. Common
C1 The erasing of the flash ROM failed. I (OACB)
C2 The writing of the flash ROM failed.
C3 The checksum is abnormal.
C4 Output device such as output time out is abnormal. Common
E1 Program SUM check error. F (DFCB)
Controller I/F writing error. P (ICB)
The erasing of the flash ROM failed. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)
E2 The writing of the flash ROM failed. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)
Controller I/F verify error. P (ICB)
E3 Blanc check error. F (DFCB)
Communication error. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)

Note
• When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed. If ISW is executed in this condition, an error code is not displayed, but the mes-
sage "Now initializing Controller" is shown in the operation panel section.

213
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
bizhub PRO 920

Condition Cause Measure taken


1 The ISWTrns does not The ISWTrns file is damaged Set it up again.
start up. The setup files itself is damaged. Check the setup files and set it up
again.
2 When an item in the The transferred file is not stored in the Check to see if the firmware file is
combo box is selected, specified folder. stored in the folder displayed in the
the transferred file is "File" text box of "Version."
not displayed. Use the "Data Copy" function if the file
storage location is unknown.
The data folder in the option screen is Check the setting of the data folder.
set incorrectly. Use the "Data Copy" function if the file
storage location is unknown.
The file name is illegal (or has been The file name must be used with no
changed.) change made. When the file name is
changed, the display or selection of
the file becomes unavailable. When
the file name is changed, return it to
former state.
The folder name is illegal (or has been When the folder name created by the
changed.) "Make Folder" key in the option
screen has been changed, it cannot
be found. Return it to former state
and check it again.
3 "NG" is displayed while The transferred firmware is damaged. Copy the firmware and check it again.
in the file checksum. When "NG" still recurs, contact the
supplier of the firmware.
4 "??" is displayed while When the firmware was copied to the Copy the checksum file to the same
in the file checksum. PC, the copying of the checksum file firmware as the one for the firmware
(*.sum) was forgotten. at the same time. (If you use the "Data
Copy" function, a copy is made auto-
matically.)

214
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Condition Cause Measure taken

bizhub PRO 920


5 An error "Cannot The file is being used by anther pro- Exit another program. The error still

The transfer of the file failed.


open a file" is dis- gram or system. recurs, reboot Windows.
played.
An error "Cannot The connection of the cable is loos- Check the cable to see if it is con-
send a Term Test ened. nected securely or if there is any prob-
file" is displayed. lem found with the cable itself.
The main body is not in the receiving Check the main body to see if it is in
condition. the receiving condition.
An error "Unsuc- The connection of the cable is loos- Check the cable to see if it is con-
cessful transmis- ened. nected securely or if there is any prob-
sion to the LPT lem found with the cable itself.
port" is displayed. Wrong data has been sent. Check the file status screen to see if
the receiving mode on the copier side
(type of receiving board) corresponds
with the transferred file on the PC
side.
The length of the cable is out of spec- Use a cable the length of which is less
ifications. than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is set to See the PC manual to release the
the ECP mode. ECP mode.
There is a compatibility problem Conduct a test with a PC with an
between the parallel port of the PC actual performance of transmission,
and the port on the main body side. and check to see if there is a compat-
ibility problem found.

215
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.3 Internet ISW


bizhub PRO 920

5.3.1 Outline
"Internet ISW" is a system in which the Web browser, the main body operation panel, or the Internet mail (E-mail)
is used to give an ISW instruction, and the main body automatically obtains the firmware from the program
server and conducts ISW. Using the Internet ISW that uses the main body operation panel or the Web browser
allows the execution of ISW at the customer facility with no program brought with. And, the Internet ISW using a
mail remote notification system also allows the execution of ISW from the remote place.

5.3.2 Operating environments


To make use of the Internet ISW functions, the following conditions must be met.
• The main body must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of firmware from
the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
In the following 4 cases, the "Internet ISW" does not operate on the main body.
• The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
• The power switch (SW2) is OFF.
• The copier is in the auto shut-off.
• When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)

Note
• It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.

5.3.3 Initial setting


To make use of the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server
address and the fire wall address etc. of the main body.

A. Setting from the operation panel


To introduce the main body into the network, set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web browser"

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Select "6 Administrator Setting."
3 Select "4 Network Setting."
4 Select "1 Machine NIC Setting."
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Turn OFF and ON the power switch (SW2) to restart the main body.

Note
• The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For partic-
ulars, contact the system administrator.

216
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

B. Setting from the Web browser


Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,

bizhub PRO 920


make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.

Note
• No "space" is allowed in all set items.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the operation
panel."
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page screen"

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.


3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter the user name and the CE password in the window and then press [OK].
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")

217
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

5 "Extension for maintenance screen"


Click [Internet ISW].

6 "Internet ISW screen"


Click [Initial Setting].

218
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


7 "Proxy Server Setting screen"
Set the proxy server.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.

Enable Proxy Select the following:


When using no proxy: "no."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server Type When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Enable Proxy," then select a
proxy server type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host"
Type 2 "OPEN host"
Type 3: "FW user => FW password => SITE host"
Type 4: "FW user name => FW password => User user@host"

Note
• For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "5.3.8 Authenti-
cation of the proxy server in the Internet ISW."
Proxy Server IP Address When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the Proxy When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
Server set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the Proxy Server When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the password of the proxy server.

8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.

219
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

9 "Program Server Setting screen"


Set the program server (Proxy is used).

Program Server Address Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pull-
down menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.

10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server (Proxy is not used).

Protocol Select the protocol that receives the program.


Program Server IP Address Set the IP address of the server into which the program to be
down loaded is stored.
Target directory In the case of http, set the path after the host domain. In the
case of ftp, set the relative path from the home directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the firmware. When the time is out,
the down load of the firmware forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.

12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.

220
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


13 Conduct the Download test.
• In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initial setting
to check the connection. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the
error message.
• When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the esti-
mated receiving time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.

• When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.

221
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

5.3.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities


Using the Web Utilities of the main body allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser,
bizhub PRO 920

to download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.

2 Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.

When specifying no firmware name, the rewrite is conducted in the following files in which the pro-
gram server is stored.

I0 bootI0.bin C0 bootC0.bin F1 bootF1.bin N1 bootN1.bin P bootP1.bin


I1 bootI1.bin C1 bootC1.bin bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin C2 bootC2.bin
I3 bootI3.bin C3 bootC3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin C4 bootC4.bin
I5 bootI5.bin

Note
• bootN1.bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2.bin is for FS-604.
3 After completion of entry, click the [ISW].
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.

222
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


4 Checking of the ISW conditions.
From the Web screen, you can check the current processing condition to see if there is any error.
• "ISW is downloading"
• "ISW is writing"
• "Finish"
• "ISW was canceled due to transferring problem"
• "ISW was canceled due to transferring overtime"
• "ISW was canceled due to writing problem to flash memory"
5 When the ISW is completed successfully, the main body restarts automatically to complete the ISW.
6 After restart of the main body, check the firmware version in "Internet ISW main screen" to see if it is
being updated successfully.

5.3.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system


When the customer engineer sends a mail that describes the key word briefly to the main body, the main body
that receives that mail can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
For the operating environment and initial setting, see "4.4 Mail remote notification system."

(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.

Command Option Description


ISW I0, I1, I2, I3, I4, I5 Specifies a board that execute ISW.
C0, C1, C2, C3, C4 I: Overall control board (OACB)
F1 C: Printer control board (PRCB)
N1 F: DF control board (DFCB)
P1 N: FS control board (FSCB)
P: IC board (ICB)

It is also possible to specify "= firmware file name" after an optional


name to ISW a specific file in the program server.
Example: ISW I0=56gfi0100000.bin
5 (minimum) Specify the time of validity of the mail. (Unit: in minutes) When no
1440 (maximum) specification is made, 90 minutes are employed.
When the time period after CE sends out a mail until the main body
receive the mail exceeds the time specified here, ISW is not con-
ducted.
Example: ISW I0 5
ISWHELP Not specified A help mail that describes the usage of the commands above is
returned.

Note
• The command option for FS-509 and FS-604 is N1.
The type of FS that is connected to the main body is automatically recognized for a suitable firm-
ware to be downloaded from the program server.

1 223
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

When no firmware file name is specified, the rewrite is conducted in the following files stored in the program
server.
bizhub PRO 920

I0 bootI0.bin C0 bootC0.bin F1 bootF1.bin N1 bootN1.bin P bootP1.bin


I1 bootI1.bin C1 bootC1.bin bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin C2 bootC2.bin
I3 bootI3.bin C3 bootC3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin C4 bootC4.bin
I5 bootI5.bin

Note
• bootN1. bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2. bin is for FS-604.

(2) Mail sending


For mail sending, see "4.4 Mail remote notification system."

Note
• The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more com-
mands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.

(3) Return mail


In the following cases, a mail is returned from the main body.
• After receiving an ISW start mail, the main body starts ISW. (A command sent and the firmware version
before ISW are written down.)
• When ISW is completed normally. (A command sent and the firmware version after ISW are written down.)
• When the time of validity of the mail expires. (A command sent is written down.)

5.3.6 Notes for use


(1) Notice to the administrator
When conducting the Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from administrator in
advance.
Be sure to execute ISW with the main body not used. However, when the main body is in use (jobs present), the
Internet ISW does not operate.

(2) Power cut while in the ISW


While in the ISW rewrite, the operation panel and the power switch (SW2) are locked. However, when the main
power source is turned off due to power cut etc., the main body cannot start up.
However, this is a problem encountered while in the overall control board (OACB) rewrite. As for other errors
while in the ISW, they can be rewritten by the Internet ISW again.
Should the main body be not able to start due to the reason above, go to the actual place and use ISWTrns to
conduct the rewrite of the program.

224
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.3.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel


When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the operation panel, with no PC brought with, the main

bizhub PRO 920


body can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.

(1) Procedure
e.g.: When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).

Step Operation
1 Display "ISW mode screen."

2 Press the [Internet ISW] key on the screen and then press the [Download ALL] key of <Image control>.

3 Press the [Start] key and download the latest firmware to start the rewrite.

In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.

4 When ISW is completed normally, the main body automatically restarts and completes ISW.
5 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.

225
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

(2) Error list


When an error occurs while in the execution of the Internet ISW, an error code is displayed on the operation
bizhub PRO 920

panel.
The following shows error codes.

Error code Classification Description


xxx Local error Rewrite error (same as the normal ISW error)
100 Connection to the network unavailable
200 File error
4xx HTTP error When the connection to the network is made with the communication
protocol set by HTTP, a server error is returned from the server.
5xx FTP error When the connection to the network is made with the communication
protocol set by FTP, a server error is returned from the server.

* Error codes for FTP and HTTP are errors stipulated by usual protocols.

5.3.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW


A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.

B. Authentication of the proxy server


There are 4 types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these 4 types.

C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list


(1) Type 1: USER user@host
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, the entry of the user name and password of the proxy
server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

(2) Type 2: OPEN host


This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, apply this
type.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded function, Transmit the program server address
defined for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

226
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

(3) Type 3: FW user => FW password => SITE host


This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.

bizhub PRO 920


The information of the server you want to access, the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
necessary.
In case of the user name and the password of the proxy server are required when accessing the outside through
the proxy server, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE host ftp expanded function, Transmit the program server address
defined for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

(4) Type 4: FW user => FW password => USER user@host


This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, apply this
type.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.

227
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 920

6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted


6.1.1 Scanner section
A. CCD unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
• 11 screws used to assemble the CCD unit
• 4 attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly

[1]

[2] [2]

[3] [5] [4] 57gaf2c134na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [4] Lens reference plate assembly
[2] Screw not allowed to be removed [5] Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to
[3] CCD unit be removed when replacing the CCD unit)

(2) Reason of prohibition


The accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is not guaranteed.
Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the CCD unit are not allowed to be removed.
The lens reference plate assembly acts as the basis for the installation position of the CCD unit. Removing this
assembly may cause the displacement of the optical axis of the CCD unit. So, be sure not to remove the attach-
ing screws of the lens reference plate assembly.

228
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

B. Mirror unit/exposure unit


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed

bizhub PRO 920


• Installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit

[2]

[1]

57gaf2c135na

[1] Mirror unit [2] Exposure unit

(2) Reason of prohibition


The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit affects the magnifications of the original to be read
in the sub scan direction. Therefore, the installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not
be arbitrarily adjusted. However, when the exposure unit and the scanner wire have been removed, these parts
must be reinstalled using the optics unit positioning jig.

229
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

C. Read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
bizhub PRO 920

• Attaching screws, 1 each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr

[2] [1]

[1] [3] 57gaf2c136na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Read position positioning plate /Fr
[2] Read position positioning plate /Rr

(2) Reason of prohibition


The read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr hold in place the slit glass that becomes the read position while in
the DF scan. The displacement of the slit glass may cause the image read by the DF to be deformed. Accord-
ingly, this position of installation is not allowed to be changed.

230
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.1.2 Writing section


A. Writing section cover

bizhub PRO 920


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
• 11 attaching screws of the writing section cover

[1]

[2]

[1]
[1]

57gaf2c137na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [2] Writing section cover

(2) Reason of prohibition


The inside of the writing section becomes the laser light path. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to get
inside, which may block the laser light path. Therefore, the screws of the writing section cover are not allowed to
be removed.

231
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Write section positioning shaft


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
bizhub PRO 920

• 3 fastening screws of the fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft.

[1]

[3] [2]
57gaf2c138na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Write section positioning shaft
[2] Fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft

(2) Reason of prohibition


The write section positioning shaft is the basis of an angle at which the write section is installed to the drum.
When these screws are removed, the parallelism between the drum and the write section is lost, thus resulting in
deformed images. Therefore, the screws that fasten the write section positioning shaft fixing plate must not nor-
mally be removed.

232
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.1.3 Developing unit


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed

bizhub PRO 920


• 2 fixing screws of the developer regulation blade
• 1 fixing screw of the magnet angle adjusting knob

[5]
[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]

57gaf2c139na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [4] Developing roller


[2] Screw not allowed to be removed [5] Developer regulation blade
[3] Magnet angle adjusting knob

(2) Reason of prohibition


The developer regulation blade and the magnet angle adjusting knob both decide the heights of the developer in
the developing roller. They have been adjusted to an appropriate value in advance. Accordingly these fixing
screws are not allowed to be removed.

233
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.1.4 Transfer/separation charge unit


A. Transfer guide plate
bizhub PRO 920

(1) Parts not allowed to be removed


• 5 attaching screws of the transfer guide plate

[2]

[1] 57gaf2c140na

[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [2] Transfer guide plate

(2) Reason of prohibition


The transfer guide plate decides the approach angle of paper against the transfer position and the displacement
of the installation position may result in poor transfer. Accordingly, the attaching screws of the transfer guide
plate are not allowed to be removed.

234
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

B. Separation support member


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed

bizhub PRO 920


• 2 separation support members

[1] [1]

57gaf2c141na

[1] Separation support member

(2) Reason of prohibition


The separation support members decide the distance from the transfer wire and the separation wire to paper,
and removing them changes the attaching height of the wire, thus resulting in the reduced performance of the
transfer and the separation. Accordingly, the separation support members are not allowed to be removed.

235
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are consid-
ered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
• For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."

No. Section Part name Page referred to


1 Cover Rear cover 237
2 Left cover 238
3 Right cover /Up 239
4 Right cover /Lw 239
5 Front door /Rt 240
6 Front door /Lt 241
7 Original glass 242
8 Upper cover /Lt 243
9 Upper cover /Rr 243
10 Scanner section CCD unit 246
11 Exposure lamp (L1) 249
12 Exposure unit 250
13 Scanner wire 252
14 Operation panel Operation panel 244
15 Writing section Write unit 255
16 Toner supply section Toner supply unit 257
17 Paper feed section Tray 1 259
18 Tray 2 259
19 Tray 3 263
20 Lift wire (Tray 1/2) 261
21 Lift wire (Tray 3) 265
22 ADU ADU 267
23 Paper exit section Paper exit section 270
24 Others Circuit breakers (CBR) 245

236 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3 Disassembling/assembling procedure

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• When disassembling/assembling the parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.

6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover


A. Procedure
1. Remove 11 screws [1] and then remove the rear
[1]
cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c142na

237
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the left cover


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the left


[1]
cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c143na

238
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Up


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Loosen 6 screws [1].
[1]
2. Open the bypass tray [2] and remove the right
cover /Up [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [3] 57gaf2c144na

6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw


A. Procedure
1. Open the vertical conveyance door [1].
[2]
2. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the right
cover /Lw [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] [1] 57gaf2c145na

239
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Open the front door /Rt [1].


2. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the
[7]
ground terminal [3].
[6] 3. Loosen the 2 screws [4] and bring up the shaft [5].
4. Remove the front door /Rt [1].

[1] Note
• When installing it, be sure to insert first the
shaft [6] into the installation hole [7].

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[3]

[4] [5] 57gaf2c146na

240
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Open the front door /Rt [1] and /Lt [2].
[3] [4] [5] [6]
2. Loosen the 2 screws [3] to bring up the shaft [4]
and remove the front door /Lt [2].

Note
• When installing it, be sure to set first installa-
tion hole [5] to the projection [6].

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c147na

241
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original


stopper plate /Lt [2].
2. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the original
stopper plate /Rr [4].
3. Remove 2 screw caps [5], remove the 2 screws
[6] and then remove the upper cover /Rt2 [7].
[5]
4. Remove 2 screws [8] and then remove the upper
cover /Rt1 [9].
[1] [3] [8]

[7]
[2] [4] [9] [6] 57gaf2c148na

5. Loosen the 2 screws [2] of the original glass guide


[3] [1]
/Rt [1] and slide it to the right.
6. Remove the original glass [3].

Note
• When installing the original glass, be sure to
press the original glass guide /Rt [1] against
the original glass [3] and fasten it after install-
ing the original glass.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
[4] [2] 57gaf2c149na
Note
• When reinstalling the original glass, be sure
that the shading correction plate (white) [4] is
on the upper side of the glass.

242
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt


A. Procedure

bizhub PRO 920


1. Remove the original stopper plate /Lt and then
remove the original stopper plate /Rr. (See "6.3.7
Removing/reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the upper
cover /Lt [2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] 57gaf2c150na

6.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr


A. Procedure
1. Remove 3 screws [1].
[3] [4] [1]
2. Remove the screw cap [2]. And then remove the
screw [3] to remove the upper cover /Rr [4].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]

57gaf2c151na

243
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-


ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
3. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].

[1] 57gaf2c152na

5. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See


[1] [2] [3] [6]
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
6. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
ground terminal [2].
7. Remove 2 connectors [3].
8. Remove 4 screws [4], 3 screws [5], the screws [6]
and then remove the operation panel [7].
[5] 9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[4] [7]

57gaf2c153na

244
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.11 Recovery of the circuit breaker (CBR)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be absolutely sure not to change the connection of the distribution cable to CBR.

A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Bring down the slide switch [2] of the circuit
breaker (CBR) [1] to the normal position ON side
[3] for recovery.

[3] [2]

[1] 57gaf2c155na

245
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments of the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")

A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
[1] [3] [2]
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Rr [1].
4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the original
glass guide /Rt [3].

57gaf2c156na

5. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the lens


[2]
light blocking cover [2].

[1] 57gaf2c157na

6. Remove the ribbon cable [2] from the CCD board


(CCDB) [1].

[1] [2] 57gaf2c158na

246
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

Note

bizhub PRO 920


• When removing the ribbon cable [1], bring
down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in
the direction shown in the drawing to release
the lock and pull out the ribbon cable.

[2] [1] [3] 57gaf2c159na

• When installing the ribbon cable [1], check


the lock lever [2] to see if it is released. And
then insert it securely into the connector [3]
thoroughly while taking note that the conduc-
tor side of the ribbon cable comes to the
opposite of the lock lever.

[3] [2] [1] 57gaf2c160na

• And then return the lock lever [1] to its origi-


nal position and lock the ribbon cable [2].

[2] [1] 57gaf2c161na

247
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

ground terminal [2].


8. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the CCD
unit [4].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] [4] 57gaf2c162na

248
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.13 Replacing the exposure lamp (L1)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure not to touch the lamp section of the exposure lamp (L1) with bare hands.

A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
[6]
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
[7] Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
[1] [2] 5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the frame.
6. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the clamp
[4].
7. Remove the connector [5].
8. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the expo-
sure lamp (L1) [7].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[7] [5]

[4]

[3]
[6]

57gaf2c163na

249
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• When reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• After reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the Tech. Rep.
mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")

A. Removal procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
[8] [4] [3]
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
[5] 3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
[6] 5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the main body frame.
[7] 6. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
presser member [4].
[1] [2]
7. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the
ground terminal [6].
8. Remove the connector [7].
9. Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the expo-
sure unit [1].

[8] 57gaf2c164na

250 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

B. Installation procedure
1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror

bizhub PRO 920


positioning hole [2].
2. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-
mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit
[1].
[3]

Note
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the
V-mirror unit [1].
[1] [7] [2]
• Be careful not to confuse the V-mirror posi-
tioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].

3. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [6] into the


[5] exposure unit positioning hole [5].
4. Press the exposure unit [7] against the optics unit
positioning jig [3].
[6]
5. Reinstall the exposure unit with 4 screws.
[4] 6. Remove 2 optics unit positioning jigs.
[3] 7. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

[3]

57gaf2c165na

251
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.15 Stretching of the scanner wire


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")

A. Procedure

[1] [2]

[4]
[3]

[3]

[3]

57gaf2c166na

1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr and Rt. (See "6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
5. Remove the exposure unit (See "6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit.")
6. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
7. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].

Note
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mir-
ror unit [1].
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].

252 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 920


[6] [6]
[7]
[3] [3]

[5] [12] [5]


[2] [13] [9]

[22]

[15] [13]

[14]
[17]
[22]
[4]

[8] [11] [1]


[21]
[16] [8]
[18]
[10] [4]

[20]

[18] [15] [7]


[17]

[16]

[11]

57gaf2c167na

8. Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive pul-
ley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.

Note
• Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
• For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.

9. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror
unit [14].

Note
• Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].

253
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire ter-
bizhub PRO 920

minal [8] to the spring fixing plate [18].

11. Paste the wire restriction sheet [19] to the wire


stoppers /Fr [11] and /Rr [12]. (The sheet is com-
mon to both the front and rear stoppers.)

Note
• Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.

[19] [11][12] 57gaf2c168na

12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plates [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].

Note
• After attaching each of the scanner wires, check to see if the respective exposure unit mounting
brackets [22] turn inside.

14. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.

254
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the write unit

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• Be absolutely sure not to turn on the writing section with it displaced from its regular position.
• Be absolutely sure not to remove the writing section cover. If laser beams get in your eyes, you
may suffer loss of sight.
• After turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), be absolutely sure not to
remove the writing section for about 2 minutes.

A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the inter-
nal cooling fan /4 assembly [3].

[1] [2] [3]

57gaf2c169na

4. Remove the connector [1].


[3] [1]
5. Remove the wiring harness from the edge saddle.
6. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the Writing
section cover [3].

[2] 57gaf2c170na

255
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove 3 connectors [1].


[3] [1]
8. Loosen the 2 screws [2] and pull out the write unit
bizhub PRO 920

[3] for removal.


9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 57gaf2c171na

256
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the toner supply unit

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
2. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
3. Remove the connector [2].
4. Remove 2 screws [3], lower the bearing [4] and
then remove the toner supply unit.

[4]
Note
• When setting the toner supply unit, be careful
[3] [1] not to apply unnecessary downward force on
it.

[2] 57gaf2c172na

257
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920

• When removing the screws [1] and [2], check


to see if the shutter at the supply opening is
open.
• Be sure to set the toner supply unit (joint at
the supply opening) after tightening the 2
screws [1] tentatively.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

57gaf2c173na

258
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.18 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• When removing the tray, be careful not to hurt your hip by taking an appropriate posture.

Note
• The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows mainly the steps
taken for the tray 1.
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
• When removing the tray 2, be sure to remove the tray 1 before that.

A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
[2] [5] [1]
2. With the tray lock lever [3] pressed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].

[4] [3] [6]

57gaf2c259na

259
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

3. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the right and


[2]
bizhub PRO 920

left rails. Hold the tray at the specified section and


lift it up for removal.

Note
• When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
• Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
• When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
[1]
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1] 57gaf2c260na

260
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1, 2 lift wire

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows mainly the steps
taken for the tray 1.
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
• After completion of the replacement or retightening of the wire, rotate the gear of the paper lift
unit to check to see if the tray goes up and down smoothly.
• Make sure that the wire does not cross or get on another wire.
• After installing the wire, be sure to adjust the tilt of the tray. (See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller
skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3.")

A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
[6] [7]
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
[5]
[4] correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
[3]
Note
• Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
[7]
that the wires do not cross each other.

5. Remove the fixing plate [8] from the wire /1 [6].

[6]
[8] [6] [7]

[2]
[1]

57gaf2c261na

261
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the wire


[3]
bizhub PRO 920

correction cover [2] and the pulley [3].


[2]
7. Remove the wire /2 [4] from the fixing plate [5].
[1]
8. Following steps 3 to 7, remove the wire /3 [6] and
the wire /4 [7] on the rear side.
[7]

[6]

[5]

[4] 57gaf2c262na

Note
• The length of the wires 1 and 2 is as shown
below. The wire 3 is different from the wires 1
and 2 in length. Be careful not to confuse one
with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 207.5 ± 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 497.5 ± 1 mm
57gaf2c263na

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

262
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3

bizhub PRO 920


Caution
• When removing the tray, be careful not to hurt your hip by taking an appropriate posture.

Note
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.

A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
[2] [5] [1]
2. Remove the trays 1 and 2. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
3. With the tray lock lever [3] pushed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].

[4] [3] [6]

57gaf2c264na

263
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the right and


[2]
bizhub PRO 920

left rails. Hold the tray at the specified section and


lift it up for removal.

Note
• When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
• Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
• When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
[1]
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]
57gaf2c265na

264
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.21 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 lift wire

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
• After completion of the replacement or retightening of the wire, rotate the gear of the paper lift
unit to check to see if the tray goes up and down smoothly.
• Make sure that the wire does not cross or get on another wire.
• After installing the wire, be sure to adjust the tilt of the tray. (See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller
skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3.")

A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
[6] [7]
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
[5]
[4] correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
[3]
Note
• Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
[7]
that the wires do not cross each other.

5. Remove the wire /1 [6] from the fixing plate [8].

[6]
[8] [6] [7]

[2]
[1]

57gaf2c266na

265
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the wire


[3]
bizhub PRO 920

correction cover [2] and the pulley [3].


[2]
7. Remove the wire /2 [4] from the fixing plate [5].
[1]
8. Following steps 3 to 7, remove the wire /3 [6] and
the wire /4 [7] on the rear side.
[7]

[6]

[5]

[4] 57gaf2c267na

Note
• The wire length of the tray 3 is as shown
below. The wire length of the tray 3 is different
from those of the trays 1 and 2 and be careful
not to confuse one with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 309 ± 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 599 ± 1 mm
57gaf2c268na

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

266
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

6.3.22 Removing/reinstalling the ADU

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• When Removing/reinstalling the ADU, this work requires 2 persons since a very heavy object has
to be moved.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
6. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the con-
nector cover [3].

[1]

57gaf2c269na

267
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

7. Remove 3 connectors [1].


[2]
8. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the cable
bizhub PRO 920

arm [3] from the ADU.

[3] [1]

57gaf2c270na

268
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

9. Remove the 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of


[2] [5] [7]

bizhub PRO 920


the ADU from the guide rail /Lt [2].
10. Remove the 2 screws [3] and release the fixing of
ADU from the guide rail /Rt [4].
11. Hold the stay [5] on the guide rail /Lt side and the
stay [6] on the guide rail /Rt side with two per-
sons, and lift up the ADU for removal.
• When installing it, be sure to check that the
notch of the ADU is set securely into the
stopper [7] of the guide rail.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[7] [4] [1] [6]

[3] 57gaf2c271na

269
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Remove the left cover. (See "6.3.2 Removing/rein-


[1] [1] stalling the left cover.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Remove the 4 screws [1] and place the paper exit
fan /Lw unit [2] on the floor with it turned over.

[2] 57gaf2c272na

4. Remove the connector [1] and then remove the


[1]
paper exit fan /Lw unit [2].

[2] 57gaf2c304na

270
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS

5. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the paper

bizhub PRO 920


exit section [2].
6. Remove the connector [3].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [3] [1]

[2] 57gaf2c273na

6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the fusing unit


A. Procedure
When the fusing unit is replaced, a rank should be set
[1]
for each unit in the Tech. Rep. mode. Check the appli-
cable rank at the place [1] and set the rank with the
software DIPSW38-5, 6, and 7. (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")

57gaf2c311na

271
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Blank page

272
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION

„ ADJUSTMENT/SETTING

bizhub PRO 920


7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
7.1 Composition
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
required by this machine, it also gives detailed explanations.

A. Checking before starting work


When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to check first the following:
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power supply properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.:
Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the machine?
• High temperature and high humidity, direct sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
• Levelness of the location on which the machine is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original itself?
6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for print?
9. Are copy consumables replaced with new ones at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?

B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site service


Due attention should be paid to the following when repairing the machine.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet. Also, when operating the machine with the power
supplied, be careful of the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to get caught by the gear.
2. The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful not to get burnt when handling it.
3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near to the unit.
4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool and so on.
5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare hands.

273
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO 920

8.1 List of utility mode


Note
• For detail on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide."

1 System Setting 1 Language Setting


2 Buzzer Setting 1 Buzzer On/Off, Volume Setting
2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting
3 1 SHOT Indication Time
4 Panel Reset Timer Setting
5 Sub Area Display On/Off
6 Key Response Time
7 Change User Password
8 Warm Up Screen On/Off
2 Function 1 Feed Tray Setting 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection
Setting 2 ATS Permission
3 Auto Paper Type Selection
2 Each Function Setting
3 Density Setting 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type
2 User Density Setting 1 User Density 1
2 User Density 2
3 Photo Mode Density Setting
4 Image Density Selection
4 Preset Zoom
3 Copier Setting 1 Reset Setting 1 Initial Setting
2 Reset Function Setting
3 Initial by Key Counter Insert
2 Each Function Setting
4 Scanner 1 Default Address Setting
Setting 2 Each Function Setting
5 Touch Panel Adjust
6 Administrator 1 System Setting 1 Power Save
Setting 2 Date/Time Setting
3 Weekly Timer Setting 1 Weekly Timer On/Off Setting
2 Time Setting
3 Date Setting
4 Select Time for Power Save
5 Password for Non-Business
Hours Setting

274
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 8. UTILITY MENU

6 Machine 1 System Setting 4 Print Management List 1 Mode Memory List

bizhub PRO 920


Manager Setting 2 User Management List
3 Use Management List
4 Font Pattern List
5 Audit Log Report
5 Prohibit User Operation
6 Expert Adjustment
7 Size Setting
8 Paper Setting 1 Tray Setting
2 PI Setting
9 LCD Backlight Setting
2 Administrator/Machine 1 Administrator Registration
Setting
3 User Authentication/ 1 General Settings 1 User Authentication
Account Track 2 Account Track
2 Account Track Setting
3 User Authentication Setting
4 Non register/Output Set
4 Network Setting 1 Machine NIC Setting
2 IP NIC Setting 1 TCP/IP
2 NetWare
3 IPP
4 FTP
5 SNMP
6 SMB
7 AppleTalk
8 E-Mail
9 HDD
10 Alert Mail
11 CSRC
12 AP/IF
13 PSWC
14 Network Setting Clear
5 Copier/Printer Setting
6 System Connection 1 Call Service Centre
7 Security Setting 1 Administrator Password
2 HDD Manage Setting 1 Details/Delete
2 Data Auto Delete
3 HDD Lock Password
Changing
3 Enhance Security Mode
8 Scanner Destination 1 Destination Address Change/Delete
Storage

275
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS


bizhub PRO 920

• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
priority if there is any.

After PM Implementation

exposure/mirror unit
Toner guide brush
Adjustment/setting items Replacement parts/Others

Cleaning blade

Scanner wire,
Cleaning web
Developer

CCD unit
Slit glass
Drum
Machine Magnification Regist Line Speed Adjustment
Adjust Adjustment Printer FD-Mag
Printer CD-Mag c
Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag d
Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag e
Timing Adjustment Printer Top Margin Adjustment
Top Image (Original Glass) d f
Top Image (ADF)
Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjustment
Centering Adjustment Printer Left margin
Scanner (ADF) Left Image
Distortion Correction Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) e g
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Deputy) f h
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main) g i
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy) h j
ADF Adjustment ADF Density Adj. {
ADF Original Size Adjustment
ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
Process High Voltage Auto High Voltage Adjustment
Adjustment
Drum Peculiarity Blade Setting Mode e
Adjustment Auto Drum Potential Adjustment f e
Auto Maximum Density Adjustment g f
Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment h g
LD Offset Adjustment i h
Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot) j i
Cartridge Installation Mode k j
Counter PM Count PM Count Reset {
Developer Count Reset d
OPC Drum Count Reset e
Preset Parts Life Fixing cleaning web count reset
{
Counter
ISW ISW
IP Hard Disk
IP HDD Format
Format
Others Setting powder application c c {
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit) d c
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs) c
Blade auto replacement spring charge d
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
Dipswitch setting (ZUCB)
Paper edge sensor sensitivity adjustment (ZUCB or PDB)
Software switch 38-5, 6, 7 setting

276
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

bizhub PRO 920


Note

High voltage unit /1, /2 (HV1, 2)


• When visiting the customer for instal-

Paper edge sensor board (PESB)


Overall control board (OACB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
lation or maintenance purpose, it is

ZU control board (ZUCB)


Punch drive board (PDB)
DF control board (DFCB)
FS control board (FSCB)
recommended to use "Machine set-

Hard disk /2 (HDD2)


Thermostat /1 (TS1)
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
ting data Import/Export" function of
Registration roller

the main body Web Utilities to back


up various types of adjustment data,
Write unit

set-tray data and so on stored in the


parameter board (PB) in the PC.
c
• When replacing the overall control
d
c board (OACB) due to the OACB being
damaged, the PB installed in the dam-
g aged OACB should be used on the
e e
new OACB. When it is considered that
h something is wrong with the data of
f the PB, use the "Machine setting data
d
i
Import/Export" function of the main
body Web Utilities to overwrite data
backed up in advance in the PB. Con-
k
tact the service manager of the
l
authorized distributor if it is consid-
e ered that the PB is also damaged.
d
• The PB stores adjustment data, set-
j
ting data, counter data and so on.
{
Therefore, when replacing the PB,
f perform all adjustments and setting,
g and be sure to replace the parts of
h which adjustments are controlled by
i
j
the counter (Drum, developer, clean-
k ing blade, cleaning web). For details,
contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor.

d { c {
{

{ { {
{ {
c {
c
c
d { {
d

277
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10. TECH. REP. MODE


bizhub PRO 920

10.1 List of Tech. Rep. mode


Adjustment/setting items page
Machine Adjust Tray Adjustment 282
Magnification Adjustment Regist Line Speed Adjustment 283
Printer FD-Mag 285
Printer CD-Mag 286
Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag 287
Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag 288
Timing Adjustment Printer Top Margin Adjustment 289
Printer Regist Loop Adjustment 290
Printer Pre-Regist 291
Lead Edge Margin Selection 292
Top Image (Original Glass) 293
Top Image (ADF) 294
Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjust 295
Centering Adjustment Printer Left margin 296
Scanner (Original Glass) Left Image 297
Scanner (ADF) Left Image 298
Distortion Correction 299
Non-Image Area Erase Check 300
ADF Adjustment ADF Density Adj. 301
ADF Original Size Adjustment 302
ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment 303
ADF Incline Offset Adjustment 304
Recall Standard Data Factory Default 305
Installation Initial 305
Process High Voltage Adjustment Auto High Voltage Adjustment 306
High Voltage main Adjustment 306
Transfer Adjustment 306
Separation (AC) Adjustment 306
Separation (DC) Adjustment 306
Grid Voltage Adjustment 306
Bias Voltage Adjustment 306
Transfer Guide Confirm 306
Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Blade Setting Mode 307
Auto Drum Potential Adjustment 308
Auto Maximum Density Adjustment 309
Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment 310
LD Offset Adjustment 311
Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot) 312
LD1 Bias Adjustment 312

278 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Adjustment/setting items page

bizhub PRO 920


Process Drum Peculiarity Adjustment LD2 Bias Adjustment 312
Cartridge installation Mode 313
Drum Sensitivity Adjustment 313
User Specified Paper Transfer Current 313
Setting Separation (DC) Current 313
Recall Standard Data Factory Default 314
Installation Initial 314
Counter PM Count PM Count 315
Developer Count 315
OPC drum Count 315
Counter/Data Paper Size Counter (Total) 318
Paper Size Counter (Copy) 318
Paper Size Counter (Print) 318
Large Size Counter 318
ADF Counter 319
Coverage Data History 319
Coverage Data List 320
Paper Jam History 320
Jam Counter 321
Copy Mode Counter 322
SC History 327
Service Call Counter 327
Paper Jam Sectional Counter 321
Failure Sectional Counter 327
Parts Life Counter Preset Parts Life Counter 330
Optional Parts Life Counter 336
Machine Status I/O Check 338
List Output List Output Machine Management List 358
Adjustment List 358
Coverage Data List 358
Parameter list 358
Font Pattern List 358
Communication Log List 358
Memory Dump List 358
Test Mode Test Pattern Output Mode 360
Test Pattern Density Setting 367
Running Mode Intermittent Copy Mode 367
Paperless Intermittent Mode 367
Paperless Mode 367
Paperless Endless Mode 367
Running Mode 367

1 279
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Adjustment/setting items page


bizhub PRO 920

System input Software switch setting 369


Telephone No. Service Center Tel(16) 390
Service Center Fax(16) 390
Serial No. Input Main Body 390
Option Tray 390
Finisher 390
Install Date New Date 391
Size Setting (Tray4) Standard Size 391
Custom Size 391
Wide Size Paper 391
Tab Paper 391
Firmware Version Firmware Version 392
CS Remote Care CS Remote Care E-Mail 393
Modem 393
ISW ISW 417
Finisher Adjustment Fold & Staple Stopper Adj. 417
Half Fold Stopper Adjustment 418
Cover Sheet Tray Size Adjustment 418
Trimming Stopper Adjustment 419
Hole-Punch Adjustment Punch Kit Vertical position Adjustment 420
Punch Kit Horizontal position Adjustment 421
Punch Unit Vertical position Adjustment 422
Punch Unit Horizontal position Adjustment 423
Punch Regist Loop Adjustment 424
Z-Fold Position Adjustment 1st Fold Adjustment 425
2nd Fold Adjustment 425
Letter Fold Adjustment 426
2 Position Stapling Pitch Adj. 427
Fold & Staple Pitch Adj. 428
Administrator Setting Administrator Authentication Authentication On 429
Authentication Off 429
Administrator Password Setting 429
CE Setting CE Authentication Authentication On 430
Authentication Off 430
CE Password Setting 430
IP Hard Disk Format IP HDD Format All 431
Document 431
Parameter 431
Font 431
Spool 431

280 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.2 Setting method

bizhub PRO 920


This machine is provided with a Tech. Rep. mode for various adjustments/settings. Data adjusted/set in this
mode is stored in the parameter board (PB).

10.2.1 Start and exit Tech. Rep. mode


You can access the Tech. Rep. mode while the power is both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started
Tech. Rep. mode is the same, but how to exit differs.

A. Starting and exiting Tech. Rep. mode while the power is ON


1. Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.
2. Press the Utility/Counter button.
3. "Utility screen"
On the Operation panel, press the following buttons.
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
When the CE password has been set, you must enter the password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
4. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
The Tech. Rep. mode appears.
5. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
6. Press the [Exit] key to go back to the "Utility screen."
7. The new settings become effective.

B. Starting and exiting Tech. Rep. mode while the power is OFF
1. While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must enter the password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
The Tech. Rep. mode appears.
3. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
4. Turn OFF the SW2.
5. The new settings become effective.

281
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3 Machine Adjustment


bizhub PRO 920

10.3.1 Tray adjustment


Adjust the paper size from tray 1 to tray 3 and bypass tray.
This adjustment is needed when a paper size is not detected properly.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Tray Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Tray adjustment screen"
Tray adjustment includes the following items. Press the [Next] key or the [Back], and select "1" of the tray you adjust.
[(Tray 1)-1] / [(Tray 1)-2] / [(Tray 2)-1)] / [(Tray 2)-2] / [(Tray 3)-1] / [(Tray 3)-2)] / [(Bypass)-1] / [(Bypass)-2] /

Note
• Be sure to select "1" of the tray you adjust.
5. Pull out the tray selected. Expand once the paper
guide [1] to the limit and move it slowly in the direc-
tion in which the width is narrowed, and then use a
scale to make the distance between the paper
guides [2] equal to the standard value.

• Standard value: Tray 1 to 3 250 mm


Bypass tray 210 mm

[1] [2] 57gaf3c001na

6. Set the tray.


7. "Tray adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The current position of the selected tray is read in. When the adjustment is done, the message "Complete"
appears.
8. Press the [Next] key and select "2" of the trays you want to adjust.

Note
• Be sure to select "2" of the tray you want to adjust.
9. Pull out the tray. Expand once the paper guide to the limit and move it slowly in the direction in which the
width is narrowed to make the distance between the paper guides equal to 279.4 mm (8.5 x 11).
10. Set the tray.
11. "Tray adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The current position of the selected tray is read in. When the adjustment is done, the message "Complete"
appears.
12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.

282
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.2 Regist line speed adjustment (magnification adjustment)


Change the line speed of the registration roller to match the line speed of the drum.

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• This adjustment changes the line speed of the registration roller only. Unless properly adjusted, it
may cause a transfer jitter at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
• Usually, do not use this adjustment in the field. Use this only when replacing the registration roller
and when a transfer jitter occurs at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Regist Line Speed Adjustment] key.
5. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Confirm that the [Inside Pattern] is displayed "16", and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
tern (No.16).

Note
• For the paper type in the tray, be sure to select [--] or [Normal].
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
• Standard value: within 102.8 0 mm 102.8 0
-0.5 0.5
(when in life-size)

57gaf3c002na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"
Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press the [Test Copy] key.

Note
• The density of "Test pattern density setting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the set value of
"Test pattern density setting" to ensure it is "255."

283
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
bizhub PRO 920

tern (No.9).
13. Press the [Adjustment] key to return to the [Regist Line Speed Adjustment] screen.
14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns for two steps before and after the value you entered in step
10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1," output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.
15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from the paper trailing edge, and find an output with the least
transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is even with surrounding area).
16. Press the [Adjustment] key.
17. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted step number of the output paper you selected in step 15,
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%

284
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)


Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction.

bizhub PRO 920


This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum and the registration roller evenly.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer FD-Mag] key.
5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
tern (No.16).
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
• Standard value: ±0.5% or less (when in life-size) 205.7 1
within 205.7 ± 1 mm

57gaf3c003na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

285
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.4 Printer CD-Mag (magnification adjustment)


Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on only front side of the printer system.
bizhub PRO 920

This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification in image processing prior to the laser exposure.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer CD-Mag] key.
5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the magnification in the main scan direction.
Standard value: ±0.5% or less (when in life-size)
within 190 ± 1 mm

190

57gaf3c004na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

286
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.5 Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)


Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of the scanner system.

bizhub PRO 920


This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the exposure unit.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag] key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original grass and press the start button.
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: ±0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within 200 ± 1 mm

200
57gaf3c005na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

287
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.6 Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)


Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of the scanner system.
bizhub PRO 920

This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the DF.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag] key.
5. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the magnification you adjust. Press the [Test Copy] key.
The magnification changes as follows:
100% → 75% → 200% → 400%
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: ±0.5% or less (when in life-size)
190 ± 1 mm

190 57gaf3c006na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

288
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.7 Printer top margin adjustment (timing adjustment)


Adjust the image leading edge timing.

bizhub PRO 920


This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Note
• Be sure "10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)" has been adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Top Margin Adjustment] key.
5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Tray can be adjusted as a whole and by each (tray 1 to 4 and bypass). Press the [Next] or the [Back] key
to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the leading edge timing.
20
Standard value: 20 ± 0.5 mm

57gaf3c007na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (shorter) to +30 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

289
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.8 Printer regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment)


Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper jam-
bizhub PRO 920

ming in the registration section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Regist Loop Adjust] key.
5. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item changes as follows:
Tray Side1 → Bypass Side1 → Side2 LS460 → Side2 LS290 → Tray Side1 Thick → Bypass Side1 Thick
→ Side2 Thick LS460 → Side2 Thick LS290
6. Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start button to output a test pat-
tern (No. 16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 1ms
(The setting range for the Tray Side1 and Tray Side1 Thick is: -5 to +5.)
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.

290
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.9 Printer pre-regist (timing adjustment)


Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper

bizhub PRO 920


jamming in the pre-registration section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Pre-Regist] key.
5. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
Adjustment items include the following:
Tray (1 to 4), ADU LS460, ADU LS290, ADU Thick LS460 and ADU Thick LS290.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 1ms
(The setting range for the tray 1 to 4 is: -5 to +5.)
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.

291
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.10 Lead edge margin selection (timing adjustment)


Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Lead Edge Margin Selection] key.
5. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the leading edge erasure amount.
Standard value a: within 4 mm a

57gaf3c029na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -20 (smaller) to +40 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

292
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.11 Top image (original glass) (timing adjustment)


Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning from the original glass.

bizhub PRO 920


In this adjustment, the starting position for reading while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Top Image (Original Glass)] key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj. screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original grass and press the start button.
7. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 ± 1.5 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (image faster) to +40 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

293
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.12 Top image (ADF) (timing adjustment)


Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning from the DF.
bizhub PRO 920

In this adjustment, the starting position for reading while in the DF scanning mode is adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Top Image (ADF)] key.
5. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the side of original you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The side of original changes as follows:
Side1 → Side2
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (image faster) to +50 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

294
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.13 Scanner (ADF) regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment)


Adjust the original loop amount in the DF registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or original

bizhub PRO 920


jamming in the registration section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjust] key.
5. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the side of original you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The side of original changes as follows:
Side1 → Side2
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 0.5 mm
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.

295
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)


Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction on the printer.
bizhub PRO 920

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Note
• Be sure the printer paper feed cross adjustment have been adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Left Margin] key and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the output paper into two at the center in the main scan direction and check the discrepancy from
the center line of the print.
Standard value: within 0 ± 1.5 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer centering adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -64 (image in front) to +63 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

296
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.15 Scanner (Orig. glass) left image (centering adjustment)


Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the original glass.

bizhub PRO 920


This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Note
• Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (Orig. Glass) Left Image] key and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the outputted paper in half in the main scan direction and check the amount of centering error.
Standard value: within 0 ± 1.5 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) centering adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image to in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

297
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.16 Scanner (ADF) left image (centering adjustment)


Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the DF.
bizhub PRO 920

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Note
• Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) Left Image] key
5. "ADF centering adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item switches as follows:
Side1:Small → Side2:Small → Side1:Large → Side2:Large

Note
• "Small" represents paper which is smaller than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
• "Large" represents paper which is larger than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
6. Select paper according to the adjusted item. Set the "adjustment chart" on the DF and press the Start
button.
7. Fold the outputted paper in half in the main scan direction and check the amount of centering error.
Standard value: within 0 ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) Left Image"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

298
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.17 Distortion correction


Adjust the image distortion in scanning.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Distortion Correction] key on the sub menu.
4. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item switches as follows:
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) → Scanner (Orig.Glass)warp adj. (Deputy) → Scanner (ADF) warp
adj. (Main) → Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy)
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the "test chart" at the position (original glass or ADF) according to the
adjusted item, and press the Start button.
6. Check the image skew.
Standard value: ±0.5% or less (the difference in length of the 2 diagonal lines of the square of 200 mm is
1.4 mm or less.)
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (counterclockwise) to +50 (clockwise) 1 step = 0.05%
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

299
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.18 Non image area erase check


When installing the copier or moving its installation location, check to see if the non-image area erase function of
bizhub PRO 920

the application functions works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the
non-image area.

Preparation:
• Open fully the DF.
• There should not be anything on the original glass.
• Clean the original glass.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Non-Image Area Erase Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "Non-image area erase check screen"
Press the [Start] key.
5. Make sure the following message appears.

NORMAL adjustment selected.


The machine is set to appropriate parameters for Non-image area erase.

If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non image Area
Erase Check again.

B. Error message and Handling


If an error is detected while performing the "Non Image Area Erase Check" mode, the following error message
will be displayed.

(1) Error message 1

Adjust for Moderate Brightness.


The Non-image area erase function may not operate correctly with dark (density) originals.

Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.

(2) Error message 2

Adjust for Extreme Brightness.


In many case, the non-image area erase function will not operate correctly.

300
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Handling 2
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current instal-

bizhub PRO 920


lation location. However, if the non-image area erase function is frequently used, install the copier in a location
where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image area erase check
mode again. At this time, when there is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light installed directly above
the copier, reconsider the installation location, or take some measures to shield the light source and check the
mode again.

10.3.19 ADF density adj. (ADF adjustment)


Since the slit glass of the scanning section is coated with electrical conductive material, The way it refracts light
from the exposure lamp is different from that of the original glass. Thus, perform this adjustment when replacing
the slit glass.

Preparation:
• Clean the slit glass.
• Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt can be ignored)

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Density Adj.] key.
5. "ADF density adjustment screen"
Set the "white chart" on the DF.

Note
• Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.
6. Press the [Start] key.
The white chart is scanned, and density is automatically adjusted.
7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body. Repeat steps 1
to 6 until it is completed properly.

301
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.20 ADF original size adjustment (ADF adjustment)


Conduct this adjustment when the DF original size is not properly detected.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Original Size Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF original size adj. (A4)/ (8.5 x 11) 1/2 screen"
Set A4 (Metric area)/8.5 x 11 (Inch area) paper on the DF and press the [Start] key.
* (A4) appears in Metric area and (8.5 x 11) appears in Inch area.
6. "Confirm the message of completion, press the [Next] key.
7. "ADF original size adj. (A5R)/ (5.5 x 8.5R) 2/2 screen"
Set A5R (Metric area)/5.5 x 8.5R (Inch area) paper on the DF and press the [Start] key.
* (A5R) appears in Metric area and (5.5 x 8.5R) appears in Inch area.
8. Confirm the message of completion, press the [Test Copy] key.
9. Make sure the DF original size is properly detected.

302
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.21 ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment (ADF adjustment)


Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM display does not disappear despite no paper JAM) occurs in

bizhub PRO 920


the reflective type sensors.

Preparation:
• Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The DF sensor sensitivity is automatically adjusted, and the message of completion appears.
6. Press the [Test Copy] key to check to see if there is any malfunction.
7. When malfunction is found, press the [ADJUSTMENT] key to repeat steps 5 and 6.

303
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.3.22 ADF incline offset adjustment (ADF adjustment)


Adjust image skew in the DF scanning mode.
bizhub PRO 920

This adjustment is reflected to the auto skew adjustment control in DF scanning mode.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Incline Offset Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF Incline offset adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the "adjustment chart" on the DF and press the Start button.
7. Check the image skew.
Standard value: within ±0.5%
Difference between a and b is 2.1 mm or less

b
57gaf3c008na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -60 (counterclockwise) to +60 (clockwise) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. Press the [Return] key to return to the "ADF adjustment mode menu screen."

304
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.3.23 Recall standard data


Reset the adjustment values of the machine adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Recall Standard Data] on the sub menu.
4. "Recall standard data:Machine adjustment screen"
Press the [Factory Default] or the [Installation Initial] key.

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.

305
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.4 Process adjustment


bizhub PRO 920

10.4.1 Auto high voltage adjustment (high voltage adjustment)


Current values and voltage values of a transfer, separation (AC), separation (DC), developing bias are automati-
cally adjusted respectively.
Preparation: The photo conductor section must be set.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [High Voltage Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "High voltage adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto High Voltage Adjustment] key.
5. "HV adjustment (Auto adjustment) screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.

Note
• When an error message appears during the adjustment, check to see if the error unit is properly
installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.

10.4.2 HV adjustment (Charge) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.3 HV adjustment (Transfer) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.4 HV adjustment (Separation AC) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.5 HV adjustment (Separation DC) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.6 HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.7 HV adjustment (Bias of development DC) (high voltage adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.8 Transfer guide confirm (high voltage adjustment)


Do not use this adjustment in the field.

306
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.4.9 Blade setting mode (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Perform this adjustment when changing the cleaning blade. In this mode, apply toner to the cleaning blade and

bizhub PRO 920


drum, to prevents damages to them.

Note
• Perform this only when changing the cleaning blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special parts
counter is reset, thus making it impossible to implement the auto blade change in the right timing.
• Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade and drum.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Blade Setting Mode] key.
5. "Blade setting mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. With toner applied, the drum is cleaned with the cleaning blade. The message of
completion appears.

307
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.4.10 Auto drum potential adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Measure the charging potential of drum, and adjust automatically the developing bias value, charging voltage
bizhub PRO 920

and grid voltage.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Drum Potential Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto drum potential adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.

Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the drum potential sensor (DPS) is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over 100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2
The drum potential after laser exposure is detected to be over 350V, and it is determined that
control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Drum potential has been corrected 10 or more times, but it does not converge.

308
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.4.11 Auto maximum density adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Adjust the maximum density of the image automatically.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Maximum Density Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto maximum density adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.

Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The IDC sensor (IDCS) on the TCSB dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more times, but it
does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is not completed, when the developing roller rotation
speed reaches the specified value.
3) Error 3
No signal is outputted from the IDCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.

309
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.4.12 Auto laser diameter adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Automatically adjust the diameter of laser beam.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto dot diameter adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.

Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto laser diameter adjustment completed with an abnormal value.

310
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Equally adjust two laser intensity.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [LD Offset Adjustment] key.
5. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the LD1 offset line speed [460 mm] key, and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start button to output a test pattern.
7. Adjust laser intensity of LD1 and LD2.
Standard value: Compare image patterns created
by the LD1 and LD2. Confirm that density is uniform
(±1 gap is OK) as per the following figure, and the [1]
highlighted patterns start between the two reference
lines [1].

LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2

57gaf3c009na

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the [460 mm] key for the laser you want to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a value through
the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then the [Test Copy] key.
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start button to output a test pattern.
11. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key to repeat steps 5 to 10 until
the standard value can be obtained.
12. Adjust the line speed 290 mm likewise as well.

311
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.4.14 Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Automatically adjust image gradation (gamma).
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)] key.
5. "Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.

Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the PGCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve calculation.

10.4.15 LD1 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.16 LD2 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

312
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.4.17 Cartridge installation mode (drum peculiarity adjustment)


Conduct this adjustment when black spots (toner) appear on the print-out after removing/inserting the photo

bizhub PRO 920


conductor section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Cartridge Installation Mode] key.
5. "Cartridge set mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. The development unit and the drum rotate for 3 minutes to charge low-charge toner.
6. After the rotation stops, press the [Test Copy] key.
7. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output 10 blank papers, thus cleaning the drum.
8. When the black spot does not disappear, press the [Adjustment] key to repeat steps 5 to 7.

10.4.18 Drum sensitivity adjustment


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.19 User specified paper setting


Use this adjustment when the transfer and separation functions do not work satisfactorily with the standard
adjustments because of using special papers, etc.
This setting is applied when you select [User] as the paper type.
By default, the following data are inputted.
• For Japan: 64 g/m2 Normal paper
• For inch area: 80 g/m2 Normal paper
• For metric area: 80 g/m2 Normal paper

Note
• Input data according to instructions of KMBT field support section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [User Specified Paper Setting] key on the sub menu.
4. "User Paper Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Transfer Current] or [Separat (DC) Current] key to select an item you adjust.
5. Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select an item you adjust.
6. Input data for the selected item, and press the [Set] key.
7. Repeat steps 4 and 6 to configure other items.

313
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.4.20 Recall standard data


Reset the adjustment values of the process adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Recall Standard Data] key on the sub menu.
4. "Recall standard data (Process adjustment) screen"
Press the [Factory Default] or the [Installation Initial] key.

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.

314
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.5 Counter

bizhub PRO 920


10.5.1 PM count
Configure the reset and cycle of the PM count, developer count and drum count.

Note
• The PM count is different in the count condition depending on the setting of DIPSW8-6.
When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of each large paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side of each large paper exit (the definition of large size
paper is set by DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other
than the large size, the count is same as when set to "0."
• The developer count and the OPC drum count are made at all times 1 count for a single side and 2
counts for a double side for a small size paper, 2 counts for a single count and 4 counts for a dou-
ble count for a large size paper.

A. Count reset
Display or reset the PM count, the developer count and the OPC drum count.

Note
• Be sure to reset the PM count after implementing a periodic check (every 500,000 prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message and icon on the user screen do not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the developer count after replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray background
image and toner scatter may occur. Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disap-
pear.
• Be sure to reset the OPC drum count after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray background
and toner scatter may occur. Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user screen does not disappear.
Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disappear.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM COUNT screen"
Press one of the [PM Count], [Developer Count] and [OPC drum Count] keys that you want to reset, and
then press the [Counter reset] key.
5. "PM count/cycle screen"
Pressing the [Yes] key validates resetting.
The counter is reset, and the start date is automatically inputted.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter.

315
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. PM cycle setting
Configure settings of the PM count, developer count and drum count.
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum cycle are already inputted in the initial settings. Usually,
do not change these settings.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM COUNT screen"
Press one of the [PM Count], [Developer Count] and [OPC drum Count] keys that you want to set.
5. [PM count/cycle screen]
Enter the high order digits of the cycle value through the numeric key.
[PM Cycle]: Upper 3 digits
[Developing Cycle]: Upper 5 digits
[Sensitive Drum count]: Upper 5 digits
6. [PM count/cycle screen]
Press the [OK] key to return to the "PM COUNT screen".
When you want to cancel the setting you have changed, press the [Cancel] key.

316
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.5.2 Counter/Data
It is possible to confirm various data held in the machine.

bizhub PRO 920


The counter/data also can be checked through the CS Remote Care, list output and the mail remote notification
system.

• Paper Size Counter (Total) • Paper Jam History*1


• Paper Size Counter (Copy) • Jam Counter*1
• Paper Size Counter (Print) • Copy Mode Counter*1
• Large Size Counter • Paper SC History*1
• ADF Counter • Service Call Counter*1
• Coverage Data History • Paper Jam Sectional Counter*1
• Coverage Data List • Failure Sectional Counter*1

*1 When setting DIPSW 30-1 to 1, these data can be confirmed.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Counter/Data] key on the sub menu.
4. "Collecting data menu screen"
Press the counter item key you want to confirm.
5. "Collecting data screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to scroll the screen.

Note
• The [Count Reset] key is shown in the individual data confirmation screen of the [Paper Jam
Sectional Counter] and the [Failure sectional counter].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key, "Count reset confirmation screen" is shown, and when
pressing the [Yes] key, the section data is reset. Pressing the [No] key returns to "Individual data
confirmation screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data when you visit the customer of the PM implementation etc. to confirm the jam
or SC occurrence count after it was visited last time.

317
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Paper size counter (Total/copy/print)


Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• 1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
• All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4R are counted as A4.
• 8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.

NO. CSRC parameter For Remark


(B1, B6, B8) Japan Inch Metric
1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used
2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3 —
3 02 B4 8.5 x 14 B4 (8K)
4 03 A4 8.5 x 11 A4
5 04 B5 5.5 x 8.5 B5 (16K)
6 05 A5 — A5
7 06 B6 — F4
8 07 8.5 x 14 — —
9 08 8.5 x 11 A4 —
10 09 Special Special Special
11 0A PostCard — —

C. Large size counter


Confirm the number of print of the large size paper.

Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17 for default).

NO. CSRC command Item Remark


(Parameter)
1 BH (00) Large size copy count The large size is defined by
2 BI (00) Large size printer count DIPSW10-3, 4
3 F6 (01) Large size scan count

318
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

D. ADF counter
Confirm the number of originals fed in each DF mode.

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• No.1, 2 are not counted as No.3 to 8.

NO. CSRC parameter Item Remark


(F0)
1 00 N of originals fed in ADF mode Simplex mode
2 01 N of originals fed in RADF mode Duplex mode
3 06 N of 1 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
4 0C N of 2 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
5 07 N of 1 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
6 08 N of 2 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
7 0A N of 1 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode
8 0B N of 2 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode

E. Coverage data history


With 5,000 prints as one data, the coverage (original B/W ratio) of up to 30 data and the total accumulation are
displayed.

Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
• Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.

NO. CSRC Print count Coverage NO. CSRC Print count Coverage
parameter (V0) data (%) parameter (V0) data (%)
1 00 Total (00.0 to 17 10 Print count 16 (00.0 to
2 01 Print count 1 99.9%) 18 11 Print count 17 99.9%)
3 02 Print count 2 19 12 Print count 18
4 03 Print count 3 20 13 Print count 19
5 04 Print count 4 21 14 Print count 20
6 05 Print count 5 22 15 Print count 21
7 06 Print count 6 23 16 Print count 22
8 07 Print count 7 24 17 Print count 23
9 08 Print count 8 25 18 Print count 24
10 09 Print count 9 26 19 Print count 25
11 0A Print count 10 27 1A Print count 26
12 0B Print count 11 28 1B Print count 27
13 0C Print count 12 29 1C Print count 28
14 0D Print count 13 30 1D Print count 29
15 0E Print count 14 31 1E Print count 30
16 0F Print count 15

319
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

F. Coverage data list


Confirm the data of the 15 higher order jobs in the order of the higher coverage (original B/W ratio).
bizhub PRO 920

In order to eliminate faulty operations (sky-shot) by the customer, display only data of 5 sheets or more that have
been continuously printed.

Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.

No. CSRC Coverage data (%) No. of print Paper size Print mode Date
parameter (V1)
01 00 00.0 to 99.9% Display of Copy/
02 01 No. printer
03 02
04 03
05 04
06 05
07 06
08 07
09 08
10 09
11 0A
12 0B
13 0C
14 0D
15 0E

G. Paper jam history


With respect to the latest 100 jams, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, tray used,
paper size, and magnification (with stationary jams eliminated).

320
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

H. Jam counter/Paper jam sectional counter


Confirm the number of jam occurrences for each jam code (with stationary jams eliminated).

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Maximum count: 999,999
• The jam code is a code displayed when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1.

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


parameter (JAM code) parameter (JAM code) parameter (JAM code)
(J0) (J0) (J0)
001 00 10-1 036 23 61-1 071 46 72-29
002 01 10-2 037 24 61-2 072 47 72-30
003 02 11-1 038 25 62-1 073 48 72-32
004 03 11-2 039 26 62-2 074 49 72-33
005 04 12-1 040 27 62-3 075 4A 72-34
006 05 12-2 041 28 62-4 076 4B 72-35
007 06 13-1 042 29 62-5 077 4C 72-38
008 07 13-2 043 2A 62-6 078 4D 72-39
009 08 14-1 044 2B 62-7 079 4E 72-40
010 09 14-2 045 2C 62-8 080 4F 72-41
011 0A 17-1 046 2D 62-9 081 50 72-42
012 0B 17-2 047 2E 62-10 082 51 72-43
013 0C 17-3 048 2F 63-1 083 52 72-44
014 0D 17-4 049 30 63-2 084 53 72-45
015 0E 17-5 050 31 63-3 085 54 72-46
016 0F 17-6 051 32 63-4 086 55 72-47
017 10 21-1 052 33 63-5 087 56 72-48
018 11 31-1 053 34 63-6 088 57 72-49
019 12 31-2 054 35 63-7 089 58 72-50
020 13 32-1 055 36 63-8 090 59 72-51
021 14 32-2 056 37 63-9 091 5A 72-60
022 15 32-3 057 38 63-10 092 5B 72-61
023 16 32-4 058 39 63-11 093 5C 72-62
024 17 32-5 059 3A 72-16 094 5D 72-63
025 18 92-1 060 3B 72-17 095 5E 72-81
026 19 92-2 061 3C 72-18 096 5F 72-82
027 1A 93-1 062 3D 72-19 097 60 72-83
028 1B 94-1 063 3E 72-20 098 61 72-90
029 1C 94-2 064 3F 72-21
030 1D 19-1 065 40 72-22
031 1E 19-2 066 41 72-23
032 1F 51-1 067 42 72-24
033 20 71-1 068 43 72-25
034 21 71-2 069 44 72-26
035 22 71-3 070 45 72-28

321
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

I. Copy mode counter


Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999

NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions


(F1)
1 00 1-1 mode
2 01 1-2 mode
3 02 2-1 mode
4 03 2-2 mode
5 04 ADF 1-1 mode
6 05 ADF 1-2 mode
7 06 Mixed original mode
8 07 SDF mode
9 08 Z-folded original mode
10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14 0D Text & Photo
15 0E Text
16 0F Photo
17 10 Dot matrix
18 11 Custom size
19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23 16 Right & Left binding
24 17 2 parallel staples (Right binding)
25 18 Upper binding
26 19 Tab original
27 1A Folding & Stapling
28 1B —
29 1C Group
30 1D Offset group
31 1E Sort
32 1F Offset sort
33 20 Face down
34 21 Face up
35 22 1 to N
36 23 N to 1
37 24 —

322
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions

bizhub PRO 920


(F1)
38 25 Cover sheet
39 26 Trimmer
40 27 Real size copy
41 28 Preset magnification E4
42 29 Preset magnification E3
43 2A Preset magnification E2
44 2B Preset magnification E1
45 2C Preset magnification R4
46 2D Preset magnification R3
47 2E Preset magnification R2
48 2F Preset magnification R1
49 30 Preset Zoom 1
50 31 Preset Zoom 2
51 32 Preset Zoom 3
52 33 ZOOM
53 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom
54 35 Maximum zoom
55 36 Minimum zoom
56 37 APS
57 38 AMS
58 39 Auto density
59 3A Preset density level 1
60 3B Preset density level 2
61 3C Interrupted copy
62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
63 3E Sheet insertion
64 3F Chapter control
65 40 Combination
66 41 Booklet pagination copy
67 42 OHP interleave copy
68 43 OHP interleave blank
69 44 Insert Image
70 45 Book copy
71 46 Program job
72 47 Non-image area erase
73 48 Neg-/Positive reverse
74 49 Auto repeat
75 4A Manual repeat
76 4B Standard size repeat
77 4C Frame erasure
78 4D Fold erasure
79 4E Image centering

323
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions


bizhub PRO 920

(F1)
80 4F Full scan
81 50 Image shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Image overlay
84 53 Watermark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (in minutes)
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)
98 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, except print ready time.
(in minutes)
99 62 Time during front door open Time during which the front door is open.
(in seconds)
100 63 Ope.time in 1side straight exit Time from the start of print and the end of
101 64 Ope.time in 1side reverse exit print. (in seconds)
102 65 Operation time in 2side print (Down time due to jam omitted)

103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Time during which DF operates. (in seconds)
104 67 Morning correction count Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fix-
ing temperature is 50°C or lower)
105 68 Time during APS sensor On Time during which the APS sensor is ON.
(in seconds)
106 69 —
107 6A —
108 6B N of folding & stapling used jobs
109 6C —
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred Number of DF no feed detection
111 6E N of ADF special error 1 occurred Number of wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error 2 occurred Number of wrong detection of next original
information

324
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions

bizhub PRO 920


(F1)
113 70 N of ADF special error 3 occurred Number of error in size for which mixed
size mode is not allowed
114 71 N of scanner scanned Counts 1 for pressing Start button in the
platen mode
115 72 N of electrode cleaned
116 73 N of memory overflow Sum of No.124, 125, 126 plus HDD mem-
ory shortage
117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred
119 76 N of AGC retry
120 77 —
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error
122 79 N of ADF distortion adjust error
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error
124 7B Compression memory overflow Scanner compression/print compression
memory shortage
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan) Shortage in memory for receiving print data
126 7D Page memory overflow (print) Decompression page memory shortage
127 7E FNS alarm (Tray/trim)
128 7F FNS alarm (staple)
129 80 —
130 81 N of ADF special error 4 occurred Ready time-out error
131 82 Store for HDD (Sync.with Copying)
132 83 Store for HDD (Store Scan → HDD)
133 84 Store for PC (Store Scan → PC)
134 85 Store for PC (Store HDD → PC)
135 86 Recall from HDD (Recall HDD)
136 87 Recall from PC (PC/JobEditer)
137 88 —
138 89 Wide paper count (A3W or 11 x 17W)
139 8A Wide paper count (A4W or 8.5 x 11W)
140 8B Wide paper count (A4RWor8.5 x 11RW)
141 8C Wide paper count (A5Wor5.5 x 8.5W)
142 8D Wide paper count (Others)
143 8E Hole-Punch
144 8F Z-Folding
145 90 Repeat shift error
146 91 Mixplex (Simplex)
147 92 Mixplex (Duplex)
148 93 Right/Left binding originals
149 94 Upper binding originals
150 95 Inside print multi letter

325
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions


bizhub PRO 920

(F1)
151 96 Outside print multi letter
152 97 —
153 98 —
154 99 —
155 9A —
156 9B —
157 9C —
158 9D —
159 9E —
160 9F Half Fold
161 A0 —
162 A1 —
163 A2 Main tray output
164 A3 —
165 A4 —
166 A5 —
167 A6 —
168 A7 —
169 A8 —
170 A9 —
171 AA —
172 AB —
173 AC —
174 AD Sub tray output
175 AE Main tray output Job number
176 AF —
177 B0 —
178 B1 —
179 B2 —
180 B3 —
181 B4 —
182 B5 —
183 B6 —
184 B7 Sub tray output Job number
185 B8 Half Fold Job number
186 B9 Inside print Letter Fold Job number
187 BA Outside print Letter Fold Job number

326
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

J. Paper SC history
With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and

bizhub PRO 920


machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and printer operating).

K. Service call counter/Failure sectional counter

Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• When the Tech. Rep. mode DIPSW3-1 is 1 (Latched), SC34, 35 and 36 are not counted.

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


parameter (SC code) parameter (SC code) parameter (SC code)
(E0) (E0) (E0)
001 00 13-1 033 20 23-7 064 3F 32-3
002 01 13-2 034 21 23-8 065 40 32-4
003 02 18-11 035 22 23-9 066 41 32-6
004 03 18-12 036 23 23-10 067 42 32-7
005 04 18-13 037 24 23-11 068 43 33-1
006 05 18-10 038 25 23-21 069 44 33-5
007 06 18-21 039 26 23-22 070 45 33-6
008 07 18-22 040 27 24-1 071 46 34-1
009 08 18-23 041 28 24-2 072 47 34-2
010 09 18-20 24-3 073 48 34-3
011 0A 18-31 042 29 28-1 074 49 34-4
012 0B 18-32 043 2A 28-2 075 4A 35-1
013 0C 18-33 044 2B 28-3 076 4B 35-2
014 0D 18-30 045 2C 28-4 077 4C 36-1
015 0E 18-41 046 2D 29-1 078 4D 36-2
016 0F 18-42 047 2E 29-2 079 4E 36-3
017 10 18-43 048 2F 29-3 080 4F 36-4
018 11 18-40 049 30 29-4 081 50 36-5
019 12 18-51 050 31 29-5 082 51 36-6
020 13 18-52 051 32 29-6 083 52 41-1
021 14 18-53 052 33 29-7 084 53 41-2
022 15 21-1 053 34 29-8 085 54 42-1
023 16 21-2 054 35 29-9 086 55 42-4
024 17 21-3 055 36 29-10 087 56 42-5
025 18 21-4 056 37 29-11 088 57 42-6
026 19 21-6 057 38 29-12 089 58 42-7
027 1A 23-1 058 39 29-13 090 59 42-8
028 1B 23-2 059 3A 29-14 091 5A 42-9
029 1C 23-3 060 3B 29-15 092 5B 42-10
030 1D 23-4 061 3C 29-16 093 5C 42-11
031 1E 23-5 062 3D 32-1 094 5D 42-12
032 1F 23-6 063 3E 32-2 095 5E 42-13

327
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


bizhub PRO 920

parameter (SC code) parameter (SC code) parameter (SC code)


(E0) (E0) (E0)
096 5F 42-14 137 88 46-62 178 B1 53-6
097 60 42-16 138 89 46-63 179 B2 53-7
098 61 42-17 139 8A 46-64 180 B3 53-8
099 62 42-18 140 8B 46-80 181 B4 53-11
100 63 42-19 141 8C 46-81 182 B5 53-12
101 64 42-20 142 8D 46-82 183 B6 60-1
102 65 42-21 143 8E 46-83 184 B7 60-2
103 66 42-22 144 8F 46-90 185 B8 60-3
104 67 46-1 145 90 46-91 186 B9 60-11
105 68 46-2 146 91 49-1 187 BA 67-1
106 69 46-3 147 92 49-3 188 BB 67-2
107 6A 46-5 148 93 49-4 189 BC 67-3
108 6B 46-6 149 94 49-5 190 BD 67-4
109 6C 46-8 150 95 49-6 191 BE 67-5
110 6D 46-12 151 96 49-7 192 BF 67-6
111 6E 46-13 152 97 49-8 193 C0 67-7
112 6F 46-14 153 98 49-9 194 C1 67-8
113 70 46-15 154 99 49-10 195 C2 70-1
114 71 46-16 155 9A 50-1 196 C3 70-2
115 72 46-17 156 9B 50-2 197 C4 77-1
116 73 46-19 157 9C 50-3 198 C5 77-2
117 74 46-21 158 9D 50-4 199 C6 77-3
118 75 46-23 159 9E 50-5 200 C7 77-4
119 76 46-24 160 9F 50-10 201 C8 77-5
120 77 46-25 161 A0 50-11 202 C9 77-6
121 78 46-26 162 A1 52-1 203 CA 77-7
122 79 46-27 163 A2 52-2 204 CB 77-8
123 7A 46-29 164 A3 52-3 205 CC 77-10
124 7B 46-30 165 A4 52-4 206 CD 77-11
125 7C 46-31 166 A5 52-5 207 CE 77-12
126 7D 46-32 167 A6 52-6 208 CF 77-13
127 7E 46-34 168 A7 52-7 209 D0 77-14
128 7F 46-35 169 A8 52-8 210 D1 77-15
129 80 46-36 170 A9 52-9 211 D2 77-21
130 81 46-40 171 AA 52-10 212 D3 77-22
131 82 46-41 172 AB 52-11 213 D4 77-25
132 83 46-42 173 AC 53-1 214 D5 77-26
133 84 46-43 174 AD 53-2 215 D6 77-31
134 85 46-50 175 AE 53-3 216 D7 77-32
135 86 46-51 176 AF 53-4 217 D8 77-33
136 87 46-61 177 B0 53-5 218 D9 77-34

328
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

No. CSRC Item

bizhub PRO 920


parameter (SC code)
(E0)
219 DA 77-35
220 DB 77-36
221 DC 77-37
222 DD 77-41
223 DE 77-42
224 DF 77-43
225 E0 77-52
226 E1 77-44
227 E2 77-46
228 E3 77-47
229 E4 77-53
230 E5 77-54
231 E6 77-55
232 E7 77-56
233 E8 77-57
234 E9 77-58
235 EA 77-61
236 EB 77-81
237 EC 77-91
238 ED 77-92
239 EE 77-98
240 EF 80-1
241 F0 80-2
242 F1 80-3
243 F2 80-11
244 F3 80-30
245 F4 80-31
246 F5 80-32
247 F6 80-40
248 F7 80-45
249 F8 90-1
250 F9 90-2
251 FA 93-1
252 FB 93-5
253 FC 93-6
254 FD 95-1

329
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.5.3 Preset parts life counter (parts life counter)


When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part that has been replaced to manage the service history.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Preset Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy counter of special parts screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the screen.
6. Press the [↑] or [↓] key to select an item you want to reset.
7. Press the [Count Reset] key.
8. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You return to the "Copy counter of special parts screen."

330
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

B. Preset parts list

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Be sure to reset the fixing cleaning web counter (No.001) after replacing the cleaning web. Other-
wise, fuser cleaning trouble may occur.
• Be sure to perform the blade set mode of the Tech. Rep. mode after replacing the cleaning blade.
This automatically resets the cleaning blade counter (No.002). Otherwise, the auto blade replace-
ment cannot be implemented.
• Maximum count: 99,999,999

No. CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions


parameter
(Z1)
001 00 Fixing cleaning web 55VA-524 1 count for each paper exit in the single
002 01 Cleaning blade 57GA5601 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
003 02 Charging wire 57VA2509 mode.

004 03 Charging grid 57GA2508


005 04 Charging cleaning unit 55VA-255
006 05 Suction filter 57GA3108
007 06 Trans./sep. wire 57VA2613
008 07 Trans./sep. CL unit 56GA-276
56GA-277
56GA-278
009 08 Drum Separation claws 57GA2919 2 counts for each A3, 11x17, 8K paper
exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for
double. Except these, 1 count for the sin-
gle and 2 counts for the double.
010 09 Cleaner fur brush 57GA-574 1 count for each paper exit in the single
011 0A Cleaner side seal R 56UA-558 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
012 0B Cleaner side seal F 56UA-559 mode.

013 0C Fix. roller (U) 57GA5304


014 0D Fix. roller unit (L) 57GA-528
015 0E Fixing claws upper 55VA5321
016 0F Fixing claws lower 25AA5329
017 10 Heat insu. sleeve (U) 45405339
018 11 Upper roller bearing 45407504
019 12 Fixing CL sheet 56GA-547
020 13 Temperature sensor 56GA-209
021 14 Toner supply sleeve 1 55VA-334
022 15 Toner supply sleeve 2 55VA-335
023 16 Cleaner toner tray 57GA-568
024 17 Fur brush scraper 57GA-561
025 18 Heat insulate sleeve (Heated) 26AA5315
026 19 Heat roller holder 26AA5316

331
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions


bizhub PRO 920

parameter
(Z1)
027 1A Upper roller sensor 55VA8804 1 count for each paper exit in the single
028 1B Heat roller sensor 55VA8806 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
029 1C Fixing sub roller 55VA5307 mode.

030 1D Ozone filter 57GA1128


57GA1129
031 1E Charging corona 57GA-250
032 1F PCL 55VA-257
033 20 Developing unit 57GA-300
034 21 Develop suction box 57GA-215
035 22 Trans/Sep unit 57GA-270
036 23 TSL 55VA8308
037 24 Regis. feed count 55VA4603
57GA4684
038 25 Reversal output roller 57GA4740 2 count for each reverse exit paper in the
57GA4748 single side mode, 0 count for each 1side
57GA4741 straight mode, 1 count in the double side
mode.
039 26 ADU reversal roller 57GA4767 1 count for each reverse exit paper in the
single side mode, 0 count for each 1side
straight mode, 2 count in the double side
mode.
040 27 ADU convey roller 57GA4681 0 count for each paper exit in the single
57GA4682 side mode, 1 counts in the double side
mode.
041 28 Registration clutch 55VA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
042 29 ADU pre-regis. CL 55VA8201 0 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 1 counts in the double side
mode.
043 2A Fixing gear /2 56UA7783 1 count for each paper exit in the single
044 2B Web motor 56GA8017 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
045 2C Fixing output actuator 56GA4782 mode.

046 2D Tray 1 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
047 2E Tray 1 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
048 2F Tray 1 feed clutch 57GA8201
049 30 Tray 1 convey clutch 57GA8201
050 31 Tray 2 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
051 32 Tray 2 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
052 33 Tray 2 feed clutch 57GA8201
053 34 Tray 2 convey clutch 57GA8201

332
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

No. CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions

bizhub PRO 920


parameter
(Z1)
054 35 Tray 3 feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
055 36 Tray 3 conv/rev roller 55VA-483
056 37 Tray 3 feed clutch 57GA8201
057 38 Tray 3 convey clutch 57GA8201
058 39 Tray 4 feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit from tray 4
059 3A Tray 4 conv/rev roller 55VA-483 (LU).
060 3B Tray 4 feed clutch 57GA8201
061 3C Tray 4 convey clutch 57GA8201
062 3D Tray 4 convey roller 13GG4005
063 3E Tray 4 gear 15SS7701
13RJ7908
064 3F Bypass feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from bypass.
065 40 Bypass conv/rev roller 55VA-463
066 41 V-convey exit roller 55VA4410 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode and the double side mode.
067 42 V-conveyance clutch 57GA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2
068 43 V-convey roller /M, L 56GA4411 and 3.
069 44 Feed gear 57GA7711 1 count for each paper exit in the single
070 45 Cleaner gear 55VA7920 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
55VA9721 mode.
071 46 Exposure Lamp On time 56UA8301 Accumulation of time lamp is on. 1 count
per second.
072 47 Fixing cleaner roller 57GA5353 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
073 48 Main switch 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power switch
turns OFF the power.
074 49 Door switch 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is
opened.
075 4A Tray 1 feed count 57GA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
076 4B Tray 2 feed count 57GA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
077 4C Tray 3 feed count 57GA-410 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
078 4D Tray 4 feed count 15SS-050 1 count for each paper exit from tray 4 (LU).
15SW-050
079 4E Bypass feed count 57GA-500 1 count for each paper exit from bypass.
080 4F FS-604 staple/front 13QE4241 1 count for each paper exit in the staple
081 50 FS-604 staple/rear 13QE4241 mode.
082 51 FS-509 staple/front 13TQ4250
083 52 FS-509 staple/rear 13TQ4250
084 53 FS Up/Down motor 56AA8001 1 count each time a sheet of paper is
exited into the FS main tray.

333
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

No. CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions


bizhub PRO 920

parameter
(Z1)
085 54 FS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count each time an even number of
copies is exited in the sort mode.
086 55 FS exit cont. motor 12QR-361 1 count at the start of a job in the staple
mode large size (A4R, 8.5 x 11R or
larger), and 1 count for a paper exit.
1 count at the start of the saddle stitching
and folding jobs.
087 56 FS fold knife motor 120H8001 1 count for each paper exit in the saddle
stitching, folding and tri-folding modes.
088 57 FNS bypass solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the staple
mode A4, B5, 8.5 x 11 and 16K sizes.
089 58 FNS gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the tri-fold-
ing mode.
090 59 PI sheet feed clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
091 5A PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
092 5B PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
093 5C PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
094 5D PI torque limiter 13QN4073
095 5E PI sheet unit feed clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.
096 5F PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
097 60 PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
098 61 PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
099 62 PI torque limiter 13QN4073
100 63 PI Registration clutch 13QN8201 1 count for each PI paper feed.
101 64 Paper adjusting part 13LH1026 1 count for each TU cut.
102 65 ZU punch motor unit 12GQ-417 1 count for each ZU punch.
103 66 ZU punch unit 14KB5001
14JA5001
13BX5001
104 67 — —
105 68 PK-503 unit 15KJ-050 1 count for each PK punch.
106 69 PK-504 unit 15KG-050
107 6A PK-505 unit 15KA-050
15KB-050
108 6B ADF pickup roller 13GA4604 Original feed count in all modes.
109 6C ADF feed roller 15AS4605
110 6D ADF retard roller 13GA4606
111 6E ADF sub pick roller 13GA4601 Original feed count in all modes.
112 6F ADF torque limiter 13GA-135
113 70 ADF SDF solenoid 13GA8252 Total original feed count in the single feed
mode.

334
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

No. CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions

bizhub PRO 920


parameter
(Z1)
114 71 ADF LSB solenoid 13GA8251 1 count for each set of the large size orig-
inal single side mode. *1
1 count for each sheet of the large size
original double side mode. *1
115 72 ADF press/release SD 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the large size
original double side mode. *1
116 73 ADF SSB solenoid 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the small size
original double side mode.
117 74 Toner Collect Box 14RT-970 1 count for each paper exit in the single
118 75 Recycling Cut Pump 14RT-210 side mode, and 2 counts in the double
119 76 Accumulator 14RT-230 side mode.

*1 The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode and A3, B4, A4R, B5R, 11 x 17,
8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11R, F4, 8K, 16KR.

335
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.5.4 Optional parts life counter (parts life counter)


This is used when you want to manage the service history of parts that are not registered in the preset parts life
bizhub PRO 920

counter.
For 30 data from No. 01 up to 30, confirm and reset of the name, P/N (parts number), limit value and print
count.

Note
• Take 1 count for each print page of all paper exits with no discrimination made by paper size.
• When the print count is in excess of a limit value, an asterisk "*" is displayed to the right of the
limit value.

A. Procedure for registration and confirmation

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Optional Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to scroll the screen and press the [↑] or [↓] key to select a data number.
6. Select either the [Name Setting]], [P/N Setting]] or [Limit Setting]] key.
7. Press one of the key you want to set or change, and enter it with the alphanumeric keys.
[Name Setting] : Enter a part name (8 digits)
[P/N] Setting] : Enter a part number (9 digits)
[Limit Setting]] : Enter a limit value (8 digits)
8. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the update.

B. Procedure of reset

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Optional Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the screen and press the [↑] or [↓] key to select an item you
want to reset.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You return to the "Copy count of each part screen."

336
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

C. Relationship between each data number and CSRC parameter

bizhub PRO 920


No. Part name P/N Count value Limit value Installation
date
CSRC CSRC CSRC CSRC CSRC
parameter parameter parameter parameter parameter
(Z4) (Z3) (G0) (H0) (H3)
01 00 00 00 00 00
02 01 01 01 01 01
03 02 02 02 02 02
04 03 03 03 03 03
05 04 04 04 04 04
06 05 05 05 05 05
07 06 06 06 06 06
08 07 07 07 07 07
09 08 08 08 08 08
10 09 09 09 09 09
11 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A
12 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B
13 0C 0C 0C 0C 0C
14 0D 0D 0D 0D 0D
15 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E
16 0F 0F 0F 0F 0F
17 10 10 10 10 10
18 11 11 11 11 11
19 12 12 12 12 12
20 13 13 13 13 13
21 14 14 14 14 14
22 15 15 15 15 15
23 16 16 16 16 16
24 17 17 17 17 17
25 18 18 18 18 18
26 19 19 19 19 19
27 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
28 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B
29 1C 1C 1C 1C 1C
30 1D 1D 1D 1D 1D

337
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.6 Machine Status


bizhub PRO 920

10.6.1 I/O check


This machine is equipped with the input/output checking function as a self-diagnostic function, which allows the
signal check (input check) and the checking and adjustment (output check) of the load behavior.

A. I/O check mode screen

[1] [2] [3] [4]

[1] I/O check code [3] Input check


[2] Multi code [4] Output check

10.6.2 Input check mode


Each signal can be checked by input check mode.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [I/O Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric button.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric button.
7. The input check result (H/L) is shown in the message display column "IN".
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 to perform the other signal input check.

338
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

B. List of sensors

bizhub PRO 920


Display and signal source

Analog signal*1 Main Classification

Multi code

Symbol
H L

Code
Name

1 0 PZS Toner remaining sensor No toner Toner


body

2 0 TH5 Drum temperature sensor 0 to 255


3 0 TH1 Thermistor /1
4 0 TH3 Thermistor /3
5 0 — Humidity sensor signal
6 0 IDCS IDC sensor monitor signal
7 0 IDCS IDC sensor output signal
8 0 PGCS PGC sensor output signal
9 0 DPS Drum potential sensor output signal
10 — Drum jam sensor output signal ON OFF
11 1 PS26 Paper empty sensor /1 (tray 1) Paper No paper
Paper feed conveyance

2 PS27 Paper empty sensor /2 (tray 2)


3 PS28 Paper empty sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS29 Paper empty sensor /bypass
5 PS108 Paper empty sensor (LU)
12 1 PS34 Paper remaining sensor /1 (tray 1) No remaining Remaining
2 PS37 Paper remaining sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS40 Paper remaining sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS102 Paper remaining sensor /1 (LU)
5 PS103 Paper remaining sensor /2 (LU)
6 PS104 Paper remaining sensor /3 (LU)
7 PS105 Paper remaining sensor /4 (LU)
13 1 PS32 Paper size sensor /Rr1 (tray 1) ON OFF
2 PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 (tray 1)
3 PS35 Paper size sensor /Rr2 (tray 2)
4 PS36 Paper size sensor /Fr2 (tray 2)
5 PS38 Paper size sensor /Rr3 (tray 3)
6 PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr3 (tray 3)
7 PS55 Paper size sensor /Fr4 (bypass) OFF ON
8 PS56 Paper size sensor /Rr4 (bypass)
14 1 VR1 Paper size VR/1 (tray 1) 0 to 255
2 VR2 Paper size VR/2 (tray 2)
3 VR3 Paper size VR/3 (tray 3)
4 VR4 Paper size VR/BP (bypass)

339
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Display and signal source

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

H L

Code
Name

15 1 — Paper size signal (tray 1) 0: 11 x 17, 1: A3,


2 — Paper size signal (tray 2) 2: B4, 3: 8.5 x 14,
4: A4R, 5: 8.5 x 11R,
3 — Paper size signal (tray 3)
6: B5R, 7: 8.5 x 11,
4 — Paper size signal (bypass) 8: 5.5 x 8.5R, 9: A4,
10: A5R, 11: B5,
12: A5, 13: B6R,
14: 5.5 x 8.5, 15: B6,
16: Special,
17: F4 (8.125 x 13.25),
18: F4 (8 x 13),
19: F4 (8.25 x 13),
20: F4 (8.5 x 13)
16 1 PS20 Upper limit sensor /1 (tray 1) Upper limit Not at upper
2 PS21 Upper limit sensor /2 (tray 2) limit
3 PS22 Upper limit sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS23 Upper limit sensor /bypass (bypass)
5 PS43 Lower limit sensor /bypass (bypass) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
6 PS109 Upper limit sensor (LU) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
7 PS101 Lower limit sensor (LU) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
17 1 — Tray /1 set detection signal (tray 1) Set Not set
2 — Tray /2 set detection signal (tray 2)
3 — Tray /3 set detection signal (tray 3)
18 1 PS14 Handle release sensor /1 (tray 1) ON OFF
2 PS15 Handle release sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS16 Handle release sensor /3 (tray 3)
20 1 PS48 Pre-registration sensor /1 (tray 1) Paper No paper
2 PS50 Pre-registration sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS52 Pre-registration sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS107 Pre-registration sensor (LU)
21 1 PS18 Vertical conveyance sensor /1
2 PS53 Vertical conveyance sensor /2
3 PS19 Vertical conveyance sensor /3
22 1 PS47 Paper feed sensor /1 (tray 1)
2 PS49 Paper feed sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS51 Paper feed sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS106 LU exit sensor (LU)
23 1 PS45 Paper leading edge sensor
2 PS54 Loop sensor
3 PS44 Registration sensor

340
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Display and signal source

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


H L

Code
Name

24 1 PS2 Fusing exit sensor Paper No paper


2 PS61 Paper exit sensor
3 PS57 Reverse sensor
4 PS8 Reverse conveyance sensor
5 PS3 Fusing jam sensor
25 1 PS17 Door open/close sensor /3 Open Close
2 PS25 Door open/close sensor /2
3 PS24 Door open/close sensor /1
4 MS1, Interlock switch /1, /2
MS2
5 PS100 Upper door open/close sensor (LU) Close Open
6 PS110 Front door open/close sensor (LU)
30 1 PS5 Scanner home sensor ON OFF
Optical device

31 1 PS62 APS sensor /1 No paper Paper


2 PS63 APS sensor /2
3 — — — —
4 — — — —
5 — — — —
6 — — — —
7 — — — —
8 PS317 APS timing sensor Close Open
Specific function DF

50 — LU connect detection signal Connection Non-connection


51 SW100 Tray down switch (LU) ON OFF
52 KCT Key counter Connection Non-connection
53 — Identification of power supply destination 200V 100V
54 1 PS41 Charge cleaning home sensor Home Other than
position home position
2 PS42 Charge cleaning limit sensor Limit Not at limit
3 PS11 Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor Home Other than
position home position
4 PS12 Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor Limit Not at limit
60 1 PS303 Original size sensor /Lt Paper No paper
DF

2 PS302 Original size sensor /Rt


3 PS306 Original registration sensor
4 PS308 Original conveyance sensor
5 PS309 Original reverse sensor
6 PS307 Original exit sensor /Lt
7 PS313 Original reverse exit sensor
8 PS314 Original exit sensor /Rt
9 PS305 Original empty sensor

341
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Display and signal source

DF Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

H L

Code
Name

60 10 PS301 RADF open/close sensor Open Close


11 MS301 Cover open/close switch
12 — — — —
13 PS304 Reverse jam sensor Paper No paper
14 PS312 Original skew sensor /Fr
15 PS310 Original count sensor
16 PS311 Original skew sensor /Rr
76 0 PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor
FS

1 PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
2 PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
3 PS4 FS entrance sensor No paper Paper
4 PS5 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper
5 PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor
6 PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than Stand-by
the stand-by position
position
7 PS8 Alignment plate home sensor /Up Home Other than
8 PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor position home position
9 PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor (FS-604 only)
10 — —
11 PS12 Paper exit opening home sensor Other than the Closed
closed position position
12 PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor (FS-604 only) Home Other than
position home position
13 PS15 Counter reset sensor Reset position Other than
reset position
14 PS18 Shift roller home sensor Other than Home
home position position
15 PS20 Stacker empty sensor (FS-509) No paper Paper
Stacker empty sensor (FS-604) Paper No paper
16 PS35 Staple empty sensor /Rr (FS-509) Staple No staple
MS3 Staple empty switch /Rr (FS-604)
17 MS30 Stapler home sensor /Rr Other than Home
home position position
18 PS38 Stapler ready sensor /Rr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS2 Cartridge switch /Rr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
19 — — — —
20 — — — —

342 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Display and signal source

FS Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


H L

Code
Name

76 21 PS32 Clincher home sensor /Rr (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
22 PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
23 MS1 Front door interlock switch Door opened Door closed
24 PS37 Staple empty sensor /Fr (FS-509) No staple Staple
MS5 Staple empty switch /Fr (FS-604)
25 PS31 Stapler home sensor /Fr Other than Home
home position position
26 PS39 Stapler ready sensor /Fr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS4 Cartridge switch /Fr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
27 — — — —
28 — — — —
29 PS33 Clincher home sensor /Fr (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
30 — — — —
31 — FS connection detection bit Connection Non-connection
32 PS22 Folding blade home sensor (FS-604 only) Home Other than
33 PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (FS-604 position home position
only)
34 PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
35 PS25 Folding paper exit sensor (FS-604 only) Paper No paper
36 PS26 Folding passage sensor (FS-604 only)
37 PS29 Folding full sensor (FS-604 only) Other than full Full
38 PS1 Passage sensor No paper Paper
ZU FS ZU

39 — — — —
40 PS9 Exit sensor No paper Paper
41 PESB Paper edge sensor board (2)
42 PESB Paper edge sensor board (3)
43 PESB Paper edge sensor board (4)
44 — — — —
PI

45 — DIPSW0 Other than Unit operation


unit operation
46 PS5 Punch shift home sensor Home Other than
ZU

position home position


47 PS4 2nd stopper home sensor Other than Home
home position position
48 PS8 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
49 PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor Detected No detected
50 PS10 Conveyance encoder sensor Other than lock Lock
51 MS2 Punch switchover switch 3 (/4) holes 2 holes

1 343
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Display and signal source

PI Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

H L

Code
Name

76 52 PS201 Paper passage sensor /Up Paper No paper


53 PS206 Paper passage sensor /Lw
54 PS6 Punch home sensor Other than Home
ZU

55 PS3 No.1 stopper home sensor home position position


56 MS1 Door switch Open Close
57 — — — —
58 — — — —
59 — Folding connection detection Non-connection Connection
FS

60 — — — —
61 PS16 Gate home sensor Home position Other than
(in the sub tray home position
direction)
62 PESB Paper edge sensor board (5) No paper Paper
ZU

63 PS9 Exit sensor


64 PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up
PI

65 PS203 Paper set sensor /Up


66 PS205 Tray lower limit sensor /Up (upper stage) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
67 PS204 Tray upper limit sensor /Up (upper stage) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
68 PIOB Sheet feeder manual start/clear SW SW off SW on
69 PIOB Sheet feeder manual punch button SW
70 PIOB Sheet feeder manual function selection button SW
71 MS201 Cover sheet open/close detection Open Close
72 PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw No paper Paper
73 PS208 Paper set sensor /Lw
74 PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
75 PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
76 — — — —
77 PS212 L size sensor /Lw No paper Paper
78 — — — —
79 — PI presence Non-connection Connection
80 — — — —
81 PS12 Paper exit home sensor Home Other than
FS

82 PS11 Stapler movement home sensor position home position


83 PS801 Punch home sensor Other than Home
PK

home position position


84 — — — —
85 — — — —

344 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Display and signal source

PK Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


H L

Code
Name

76 86 PS802 Punch scraps box paper full sensor Other than full Full
87 PS804 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set
88 PS805 Swing edge face detection 1 No paper Paper
89 PS805 Swing edge face detection 2
90 PS805 Swing edge face detection 3
91 PS805 Swing edge face detection 4
92 PS805 Swing edge face detection 5
93 PS803 Punch home sensor Home Other than
position home position
94 — PK connection detected Non-connection Connection
95 — — — —
96 — — — —
77 0 PS112 Pusher home sensor Home Other than
TU

position home position


1 PS101 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
2 PS102 Conveyance sensor
3 PS103 Stopper home sensor Home Other than
4 PS104 Stopper release home sensor position home position
5 PS105 Press home sensor Other than Home
home position position
6 MS101 Blade home switch Home Other than
position home position
7 — — — —
8 PS107 Scraps box sensor Other than set Set
9 PS109 Scraps full sensor Full Other than full
10 PS113 Stacker full sensor Other than full Full
11 — TU connection detection signal Non-connection Connection
12 MS2 Front door interlock switch /2 Open Close
13 PS110 Upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper limit
14 PS111 Lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower limit
15 PS108 Exit sensor Paper No paper
16 PS114 Stacker door sensor Open Close
80 1 PS9 ADU conveyance sensor Paper No paper
ADU

2 PS46 ADU exit sensor


3 PS58 ADU reverse sensor
4 PS59 ADU deceleration sensor /1
5 PS10 ADU handle detection sensor Open Close
6 PS13 ADU reverse sensor /2 Paper No paper
7 PS60 ADU pre-registration sensor

345
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.6.3 Output check mode


Each load can be checked by output check mode.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [I/O Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric button.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric button.
7. Press the Start button.
The load specified operates.
8. Press the Stop button.
The operation of the load is completed.
9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 to perform the other load or signal output check.

B. List of loads
High voltage Classification

Multi code

Symbol
Code

Name Remarks

0 0 L1 Exposure lamp
1 0 M15 Toner bottle motor
2 — — —

3 — — —
4 — — —
5 — — —
6 — — —
7 — — —
8 — — —
9 — — —
10 — — —
15 1 — CSRC counter clear. Data collection
Data clear

count clear
2 — Setting memory clear
98 — CSRC setting initialization Used in CSRC setting
17 0 M14 Cleaning blade transportation lock Used in re-packing
Peculiar
functions

346
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Paper feed Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


Code
Name Remarks

20 1 SD8 Pick-up solenoid /1


2 SD9 Pick-up solenoid /2
3 SD10 Pick-up solenoid /3
4 SD100 Pick-up solenoid (LU)
5 SD11 Pick-up solenoid /Bypass
21 1 CL3 Paper feed clutch /1
2 CL5 Paper feed clutch /2
3 CL7 Paper feed clutch /3
4 CL101 Paper feed clutch (LU)
5 CL9 Vertical conveyance clutch /1
22 1 CL4 Pre-registration clutch /1
2 CL6 Pre-registration clutch /2
3 CL8 Pre-registration clutch /3
4 CL102 Pre-registration clutch (LU)
23 1 M19 Paper lift motor /1
2 M20 Paper lift motor /2
3 M21 Paper lift motor /3
4 M100 Paper lift motor (Up) (LU)
5 M100 Paper lift motor (Down) (LU)
6 M22 Bypass tray lift motor (Up)
7 M22 Bypass tray lift motor (Down)
24 1 SD5 Tray lock solenoid /1
2 SD6 Tray lock solenoid /2
3 SD7 Tray lock solenoid /3
25 0 CL1 Registration clutch
26 1 M6 Loop motor high speed normal rota-
tion (LS820)
2 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS460)
3 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS820, thick paper)
4 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS290)
5 M6 Loop motor reverse rotation (LS434.7)
27 1 M10 Paper exit motor (LS1000)
2 M10 Paper exit motor (LS460)
3 M10 Paper exit motor (LS600)
4 M10 Paper exit motor (LS290)
28 1 M4 Paper feed motor
2 M101 Paper feed motor (LS820) (LU)

347
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Optical Paper feed Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

Code
Name Remarks

28 3 M101 Paper feed motor (LS460) (LU)


4 M101 Paper feed motor (LS290) (LU)
29 0 SD4 Drum claw solenoid
31 1 M13 Scanner motor (Optical operation) Home position searching and scanning
operation
32 0 M17 Polygon motor low speed rotation Joint control of the polygon cooling fan
(M9)
1 M17 Polygon motor high speed rotation Joint control of the polygon cooling fan
(M9)
34 1 M13 Scanner motor shading correction Home position searching and shading
operation (600dpi) operation
35 M13 Scanner motor DF scan position
movement
36 M13 Scanner transportation lock Used in re-packing
37 — — —
38 0 LDB LD alarm check No output made when DipSW30-bit0 is
turned OFF (normal mode).
99 LDB LD alarm adjustment data clear
40 1 M1 Fusing motor (LS460)
Main body

2 M1 Fusing motor (LS290)


41 1 M2 Drum motor (LS460) ON The Developing motor (M3) also turns ON
at the same time
2 M2 Drum motor (LS290) ON The Developing motor (M3) also turns ON
at the same time
42 1 FM7 Scanner cooling fan
2 FM12 Cooling fan /4 high speed rotation
3 FM12 Cooling fan /4 low speed rotation
4 FM2 Conveyance suction fan
5 FM19, Power supply cooling fan /1, /2
FM20
6 FM3 Cooling fan /1 high speed rotation
7 FM3 Cooling fan /1 low speed rotation
8 FM4 Cooling fan /2 high speed rotation
9 FM4 Cooling fan /2 low speed rotation
10 FM6 Cooling fan /3 high speed rotation
11 FM6 Cooling fan /3 low speed rotation
12 FM1 Fusing fan
13 FM5, FM8 Write cooling fan /1 (H rotation), /2
14 FM5, FM8 Write cooling fan /1 (L rotation), /2

348
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Main body Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


Code
Name Remarks

42 15 FM9 Polygon cooling fan


16 FM13, Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1, /Lw2
FM14
17 FM15, Paper exit cooling fan /Up1, /Up2
FM17
43 1 TCT Total counter
2 KCT Key counter
45 — — —
2 — —
3 — —
4 — —
5 — —
6 M16 Web motor Machines used in Japan only.
46 0 M23 Charging corona cleaning operation
(both-way operation from the home
position.)
1 M23 Charging cleaning motor rear direction
(turns ON for 5 sec.)
2 M23 Charging cleaning motor front direc-
tion (turns ON for 5 sec.)
47 0 M18 Transfer/separation corona cleaning
operation (both-way operation from
the home position.)
1 M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor
rear direction (turns ON for 5 sec.)
2 M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor
front direction (turns ON for 5 sec.)
48 0 OB, INVB Operation panel LED all on
49 0 M23,M18 Charging corona cleaning (charging
and transfer/separation)
50 0 M3 Developing motor The drum motor also turns ON at the
Peculiar functions

same time.
51 1 EL Erase lamp
2 EL Erase lamp open detection
52 0 TSL Transfer exposure lamp
53 1 — Status indicator lamp - PAT1 ON
2 — Status indicator lamp - PAT2 ON
3 — Status indicator lamp - PAT3 ON
4 — Status indicator lamp - PAT4 ON
54 1 M11 Toner supply motor
54 2 M24 Recycle pump motor

349
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DF Peculiar functions Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

Code
Name Remarks

55 0 — Message test
56 0 JAMIB JAM indicator board all on
57 — — —
58 — — —
59 — — —
60 1 M302 Original feed motor normal rotation
2 M302 Original feed motor reverse rotation
3 M301 Original conveyance motor normal
rotation
4 M301 Original conveyance motor reverse
rotation
5 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
normal rotation
6 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
reverse rotation
7 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
normal rotation
8 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
reverse rotation
9 M303 Original lift motor normal rotation
10 M303 Original lift motor reverse rotation
11 SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid
12 SD304 Exit gate solenoid
13 SD303 Gate solenoid
14 SD301 SDF switching solenoid
15 FM301 Cooling fan
75 1 M1 FS conveyance motor The paper exit fan /Up1 (FM15), /Up2
FS

(FM17), /Lw1 (FM13) and /Lw2 (FM14) of


the main body also turn ON at the same
time
2 M2 Shift roller motor home position search
3 M2 Shift roller motor shift position move- The home position movement and the
ment rotational direction are in the same direction.
4 M2 Shift roller motor 1 rotation
5 M3 Main tray lift motor home position
search
6 M3 Main tray lift motor lower limit movement
7 M3 Small number of sheets up/down
operation in the main tray lift motor
staple mode
8 M5 Alignment motor /Up home position
search

350
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

FS Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


Code
Name Remarks

75 9 M7 Paper exit roller motor staple mode =


home position search
10 M7 Paper exit roller motor reverse rotation
11 M8 Paper exit motor home position
search (close)
12 M8 Paper exit motor opening movement
13 — —
14 M9 Stapler motor /Rr stapling operation
15 — —
16 M14 Stapler motor /Fr stapling operation
17 M11 Stapler movement motor home posi-
tion search = 2-stapling position
18 M11 Stapler movement motor A4, 1-sta-
pling position movement
19 M13 Stacker entrance motor
20 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor home
position search (FS-604 only)
21 M16 Alignment motor /Lw home position
search (FS-604 only)
22 — —
23 M19 Folding blade motor home position
search (FS-604 only)
24 M20 Folding conveyance motor convey-
ance start (FS-604 only)
25 — —
26 — —
27 — —
28 — —
29 — —
30 SD7, Flat stapling stopper release solenoid/
SD8 Fr, /Rr (FS-604)
31 SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
32 SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
33 M5 Alignment motor /Up A4 Open Available only from the home position
position
34 M5 Alignment motor /Up A4 Close Available only from the home position
position
35 M5 Alignment motor /Up swing Available only from the A4 position
36 M16 Alignment motor /Lw A4 Open Available only from the home position
(FS-604 only) position
37 M16 Alignment motor /Lw A4 Close Available only from the home position
(FS-604 only) position

1 351
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

FS Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

Code
Name Remarks

75 38 M16 Alignment motor /Lw swing (FS-604 only) Available only from the A4 position
39 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor A4
position movement (FS-604 only)
41 — —
42 — —
43 — —
44 — —
45 SD51 Paper assist solenoid ON
46 M51 Paper assist motor normal rotation
47 M51 Paper assist motor reverse rotation
48 — —
49 — —
50 CL203 Registration clutch ON
PK PI

51 M301 Punch 2/3 or 2/4 switching motor 2 holes position movement


52 M301 Punch 2/3 or 2/4 switching motor 3 (4) holes position movement
53 M8 Punch switch motor 2 holes movement
ZU

54 M8 Punch switch motor 3 or 4 holes


movement
55 M101 Conveyance motor ON
TU

56 M102 Blade motor rotation normal rotation


home position search
57 M102 Blade motor reverse rotation
58 M103 Stopper movement motor home posi-
tion search
59 M104 Stopper release motor home position
search
60 M104 Stopper release motor release operation
61 M104 Stopper release motor setting operation
62 M105 Press motor home position search
63 M105 Press motor pressing operation
64 CL202 Conveyance clutch /Lw paper feed start
PI

65 M202 Tray lift motor /Lw home position


search lower limit movement
66 M202 Tray lift motor /Lw upper limit movement
67 SD202 Pick-up solenoid /Lw
68 M107 Pusher motor home position search
TU

press setting
69 M107 Pusher motor press release
70 M106 Holder motor upper limit movement
71 M106 Holder motor home position search
lower limit movement

352 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

ZU Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


Code
Name Remarks

75 72 M1, M6 Registration motor, conveyance motor


ON
73 M2 1st stopper motor home position
search
74 M3 2nd stopper motor home position
search
75 SD2 Gate solenoid /Up ON
76 SD1 Gate solenoid /Lw ON
77 CL1 Punch clutch ON
78 M801 Punch motor punch operation
PK

79 M802 Punch shift motor home position


search
80 —
ZU

81 M7 Punch scraps conveyance motor ON


82 M10 Conveyance motor cooling fan ON
83 CL201 Conveyance clutch /Up
PI

84 M201 Tray lift motor /Up home position


search lower limit movement
85 M201 Tray lift motor /Up upper limit movement
86 SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up ON
87 M203 Conveyance motor ON
88 M12 Gate motor sub tray switching (home
FS

position)
89 M12 Gate motor stacker direction switching
90 M12 Gate motor straight direction switching
91 M21 Sub tray paper exit motor ON
92 M4 Clincher rotation motor home position
search (FS-604 only)
93 M4 Clincher rotation motor skew shift
(FS-604 only)
94 M6 Stapler rotation motor home position
search
95 M6 Stapler rotation motor skew shift
96 SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid (FS-604 only)
97 M4 Punch motor punch operation
ZU

(FS-604 only)
98 M5 Punch shift motor home position search
80 1 SD2 Reverse/exit solenoid
ADU

2 SD1 ADU lock solenoid


3 SD3 Fusing solenoid
81 0 CL2 ADU pre-registration clutch

1 353
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

ADU Classification

Multi code

Symbol
bizhub PRO 920

Code
Name Remarks

82 1 M9 Transfer motor (LS460)

2 M9 Transfer motor (LS290)


83 1 M12 Registration motor (LS460)
2 M12 Registration motor (LS290)
84 1 M7 ADU reverse motor normal rotation
(LS1000)
2 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS1000)
3 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS460)
4 M7 ADU reverse motor normal rotation
(LS600)
5 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS600)
6 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS290)
85 1 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS1000)
2 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS460)
3 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS600)
4 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS290)
86 1 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS1000)
2 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS460)
3 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS1000)
4 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS460)
5 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS600)
6 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS290)
7 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS600)
8 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS290)
87 1 FM10, ADU cooling fan /1, /2
FM11
2 FM22 ADU cooling fan /3

354
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Adjustment and special mode Classification

Multi code

Symbol

bizhub PRO 920


Code
Name Remarks

91 0 — Main body adjustment data parameter Perform after installation and adjustment
board storage (installation initial)
92 0 — Parameter board data reset Cannot adjust in the field
93 — — —
94 0 Adjustment data display
95 — — —
96 0 — Main body adjustment data parameter Cannot adjust in the field
board storage (factory default)
97 0 — Image memory (DRAM) capacity
check
98 0 — Image memory (DRAM) check
99 1 — HDD 1 total capacity
2 — HDD 1 remaining capacity
3 — HDD 1 bad sectors check and recovery

355
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.6.4 Operations in the I/O check mode


A. Cleaning blade transportation lock
bizhub PRO 920

Separate the cleaning blade from the drum to prevent the damage of the cleaning blade caused by the move-
ment of the machine and the storage for a long period of time.
This is used when re-packaging the machine to move it to the installation location.

Note
• The execution of this mode allows the blade to be automatically replaced. So, when the first clean-
ing blade has been used before re-packaging, be sure to conduct the spring charge for the auto
blade replacement when reinstalling the machine.

(1) Procedure

1. Check the currently used cleaning blade to see if it is the 1st or 2nd one.
2. Enter the I/O check mode.
3. Enter "17" with the numeric button. Confirm that "17-00" is displayed in the message display area.
4. Open the front door /Rt.

Note
• When the front door /Rt is not opened, the blade motor (M14) will not rotate.
5. Press the Start button.
6. The blade motor (M14) rotates and the cleaning blade separates from the drum to move to the transporta-
tion lock position.

B. Scanner transportation lock


The mirror of the scanner is moved to the transportation lock position when the packaging is made, which facil-
itates the operation for fixing the mirror with a screw.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "36" with the numeric button. Confirm that "36-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. The scanner motor (M13) rotates to move the mirror to the left side.
5. Fasten the mirror with the lock screw of the scanner mirror that was removed while in the unpacking.

356
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

C. Main body adjustment data parameter board strage (installation initial data)
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted in the field are backed up to the parameter board (PB),

bizhub PRO 920


when necessary, it can be recalled with "Installation Initial" of "Recall Standard Data" (Machine Adjust and Pro-
cess) in the Tech. Rep. mode.

Note
• Since only one kind of data can be back upped, the data is overwritten when executed again.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "91" with the numeric button. Confirm that "91-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. "NOW" is displayed while in back-up and "FIN" displayed when completed. The machine adjustment data
and the process adjustment data at this moment is backed up in the PB.

D. Hard disc check


This is conducted when checking the total capacity and the remaining capacity in the copier hard disc /1 (HDD1)
and when a hard disc related error code (SC46-40 to 43) occurs.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "99" with the numeric button. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Access button.
4. Enter either of the following with the numeric button.
Confirm that "99-**" (the section ** is a multi code number) is displayed in the message display area.
01: HDD1 total capacity check
02: HDD1 remaining capacity check
03: HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
5. Press the Start button.
• HDD1 total capacity check: The total capacity is displayed.
• HDD1 remaining capacity: The remaining capacity is displayed.
• Bad sectors check and recovery:
While in execution - "NOW" is displayed.
When completed normally - "OK" is displayed.
When completed abnormally - "NG" is displayed.
When "NG" is displayed, press the Start button to conduct the bad sectors check and recovery again.

Note
• The operation cannot be cancelled while in the bad sectors check and recovery. (The Stop button
and the [Return] key are disabled.
• When the bad sectors check and recovery is conducted and an error code recurs, replace HDD1
with a new one.

357
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.7 List output


bizhub PRO 920

10.7.1 List output


Output various lists.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
The list output mode menu includes the following items.
• Machine Management List
• Adjustments List
• Coverage Data List
• Parameter List
• Font Pattern List
• Communication Log List *1
• Memory Dump List

NOTE
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter list and after are displayed.
• Do not use the parameter list and the memory dump list in the field because they are for devel-
opment.
5. Press the key for an item you want to output and press the [Copy] key
6. Press the Start button to output the selected list.
7. Press the [List Output] key.
8. "List output mode menu screen"
To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 7.

*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the mail remote notification system
and the CS Remote Care. The start time of communications, the time period of communications (modem
only), the communication modes, the results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed.
The communication modes and the results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit
number. For the meaning of them, refer to the following table.

358
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

bizhub PRO 920


Communication mode Results of Communication mode Results of
communication communication
0000 — Transmitted suc- 0080 Administrator trans- —
cessfully mission
0001 Initial transmission Connection time 0100 Fixed date transmis- —
out when trans- sion
mitting
0002 Emergency transmis- — 0200 Response transmis- —
sion sion
0004 Emergency recovery Received suc- 0*** — Transmission failed
transmission cessfully
0005 — Reception failed 1000 Enquiry —
0008 Transmission for — 2000 Data rewrite —
warning
0010 Warning recovery — 4000 Response reception —
transmission
0020 Maintenance start — 8000 Test mail —
transmission
0040 Maintenance comple- —
tion transmission

The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.

359
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.8 Test mode


bizhub PRO 920

10.8.1 Test pattern output mode


Output various test patterns to use them for troubleshooting.

Note
• Do not use any test pattern number not described in the service manual.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Test Pattern Output Mode] key.
4. "Test pattern output mode screen"
Enter the test pattern No. you want to output through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then
press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern.
6. Press the [Adjustment] key.
7. To output other test patterns, repeat steps 4 to 6.

360
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

bizhub PRO 920


No.1 Overall halftone (8-bit output)
(created by random dot pattern)

[Check item]
• When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the pro-
cess system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
• When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
• When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit

* For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density setting"

Note
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when
checking an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to
use the test pattern No. 9.

Test patterns

When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255

57gaf3c023na

361
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

No.3 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)

[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment

* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."

Test patterns

LD1 LD2

57gaf3c024na

362
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

bizhub PRO 920


No.5 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)

[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment

* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."

Test patterns

LD1 LD2

57gaf3c025na

363
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

No.9 Line screen halftone (8-bit output)


(created by line dot pattern)

[Check item]
• Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/sepa-
ration charger unit.

Note
• The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicu-
ous than the test pattern No. 1.

Test patterns

57gaf3c026na

364
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

bizhub PRO 920


No.11 Beam check (8-bit output)

[Check Items 1]
• Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan direc-
tions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.

[Check Items 2]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit

Test patterns

[1]

[2]

57gaf3c027na

[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern

365
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern (1-bit error diffusion output)

[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.

Test patterns

[1]
31mm 237mm
20mm

[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm

28
0m
m

190mm

190mm 57gaf3c028na

[1] Edge of pager

366
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.8.2 Test pattern density setting


Set the density of test pattern.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Test Pattern Density Setting] key.
4. "Test pattern density setting screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then press the [Test Copy] key.
Setting range: 0 (thinner) to 255 (thicker).
5. Set the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern.

10.8.3 Running mode


Conduct a test while in the continuous print operation.
In this mode, the following items can be selected:

• Intermittent copy mode


After completion of the printing operation for the set print count, the machine changes into the ready state
and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
• Paperless Intermittent mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation. In the same manner as the intermittent mode, after completion of the printing operation for the
set print count, the machine changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same
operation.
• Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation.
• Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as the paperless
mode, without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the nor-
mal operation.
• Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless endless mode plus the scanning operation and the auto
paper feed tray switching.

367
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Running Mode] key.
4. "Running mode menu screen"
Select a mode and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to start the running test.
6. Press the STOP button to stop the running test.
7. When passing through the running mode, the power switch (SW2) is turned OFF/ON.

368
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.9 System input

bizhub PRO 920


10.9.1 Software switch setting
Configure settings for the software DIPSW.

Note
• DIPSW bits data are written into the parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. Do not
change data hastily, for they cannot be automatically restored. Do not change any switch not
described in the service manual.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key on the sub menu.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Press the [+], [-] key or the numeric keys to select DIPSW bit number.
5. Press the [On (1)] or [Off (0)] key to set the selected bit number ON/OFF.
6. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen" on which the sub menu was dis-
played.

B. Software switch setting screen

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]

[1] DIPSW number [3] Bit number (0 to 7)


[2] DIPSW date (The bit data (8 bits) of the [4] Bit data
DIPSW number selected is displayed in [5] Numeric keys
hexadecimals from 00 to FF)

369
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

C. List of software DIPSW


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW1 0 Print stop condition after toner *1 *1 1 1 1
1 supply display *1 *1 0 0 0
2 Print stop method after toner *2 *2 1 1 1
3 supply display *2 *2 0 0 0
4 Prohibition of printing when the Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
PM count is reached
5 Print number setting until print- *3 *3 0 0 0
6 ing is prohibited after PM is *3 *3 0 0 0
7 displayed *3 *3 0 0 0
DIPSW2 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 All charger cleaning cycle (fus- *4 *4 0 0 0
2 ing temperature 50°C or less *4 *4 0 0 0
3 when turning ON) *4 *4 0 0 0
4 All charger cleaning cycle (after *5 *5 1 1 1
5 turned ON) *5 *5 0 0 0
6 Blade auto switch timing *6 *6 1 1 1
7 *6 *6 0 0 0
DIPSW3 0 Regular toner supply amount *7 Equivalent to *7 Equivalent to 0 0 0
2% of coverage 0.4% of coverage
1 SC latch (SC34-**, 35-**, 36-**) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Charger cleaning function Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 Transfer/separation charger Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
cleaning function
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 I/O check mode output 15 Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
memory clear
7 PageScope JobEditor recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW4 0 DF auto skew adjustment Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Key counter removal recovery Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 APS when change magnification Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Large-size paper count method Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
(other than PM counter)

370
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO 920


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW5 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Image density selection (laser *8 *8 0 0 0
3 PWM) for copier *8 *8 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW6 0 Background density adjust- *9 *9 0 0 0
1 ment (photo mode) *9 *9 1 1 1
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Black band width in black *10 *10 0 0 0
4 band creation control *10 *10 0 0 0
5 Image stabilization control *11 *11 1 1 1
6 cycle *11 *11 0 0 0
7 Drum potential auto adjustment Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
DIPSW7 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Background density adjustment *12 *12 0 0 0
3 *12 *12 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Drum claw control *13 Normal *13 Side2 only 0 0 0
DIPSW8 0 Image density selection (laser *14 *14 0 0 0
1 PWM) for printer *14 *14 0 0 0
2 Fusing initial rotation condition *15 *15 0 0 0
3 *15 *15 1 1 1
4 Fusing roller initial rotation time *16 *16 0 0 0
5 *16 *16 0 0 0
6 Large-size paper count method (PM counter) Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW9 0 Operation at key counter Same as Immediate 0 1 1
removal (copier) the stop key stop (jam)
1 Operation at key counter Ignored Same as 0 0 0
removal (printer) DIPSW9-0
2 Message switchover *17 *17 0 0 0
3 *17 *17 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit *18 *18 0 0 0
5 *18 *18 0 0 0
6 *18 *18 0 0 0
7 *18 *18 0 0 0

371
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO 920

Japan Inch Metric


DIPSW10 0 Image memory usable area *19 *19 0 0 0
1 *19 *19 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Definition change of the large *20 *20 0 0 0
4 size paper in counter control *20 *20 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW11 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Erasure amount of trailing edge 3 mm 1 mm 0 0 0
of tab paper
3 SC screen switchover F/E code screen F code screen 0 0 0
switch only
4 Filter for jagged edges on Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
slanting lines
5 Gradation switchover in the 2bitED 1bitED 0 0 0
photo mode
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW12 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Printer auto centering correc- Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
tion
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 RC recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW13 0 Original size detection switcho- A5 5.5 x 8.5 0 1 0
ver 1
1 Original size detection switcho- A4R 8.5 x 11R 0 1 0
ver 2
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Original size detection switcho- *21 *21 0 0 0
4 ver 3 *21 *21 0 0 0
5 Original size detection switcho- *22 *22 0 0 0
6 ver 4 *22 *22 0 0 0
7 *22 *22 1 1 0

372
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO 920


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW14 0 Original size detection switcho- B4, 11 x 17/ 8K/16K 0 0 0
ver 5 B5, 8.5 x 11
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW15 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Number of paper that can be *23 *23 0 0 0
2 stapled *23 *23 0 0 0
3 Finishing option alarm stop *24 *24 0 0 0
4 *24 *24 0 0 0
5 CS Remote Care recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Maximum density in printer mode 1.43 1.35 0 0 0
7 Trigger the display of devel- Number of prints Running time 0 0 0
oper/drum replacement icon
DIPSW16 0 Developer/drum running time Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
display
1 Copy reservation function Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
2 Tab original duplex (DF) Prohibited Allowed 0 0 0
3 Count of the key counter in Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
printer mode
4 Utility mode installation date Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
display
5 Non-image area erase mode *25 *25 0 0 0
6 judge level *25 *25 0 0 0
7 NIC selection for E-Mail CS Controller NIC Machine NIC 0 0 0
Remote Care
DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *26 *26 0 0 0
1 *26 *26 0 0 0
2 *26 *26 0 0 0
3 *26 *26 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning *27 *27 0 0 0
5 tab paper *27 *27 0 0 0
6 *27 *27 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW18 0 Faulty part isolation: Tray 1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Faulty part isolation: Tray 2 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation: Tray 3 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty part isolation: Tray 4 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

373
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO 920

Japan Inch Metric


DIPSW18 4 Faulty part isolation: DF Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: Folding/ Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
saddle stitching/TU
6 Faulty part isolation: PI Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 Faulty part isolation: HDD1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
DIPSW19 0 Fusing temperature setting *28 *28 *28 0 0
1 *28 *28 *28 0 0
2 *28 *28 *28 0 0
3 *28 *28 *28 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: ZU Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: Punch (PK, ZU) Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW20 0 Group staple Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with *29 Normal *29 Original priority 0 0 0
"Page Margin" function
2 Total page number standard in Based on original Based on 0 0 0
stamp mode transfer paper
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW21 0 Mixed size paper staple for Allowed Prohibited 0 0 0
printer (real-time output) (batch output)
1 LU size setting in utility mode Not allowed Allowed 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW22 0 Machine NIC setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number of punch holes *30 *30 0 1 0
2 *30 *30 0 0 1
3 Image position for the custom Based on user Based on APS at 0 0 0
size original (at DF) selection DF
4 Function of power save button Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Punch auto switching (PK and ZU) Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Operation when staple empty Request staple Selectable staple 0 0 0
of FS supply supply or staple
release

374
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO 920


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW22 7 Jam screen selection Jam position Described by 0 0 0
display illustration
DIPSW23 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Toner concentration of devel- *31 *31 0 0 0
3 oper selection *31 *31 0 0 0
4 *31 *31 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW24 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Default settings of PageScope Manual Automatic 0 0 0
JobEditor when turned ON
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Z-fold output number limit *32 *32 0 0 0
5 *32 *32 0 0 0
6 Z-fold + Staple output number *33 *33 0 0 0
7 limit *33 *33 0 0 0
DIPSW25 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW26 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW27 0 — — — 0/1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Image density selection (toner *34 *34 0 0 0
3 control patch density) *34 *34 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0

375
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO 920

Japan Inch Metric


DIPSW27 5 Thin characters reproduction Standard Thin-character 0 0 0
improvement (usage of smaller correspondent
laser dot)
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW28 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Finisher, timing and centering Not allowed Allowed 0 0 0
adjustments in utility mode
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW29 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Include of proof copy to the set Not included Included 0 0 0
copy quantity
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW30 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Tech. Rep. mode, restriction of Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0
data collection display
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW31 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

376
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO 920


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW32 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW33 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW34 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW35 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW36 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Side2 magnification correction *35 *35 0 0 0
7 with bypass tray *35 *35 1 1 1

377
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO 920

Japan Inch Metric


DIPSW37 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW38 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Fusing unit rank setting *36 *36 — — —
6 *36 *36 — — —
7 *36 *36 — — —
DIPSW39 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW40 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW41 0 Creation of the PJL coded Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
capture file for analysis
1 Creation of the TIEF image data file Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 MacQueryFake response With no response With response 0 0 0
3 JobEnd detection Detected Not detected 0 0 0
4 EscE detection while in the Detected Not detected 0 0 0
JobEnd detection
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

378
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO 920


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW42 0 TIFF direct print error message Not output Output 0 0 0
1 TIFF direct print APS target *37 *37 0 0 0
2 paper size (F4) *37 *37 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW43 0 Change of the scanner com- MMR MH 0 0 0
pression method
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW44 0 PS JobEnd (Network) Not detected Detected 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 PS JobEnd (Parallel) Detected Not detected 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW46 0 Visual Count Master counter *38 *38 0 0 0
1 value acquisition intervals *38 *38 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

379
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Note
• Bold boxes show default settings.
bizhub PRO 920

*1 Print stop condition after toner supply display Mode 1-1 1-0
Select the number of prints that stops printing after a
Stops after 1,500 prints 0 0
toner near empty displays.
Stops after 3,000 prints 0 1
Stops after 4,000 prints 1 0
Stops after 5,000 prints 1 1

*2 Print stop method after toner supply display Mode 1-3 1-2
Select the method to stop printing when the number
Stops after exit paper in 0 0
specified with DIPSW1-1/-2 is reached.
the machine
Stops at a break between 0 1
print set
Stops at the end of the 1 0
current job
Does not stop 1 1

*3 Print number setting until printing is prohibited Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
after PM is displayed
1,000 prints 0 0 0
Select the number of prints that stops printing after
2,000 prints 0 0 1
the value specified with the PM counter is reached.
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 0 1 1
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1

*4 All charge cleaning cycle (fixing temperature Mode 2-3 2-2 2-1
50°C or less when turning ON
Cleaning every time 0 0 0
Set the timing for the electrode cleaning, which is
At 5,000 prints 0 0 1
performed on the condition that the fusing tempera-
ture is below 50°C when the power is turned on. At 10,000 prints 0 1 0
At 15,000 prints 0 1 1
At 20,000 prints 1 0 0
At 25,000 prints 1 0 1
At 30,000 prints 1 1 0
No cleaning 1 1 1

*5 Cycle number setting of the electrode cleaning Mode 2-5 2-4


(after turning ON the power)
Every 10,000 prints 0 0
Set the intervals of the electrode cleaning that is con-
Every 20,000 prints 0 1
ducted after turning on the power.
Every 30,000 prints 1 0
Every 40,000 prints 1 1

380
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*6 Blade auto switching timing Mode 2-7 2-6


Set the auto switch timing of the cleaning blade.

bizhub PRO 920


Every 150,000 prints 0 0
Every 250,000 prints 0 1
Every 300,000 prints 1 0
Every 400,000 prints 1 1

*7 Regular toner supply amount Mode 3-0


When the original with less coverage (1% or less) is
Equivalent to 2% of coverage 0
printed for a long period of time, the toner density of
Equivalent to 0.4% of coverage 1
developer gets increased, causing the image back
ground to occur. Changing this switch to "1" reduces
the toner amount periodically supplied to prevent the
image back ground.

Note
• Changing this switch to 1 in the original hav-
ing a typical blacking ratio results in the
image getting thinner.

*8 Image density selection (laser PWM) for copier Mode 5-3 5-2
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
lighter.
Lighter (*1167/137) 0 1

Note Lightest (*142/112) 1 0

• There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten Standard (*190/170) 1 1


image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner * 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within
control patch density (27-2/3). As a priority of the image density range. Numbers represent
adjustment, adjust in the following order. each image density at the line speed 460 mm/s,
1) Laser PWM 290 mm/s from left.
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
down
Using this setting alone may cause white
spot on the solid section. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-
sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
0.5% up.

*9 Background density adjustment (photo mode) Mode 6-1 6-0


Change the laser PWM and set the image density for
PWM 16 0 0
the highlight section while in the photo mode.
PWM 0 0 1
The numerical values given in the table represent the
density in the image density range of 0 (white) to 255 PWM 8 1 0

(black). PWM 24 1 1

381
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*10 Black band width in black band creation control Mode 6-4 6-3
Set the black band width in the black band creation
bizhub PRO 920

0.25 mm 0 0
control.
0.5 mm 0 1
0.75 mm 1 0
No band 1 1

*11 Image stabilization control cycle Mode 6-6 6-5


Changes cycle of the image stabilization control
Every 20,000 prints 0 0
(drum potential, maximum density, gamma auto
Every 30,000 prints 0 1
adjustment).
Every 40,000 prints 1 0
Every 50,000 prints 1 1

*12 Background density adjustment Mode 7-3 7-2


Change the charging potential and set the image
Standard 0 0
density of the highlight section.
Dark (25 V down) 0 1
Lighter (25 V up) 1 0
Lightest (50 V up) 1 1

*13 Drum claw control Mode 7-7


For the operation of the drum claw, switching is made
Normal 0
between the normal operation (operated on both the
Side 2 only 1
front and the rear) and the operation only on the rear.
When paper with much paper dust is used and the
drum is damaged by paper dust adhering to the
drum claw, select the operation only on the rear.

*14 Image density selection (laser PWM) for printer Mode 8-1 8-0
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
lighter.
Lighter (*167/137) 0 1
Lightest (*142/112) 1 0
Standard (*190/170) 1 1
* 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within
the image density range. Numbers represent
each image density at the line speed 460 mm/s,
290 mm/s from left.

382
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*15 Fusing initial rotation condition Mode 8-3 8-2


In the low temperature environment, fusibility may be

bizhub PRO 920


Low temperature 0 0
insufficient immediately after the power is turned ON.
Low/normal temperature 0 1
So, rotate the fusing roller while in the warm-up to
Low/normal/high temper- 1 0
obtain an even heat distribution of the fusing roller to
ature
avoid the insufficient fusing.
• Low temperature: perform the fusing initial rotation No preparatory rotation 1 1
in the low temperature environment only.
• Low/normal temperature: perform the fusing initial
rotation in the low and normal temperature envi-
ronment
• Low/normal/high temperature: perform the fusing
initial rotation in all environments.

*16 Fusing roller initial rotation time Mode 8-5 8-4


Set the preliminary rotation time for fusing when the
180 seconds 0 0
power is turned on.
300 seconds 0 1
60 seconds 1 0
0 second 1 1

*17 Message switchover Mode 9-3 9-2


Set a message displayed on the operation board
Please insert key counter 0 0
when the key counter, coin vendor and the copy card
Please insert copy card 0 1
are used.
Please insert coin 1 0
Please insert key counter 1 1

*18 Copy quantity limit Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4


Set this when the number of copies for 1 job is lim-
No limit 0 0 0 0
ited.
1 print 0 0 0 1
3 prints 0 0 1 0
5 prints 0 0 1 1
9 prints 0 1 0 0
10 prints 0 1 0 1
20 prints 0 1 1 0
30 prints 0 1 1 1
50 prints 1 0 0 0
99 prints 1 0 0 1
250 prints 1 0 1 0
No limit 1 0 1 1
No limit 1 1 0 0
No limit 1 1 1 0
No limit 1 1 1 1

383
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*19 Image memory usable area Mode 10-1 10-0


Changes the usable area of DRAM (256 MB) on the
bizhub PRO 920

Compression memory 0 0
overall control board (OACB) and hard disk (HDD1).
187MB
Compression memory is used within the memory
Page memory 69MB
area of compressed image data, and expansion
Compression memory 0 1
memory is used for page memory of expanded image
159MB
data. There are 2 types of image memory; DRAM on
Page memory 97MB
IPB and hard disk/1 (10 GB of total 40 GB is used).
Compression memory 1 0
DRAM is used by priority. If hard disk/1 is damaged
220MB
and memory overflow occurs during scanning or
Page memory 36MB
transferring data from PC, increase compression
memory. If memory overflow occurs before printing Compression memory 1 1
starts, increase expansion memory. 46MB
Page memory 210MB

*20 Definition change of the large size paper in Mode 10-3 10-4
counter control
A3 · 11 x 17 0 0
Set a large paper size in DIPSW4-7 and 8-6.
Small size only 0 1
When the size of the wide paper and the irregular
A3 · 11 x 17 · 1 0
paper in the sub scan direction is larger than the min-
8.5 x 14 · B4 · 8K
imum size of the specified large size, this is treated as
a large size one. A3 · 11 x 17 · 1 1
8.5 x 14 · B4 · 8K · F4

*21 Original size detection switchover 3 Mode 13-4 13-3


Set the smallest possible original size to be detected
A5R 0 0
by DF
B6R 0 1
The default setting is different depending on the area.
5.5 x 8.5R 1 0
Metric: A5R
Inch: 5.5 x 8.5R — 1 1

*22 Original size detection switchover 4 Mode 13-7 13-6 13-5


Set the definition of the F4 size.
8 x 13 0 0 0
The default setting is different depending on the area.
8.25 x 13 0 0 1
Metric: 8 x 13
8.125 x 13.25 0 1 0
Inch: 8.5 x 14
8.5 x 13 0 1 1
8.5 x 14 1 0 0
Not used 1 0 1
Not used 1 1 0
Not used 1 1 1

384
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*23 Number of paper that can be stapled Mode 15-2 15-1


Set the Staple number allowed.

bizhub PRO 920


50 sheets 0 0
45 sheets 0 1
40 sheets 1 0
35 sheets 1 1

*24 Finishing option alarm stop Mode 15-4 15-3


The alarm stop indicates a condition in which the fol-
Stops immediately after 0 0
lowing full detection function:
detection
FS tray upper limit, tray paper full, folding full, PK/ZU
Stops at a break between 0 1
punch full, TU scraps full, and stacker full
print set after detection
Does not stop while print- 1 0
ing
Does not stop while print- 1 1
ing

*25 Non-image area erase mode judge level Mode 16-6 16-5
This setting should be changed if auto erase is car-
Standard 0 0
ried out incorrectly when "Non-image area erase
Correspond to dark origi- 0 1
mode" is used.
nal
Correspond to light inter- 1 0
ference
Not used 1 1

*26 Summer time setting Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0


Set the time difference of the summer time that is set
0 minute 0 0 0 0
in the set-up menu mode.
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
130 minutes 1 1 0 1
140 minutes 1 1 1 0
150 minutes 1 1 1 1

385
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*27 Density selection at scanning tab paper Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
Set the shading of the texture of index paper.
bizhub PRO 920

Brightness level 80 0 0 0
Brightness level 40 0 0 1
(Lightest)
Brightness level 60 0 1 0
Brightness level 100 0 1 1
Brightness level 120 1 0 0
Brightness level 160 1 0 1
Brightness level 200 1 1 0
Brightness level 255 1 1 1
(Darkest)

*28 Fusing temperature setting Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1 19-0


When a problem (insufficient fusibility, large paper
Standard *1 0 0 0 0
curling amount) is found with fusibility, set the fusing
Standard +5°C 0 0 0 1
set temperature.
Standard +10°C 0 0 1 0
Temperature up: Suppress insufficient fusing and fus-
ing wind-up jam. Standard +15°C 0 0 1 1
Temperature down: Suppress exited paper curling Standard -5°C *2 0 1 0 0
and paper ruffling. Standard -10°C 0 1 0 1
Standard -15°C 0 1 1 0
*1: Initial value for 100V machine
Standard -20°C 0 1 1 1
*2: Initial value for 200v machine
Standard -25°C 1 0 0 0
Standard -30°C 1 0 0 1
Standard -35°C 1 0 1 0
Standard -40°C 1 0 1 1
Standard -45°C 1 1 0 0
Standard -50°C 1 1 0 1
Standard -55°C 1 1 1 0
Standard -60°C 1 1 1 1

*29 Image scanning area with "Page margin" func- Mode 20-1
tion
Normal 0
Normal:Compare the original size and the transfer paper
Original priority 1
size, the smaller one is to be the image area.
Original priority:Original size is to be the image area.

*30 Number of punch holes Mode 22-2 22-1


When changing this setting, the inhibitions of the
2 holes (in Japan) 0 0
punch operation by paper sizes are also changed.
3 holes (in inch system) 0 1
And, the punch hole screen displayed on the opera-
4 holes (in AB system) 1 0
tion board is also changed.
— 1 1

386
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*31 Toner concentration of developer selection Mode 23-4 23-3 23-2


Change developing roller rotation and toner density of

bizhub PRO 920


Standard toner density 0 0 0
developer (toner and carrier ratio) to change only toner
Approx. 0.5% down 0 0 1
density of developer without changing image density.
Approx. 1.0% down 0 1 0
If increasing toner density of developer resulted in
image background, decrease toner density. If lighten- Approx. 1.5% down 0 1 1
ing image in other DIPSW (27-2/3) resulted in white Approx. 0.25% up 1 0 0
spot on the solid section, increase toner density. Approx. 0.5% up 1 0 1
Approx. 0.75% up 1 1 0
Note
Approx. 1.0% up 1 1 1
• After change the DIPSW, image density does
not appear as the setting value until printing
about 500 prints because it need to add toner
to increase toner density of developer or
need to consume toner to reduce it.

*32 Z-fold output number limit Mode 24-5 24-4


Set the upper limit number of sheets that can be
50 sheets 0 0
exited to the FS main tray while in the Z-folding.
40 sheets 0 1
30 sheets 1 0
20 sheets 1 1

*33 Z-fold + Staple output number limit Mode 24-7 24-6


Set the upper limit number of sheets that can be
5 sheets 0 0
exited to the FS main tray while in the Z-folding + sta-
8 sheets 0 1
ple.
10 sheets 1 0
3 sheets 1 1

387
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*34 Image density selection (toner control patch density) Mode 27-3 27-2
Changes the image density by setting the developing
bizhub PRO 920

Standard 0 0
bias for the toner control patch formed on the drum
Approx. 0.5% up 0 1
to determine the toner density.
Approx. 1.0% up 1 0

Note Approx. 0.5% down 1 1


• After changing the DIPSW, image density
does not appear as the setting value until
printing about 500 prints because it needs to
add toner to increase the toner density of
developer or consume toner to reduce it.
• Using this setting alone may cause image
background or toner spillage. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner density
of developer) approx. 0.5% down or 1.0%
down.
• There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten
image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
control patch density (27-2/3). For the priority
of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1) Laser PWM
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
down
Using this setting alone may cause white
spots on the solid section. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-
sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
0.5% up.

*35 Side2 magnification correction with bypass tray Mode 36-7 36-6
Set the image magnification on the rear surface while
0% 0 0
in the double sided print from the bypass tray.
-0.1% 0 1
-0.2% 1 0
-0.3% 1 1

388
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*36 Fusing unit rank setting Mode 38-7 38-6 38-5


When replacing the fusing unit, be sure to set a rank

bizhub PRO 920


000 (Standard) 0 0 0
corresponding to the code of 3-digit figure that is dis-
001 (+3°C) 0 0 1
played on the fusing unit. (See "6.3.24 Setting the
010 (+5°C) 0 1 0
rank while in replacing the fusing unit.")
110 (+7°C) 0 1 1
Note 001 (+10°C) 1 0 0
• The initial value varies according to the fusing 101 (-2°C) 1 0 1
unit. 011 (-5°C) 1 1 0
• When the thermistor /1 (TH1) is replaced or
111 (-7°C) 1 1 1
removed, be sure to set this DIPSW to 000
(standard) and check fusibility. When there is
any trouble with fusibility (insufficient fusibil-
ity or excessive curling of paper), adjust the
fusing temperature with DIPSW19-0, 1, 2, 3.

*37 TIFF direct print APS target paper size (F4) Mode 42-2 42-1
8 x 13 0 0
8.5 x 13 0 1
8.25 x 13 1 0
8.125 x 13.25 1 1

*38 Visual Counter Master counter value read-off Mode 46-1 46-0
intervals
Every 10 minutes 0 0
Every 1 minute 0 1
Not acquisition 1 0
Every 1 hour 1 1

1 389
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.9.2 Telephone No.


Set the telephone number and FAX number of the service center displayed when malfunction occurs.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Telephone No.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
Press either the [Service Center Tel (16)] or the [Service Center Fax (16)] key you want to set.
5. Enter the telephone number or FAX number you register through the numeric keys.

NOTE
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphen etc to fill up the blanks.
6. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.

10.9.3 Serial No. input


Set and display the serial number of the main body and options.

Caution
• Never change the serial number of the main body. Otherwise, the fusing temperature abnormality
may occur.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Serial No.Input] key on the sub menu.
4. "Serial number setting mode screen"
Press the key for the option you want to set, and enter the serial number through the numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.

Note
• When the input data is incorrect, a notice screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close the screen
and input data again.

390
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.9.4 Install date


Set the starting date of the total counter that is displayed on the utility mode.

bizhub PRO 920


When setting the DIPSW 16-4 to 1, the starting date of the total counter is not displayed.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Install Date] key on the sub menu.
4. "Setting date input screen"
Enter the new date through the numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you updated.

10.9.5 Size setting (Tray 4)


Set the paper size for LU.
Setting DIPSW21-1 to 1 allows the tray 4 size setting in the utility mode.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Size Setting (Tray4)] key on the sub menu.
4. "Size setting screen"
Press one of the [Standard Size], [Custom Size], [Wide Size Paper] and [Tab Paper] keys.
5. "Each of size setting screen"
[Standard Size] : Select the paper size you want to use.
[Custom Size] : Set the paper size and select the image position (lead edge, rear edge, center).
[Wide Size Paper] : After selecting the standard size, press the [Input Size] key to set the paper size, and then
select the image position (lead edge, rear edge, center).
[Tab Paper] : After selecting the standard size, press the [Input Size] key to set the paper size, and then
press the [Number of Tabs] key to set the number of tabs.
6. Press the [OK] key.

391
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.10 Firmware version


bizhub PRO 920

Display the firmware version of the main body and options.

Note
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Firmware Version] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Firmware Version]] key on the sub menu.
4. "Indication of firmware version screen"
Each firmware version is displayed.

392
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11 CS Remote Care

bizhub PRO 920


10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a. Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the PM count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data

Note
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
The use of the IP NIC is available only when IC-203 is equipped.

10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care


When a change in use is made between the main body NIC and the IP NIC, or when the mail remote notification
system is jointly used, care should be taken of the mail account and the software switch setting.
For particulars, see “10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification sys-
tem.”
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and start from step 5.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see “10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care.”

Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the phone line.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2 I/O check mode and data collection clear available
(Tech. Rep. mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 03-6 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care memory initialization
(Tech. Rep. mode → Machine Condition → I/O Check Mode → [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] → [Start] button
ON)
4 CS Remote Care function ON
(Tech. Rep. mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")

1 393
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920

When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
5 Proceed to the step 6. CS Remote Care used CS Remote Care used
NIC selection (main NIC selection (IP NIC
body NIC used) used)
(Tech. Rep. mode → (Tech. Rep. mode →
System Input → Soft- System Input → Soft-
ware Switch Setting → ware Switch Setting →
Set 16-7 to "On (1)") Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")
6 CS Remote Care function selection CS Remote Care function selection
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS (Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS
Remote Care → Set Modem) Remote Care → Set E-mail)
7 No. code entry
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No. code*
→ Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
8 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Date/Time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the current
time → Press Set → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)
9 Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic setting → Press the Center No. → Enter the center No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
10 Center telephone Number setting Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic (Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Response
setting → Press Center Telephone Number → time out setting → Enter the response time out
Enter the center telephone Number*) time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required. (This is usually left as default.)
11 Machine telephone Number setting Proceed to the step 12.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic
setting → Press Machine Telephone Number →
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
12 Modem initialization AT command entry Main body mail address Controller mail address
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → AT com- setting setting
mand → Press First command → Enter the ini- This is set from the Web This is set by the admin-
tialization command *) utility on the browser of istrator set network set-
* For particulars of the initialization command, the PC connected to ting through the
see the instructions of the modem to be used. the main body NIC by operation panel of the
the network. main body.
Be sure to conduct the Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving sending and receiving
test. test.
13 Software SW setting for the CS Remote Care Proceed to the step 14.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software SW setting 01-4 to 7.)

394
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

Step Operation

bizhub PRO 920


When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
14 Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
15 First call execution Initial connection mail Initial connection mail
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS reception reception
Remote Care → Press No. Code twice → Detail The initial connection The initial connection
setting → Basic setting → First call*) mail is sent to the mail mail is sent to the mail
* When the connection to the center completes address of the main address of the IP NIC
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen body NIC from the cen- from the center.
is displayed. ter. * When the CS Remote
* When the CS Remote Care related window is
Care related screen is opened while receiving
opened while receiving the initial connection
the initial connection mail from the center, the
mail from the center, the information being cre-
information being cre- ated is destroyed and
ated is destroyed and the CS Remote Care
the CS Remote Care setting screen is dis-
setting screen is dis- played.
played.

395
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
bizhub PRO 920

configure the software switch setting or the mail account setting.

Case Mail remote E-Mail CS E-Mail CS Setting item Value Remark


notification Remote Care Remote Care
system using the main using the IP NIC
body NIC
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC’s
Web utility
1 { { — "Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1 (*3)
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
2 { — { "Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1 (*4)
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software 0
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
3 { — — "Tech. Rep. mode - Software 0 —
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software 0
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Do not
system" of the main body NIC use
Web utility
4 — { — "Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1 —
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Do not
system" of the main body NIC use
Web utility
5 — — { "Tech. Rep. mode - Software 1 —
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software 0
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
*1 Tech. Rep. mode - Software Switch Setting: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF, 1=ON)
*2 Tech. Rep. mode - Software Switch Setting: 16-7 (NIC selection of E-Mail CS Remote Care, 0=IP NIC,
1=main body NIC)
*3 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail account
*4 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the IP NIC use separate mail accounts

396
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure


A. I/O check mode, data collection clear valid

bizhub PRO 920


1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "03" with the DIPSW number.
Set "6" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): I/O check mode, data collection clear enabled
Off (0): I/O check mode, data collection clear disabled (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

B. CS Remote Care memory initialization

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [I/O Check] key.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter "15" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "15-00" is displayed on the message display area.
5. Press the [Access] button.
6. Enter "98" with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [Start] button.
Confirm that the output check display switches to "FIN."

C. CS Remote Care function ON

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "15" with the DIPSW number.
Set "5" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): CS Remote Care function enabled
Off (0): CS Remote Care function disabled (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

397
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. NIC selection for E-Mail CS Remote Care


bizhub PRO 920

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.
On (1): Use the main body NIC
Off (0): Use the IP NIC (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

E. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/Phone line modem)

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press the [No. Code] key.
6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [No. Code] key.
8. Press the [Detail setting] key.
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Date/Time Setting] key.
10. "Date and Time setting screen"
Enter the date with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
12. Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
14. Press the [Time Zone] key.
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
16. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Setting menu screen."
* Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.

398
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

F. Modem initial setting

bizhub PRO 920


1. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key.
4. Press the [Center Telephone Number] key.
5. Enter the center telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
6. Press the [Machine Telephone Number] key.
7. Enter the machine telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
8. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
9. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [AT command] key.
10. "AT command setting screen"
Press the [First command] key.
11. Enter the modem initialization command with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key. *2
12. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
*1 When entering the telephone number, keys on the screen other than numeric keys represent the followings.
[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time
[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[—] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] [•]: use as necessary
*2 Change the modem initialization command if necessary (Usually, there is no need to change). For details,
refer to the manual of the modem.

399
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

G. Baud rate setting


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• In case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.

1. "Modem setting menu screen"


Press the [Software SW Setting] key.
2. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit number "4 to 7".*
3. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."

* Modem baud rate

Baud rate 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4


1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1

H. E-Mail initial setting

1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"


Press the [Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key.
4. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."

Note
• The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.

400
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• Software SW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. In
case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.

A. Input procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No. code. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Software SW Setting] key.
9. "Software SW Setting screen"
Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.
Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).
Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Setting menu screen."
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.

Note
• About functions of each switch, see to “B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.”

401
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care


bizhub PRO 920

Note
• Do not change any bit not described on this table

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default


No. Bit 0 1
1 0 — — — 1
1 Modem reception Receive*1 Do not receive*1 0
2 — — — 0
3 — — — 0
4 Baud rate *2 *2 0
5 *2 *2 0
6 *2 *2 0
7 *2 *2 1
2 0 Auto call on SC occurrence Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on the part replacement Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the drum replacement Do not call Call 1
4 Auto call on the periodic maintenance (PM) Do not call Call 1
5 — — — 0
6 — — — 0
7 Auto call when resetting the fixed replacement Do not call Call 0
parts
3 0 — — — 0
1 Auto call on the toner supply Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence Do not call Call 1
3 to 7 — — — 0
4 0 CS Remote Care communication mode *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 to 7 — — — 0
5 0 Modem redial interval *4 *4 1
1 *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 0
3 *4 *4 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
6 0 Modem redial times *5 *5 0
1 *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
7 — — — 0

402
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default

bizhub PRO 920


No. Bit 0 1
7 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
8 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error *6 *6 0
1 *6 *6 1
2 *6 *6 1
3 *6 *6 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
9 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error *7 *7 0
1 *7 *7 1
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 1
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 0
7 — — — 0
10 0 Time zone setting *8 *8 0
1 *8 *8 0
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 0
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
11 0 Timer 1 *9 *9 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT reception *9 *9 0
2 *9 *9 0
3 *9 *9 0
4 *9 *9 0
5 *9 *9 1
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
12 0 Timer 2 *10 *10 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT reception *10 *10 0
2 *10 *10 0
3 *10 *10 0
4 *10 *10 0
5 *10 *10 0
6 *10 *10 1
7 *10 *10 0
13 0 Timer 3 — — 0
1 Not used — — 1

403
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default


bizhub PRO 920

No. Bit 0 1
13 2 Timer 3 — — 0
3 Not used — — 1
4 — — 0
5 — — 0
6 — — 0
7 — — 0
14 0 Timer 4 *11 *11 0
1 Line connection → Start request telegram deliv- *11 *11 0
2 ery *11 *11 0
3 *11 *11 0
4 *11 *11 0
5 *11 *11 1
6 *11 *11 0
7 *11 *11 0
15 0 Timer 5 *12 *12 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *12 *12 1
2 *12 *12 1
3 *12 *12 1
4 *12 *12 1
5 *12 *12 0
6 *12 *12 0
7 *12 *12 0
16 0 Retry data, timer 6 *13 *13 1
1 Initialization OK → Dial request *13 *13 1
2 *13 *13 1
3 *13 *13 1
4 *13 *13 1
5 *13 *13 1
6 *13 *13 1
7 *13 *13 1
17 0 Call JAM date (main body) *14 *14 1
1 Valid copy quantity *14 *14 0
2 Call ADF JAM date *15 *15 1
3 Valid original feed quantity *15 *15 0
4 Call JAM date *16 *16 1
5 MCBJ setting *16 *16 0
6 Call ADF JAM date *17 *17 1
7 MOBJ setting *17 *17 0
18 0 Attention display Do not call Call 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
19 to 40 0 to 7 — — — 0

404
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*1 Modem reception Mode DIPSW No.1

bizhub PRO 920


1
Receive 0
Issue ATA by RING delivery
Do not receive 1
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery

*2 Baud rate Mode DIPSW No.1


7 6 5 4
1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1

*3 CS Remote Care communication mode Mode DIPSW No.4


1 0
Data modem 0 0
FAX (not used) 0 1
E-Mail 1 0
Reservation 1 1

*4 Modem redial interval Mode DIPSW No.5


3 2 1 0
1 minute 0 0 0 1
2 minutes 0 0 1 0
3 minutes 0 0 1 1
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1
8 minutes 1 0 0 0
9 minutes 1 0 0 1
10 minutes 1 0 1 0

*5 Modem redial times Mode DIPSW No.06


6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011

405
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*6 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error Mode DIPSW No.08


bizhub PRO 920

3 2 1 0
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0

*7 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error Mode DIPSW No.09


6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011

*8 Time zone setting Mode DIPSW No.10


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
-12 to -1 1111 0100 to 1111 1111
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 to 12 0000 0001 to 0001100

*9 Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT recep- Mode DIPSW No.11


tion)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 sec 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111

*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT Mode DIPSW No.12


reception)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111
64 sec 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111

406
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request tele- Mode DIPSW No.14
gram delivery)

bizhub PRO 920


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 (x 100 msec) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
(x 100 msec)

*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response) Mode DIPSW No.15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111

*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK → Dial Mode DIPSW No.16


request)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 254 (x 5 msec) 0000 0000 to 1111 1110
255 (x 5 msec) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
1 0
3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1

*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
3 2
600 sheets 0 0
1200 sheets 0 1
1800 sheets 1 0
2400 sheets 1 1

*16 Call JAM date MCBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17


5 4
1000 0 0
2000 0 1
3000 1 0
5000 1 1

407
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17
bizhub PRO 920

7 6
100 0 0
200 0 1
400 1 0
600 1 1

408
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.6 Mail address setting


A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC

bizhub PRO 920


For the main body NIC setting, see "4.4.4 Initial setting."

B. Procedure for setting the IP NIC

1. Press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.


2. "Utility menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. "Administrator Setting screen"
Press the [Network Setting] key.
4. "Network Setting screen"
Press the [IP NIC Setting] key.
5. "IP NIC setting menu screen"
Press the [Next] key.
6. "IP NIC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC] key.
7. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC TX Setting] key.
8. Configure the following items.
• CSRC Send
Select [On].
• SMTP Server Address
Specify the SMTP server address. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 245 charac-
ters.
• Port Number
Specify the SMTP port number within the range from 1 to 65535. Default is [25].
• Connection Time Out Time
Specify the SMTP time out time within the range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.
• Administrator From Address
Specify the From address of mails from the IP NIC.
==========================
In case you use a server in which authentication is required for sending and receiving mails, press the [Next]
key to configure necessary settings.
9. Press the [OK] key.
10. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC RX Setting] key.

409
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11. Configure the following items.


bizhub PRO 920

• CSRC Receive
Select [On].
• POP Server Address
Specify the POP server address. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 245 charac-
ters.
• User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.
• Password
Enter the password to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
15 characters.

Press the [Next] key to configure the following 3 settings.


• APOP
Select [On] to use the APOP function.
• Port Number
Specify the POP port number within the range from 1 to 65535. Default is [110].
• Connection Time Out Time
Specify the POP time out time within the range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.

Press the [Next] key to configure the following 2 settings.


• Auto Check
Select [On].
• Auto Check Interval Time
Specify the interval between checking new mails within the range from 1 to 60 (minutes). Default is 15
minutes.
12. Press the [OK] key.
13. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC Communication Test] key.
14. "CSRC Communication Test"
Press the [Start] key.
Confirm that the sending and receiving are correctly performed and go to next step. If the test failed, re-
confirm the settings and perform the test again following the error message.

410
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.7 Modem First Call


Send the machine ID and telephone number to the CS Remote Care center computer to establish connection

bizhub PRO 920


with the center.

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Basic setting] key.
9. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [First Call] key.
10. Confirm that the connection with the center is properly completed. *2
When properly completed, the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
*2 In case an error occurred in the communication with the center, check the displayed code. For details on
error codes, see "10.11.14 Error code list."

411
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail


In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on the main body, the center needs to send an initial connec-
bizhub PRO 920

tion mail to the mail address of the main body, thus enabling mail transmission between the center and the main
body.

MEMO:
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List." Procedure:
Tech. Rep. mode → 05 List Output → 01 List Output → Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key
at upper left of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.

10.11.9 Setup confirmation

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Make sure that only selected items for "Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.

412
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.10 Maintenance call


As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identified,

bizhub PRO 920


managed by a distributor.) to notify the center the start of maintenance. After the maintenance, pressing the
maintenance completion key notifies the center the completion of maintenance.

<At the start of maintenance>

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.
6. Press the [No. Code] key.

During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until the completion of the maintenance.

<At the end of maintenance>

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [Maintenance comp] key.

10.11.11 Center call from manager


If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.

1. Enter the utility mode.


2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. "Administrator Setting screen"
Press the [System Connection] key.
4. "System Connection screen"
Press the [Call Service Center] key.
5. "User Call screen"
Press the [Start] key.
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to make a call.

About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.

413
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.11.12 Confirm communication log


You can output and confirm the communication log.
bizhub PRO 920

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
Press the [Communication Log List] key.
5. Press the [Copy] key to output the list from the basic screen.

For details of logs, see "10.7 List output."

10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care


Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you to perform the setup again.

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [RAM Clear] key.
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"
10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press the [OK] key.
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.

*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.

414
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.11.14 Error code list

bizhub PRO 920


Error code Error Solution
K00_00 Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem, Redial and wait for re-reception.
timed out).
K00_01 No response (After connection, no start telegram Redial and wait for re-reception.
from the center detected).
K00_02 Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile mem-
ory, and line disconnected.
K00_03 Center ID mismatch. Confirm the center ID.
K00_04 Serial number mismatch. Confirm the serial number.
K00_05 Syntax error (when receiving undefined commands Redial.
or parameters).
K00_06 Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07 Unread item error.
K00_08 Signal reception time out after a response detection Redial.
(after the start telegram shuttled).
K00_09 Already registered serial number.
K00_10 Communication error occurred because of the car- Redial.
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).
K00_11 Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_12 Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_13 NO ANSWER detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_14 Telegram error (irregular telegram received in Retry standard times, and redial.
response to the telegram you sent).
K00_15 Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40
telegrams received).
K00_16 Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig- Redial.
its).
K00_17 Telephone number you must call was not registered.

K01_00 DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.


K01_01 Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02 Error on generating a task.
K01_03 Error on sending a message.
K01_04 Error on receiving a message.
K01_05 Received an error (NG) from the timer task.

K02_01 Modem initialization NG.

K03_00 Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate


any more.
K05_90 Because of memory shortage, unable to secure
enough area for sending a mail.

415
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Error code Error Solution


bizhub PRO 920

K05_92 Controller in operation: unable to send a mail In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation. when the controller is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93 Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail. matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94 Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation. when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95 Controller not connected: unable to send a mail Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected. controller and the main body.
K05_96 Controller-driven SC: unable to send a mail because In case of the controller-driven SC, a
of a controller-driven SC (49-xx). mail cannot be sent through the con-
troller. Use a telephone. This error do
not occur in the main body NIC.
* The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.

10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).

416
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.12 ISW

bizhub PRO 920


See "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP."

10.13 Finisher adjustment


10.13.1 Fold & Staple stopper adj. (FS-604)
Adjust the staple position in the sub scan direction while in the saddle stitching.

Note
• Be sure "10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604)" has been adjusted.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Fold & Staple Stopper Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold and Staple stopper adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the size you want to adjust set in the tray. Press the start button to output the test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Check the saddle stitching staple position of the
outputted paper.
Standard value a: 0 ± 1 mm

15sjf3c100na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple stopper adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

417
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604)


Adjust the folding position while in the center folding and saddle stitching.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Half Fold Stopper Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
outputted paper. a
Standard value a: 0 ± 1 mm

15sjf3c101na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

10.13.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI)


This adjustment should be performed when the cover sheet tray size cannot be detected properly.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Cover Sheet Tray Size Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Cover sheet tray size adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the tray. And then, set A4R (Metric area)/8.5 x 11R (Inch area)
paper in the PI tray selected.
5. Press the [Start] key and [Complete] message appears.
6. When adjusting other trays, repeat steps 4 and 5.

418
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.13.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU)


When the paper trimming amount is too large or tool small, adjust the trimming amount.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Trimming Stopper Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Trim stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check the trimming "a" on the outputted paper.
Standard value a: 2 mm or more a

Note
• Reducing the trimming amount less than 2
15smf3c003na
mm may cause a trimming error.
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value of the trimming amount through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (reducing) to +127 (increasing) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

419
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.5 Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK)


Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the main scan direction.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Kit Vertical Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch kit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
Note
• When equipped with ZU, adjustments from the main body paper feed is impossible.
• When equipped with ZU, set paper in PI and press the start button of PI to output paper.
7. Fold the output paper into two in the main scan
direction, and check the discrepancy "a" from the
center of the punch hole.
Standard value a: 0 ± 2 mm [1]
[1] Center of the paper
[2] Center of the punch hole a

[2]

15knf3c002nb

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

420
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.13.6 Punch kit horizontal position adjustment (PK)


Check the punch position "a" of the output paper in the sub scan direction.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Kit Horizontal Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch kit Horiz. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the main body feed or PI feed and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press the start button of the main body or PI to output paper.
Note
• When equipped with ZU, adjustments from the main body paper feed is impossible.
• When equipped with ZU, set paper in PI and press the start button of PI to output paper.
7. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction. a
Standard value a: 10.5 ± 5.0 mm (metric area)
a: 9.5 ± 5.0 mm (inch area)

15knf3c001nb

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Horiz. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

421
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.7 Punch unit vertical position adjustment (ZU)


Adjust the punch hole position in the sub scan direction while in the ZU.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Unit Vertical Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch unit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Fold the output paper in half in the main scan
direction, to check the misalignment "a" with the
punch center position.
Standard value a: 0 ± 2 mm [1]
[1] Center of the paper
[2] Center of the punch hole a

[2]

15kvf3c002nb

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in back) to +50 (in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

422
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.13.8 Punch unit horizontal position adjustment (ZU)


Adjust the punch hole position in the sub scan direction while in the ZU.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Unit Horizontal Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch unit Horizontal position adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction. a
Standard value a: 10.5 ± 5.0 mm (metric area)
a: 9.5 ± 5.0 mm (inch area)

15kvf3c001nb

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Horizontal position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (longer) to +50 (shorter) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

423
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.9 Punch registration loop adjustment (ZU/PK)


Adjust the registration loop amount while in the punch to remove punch skew, paper wrinkles, or a jam at the
bizhub PRO 920

punch registration section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Regist Loop Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] key and the [Back] key to select an item you want to adjust, and press the [Test copy] key.
The item changes as follows:
Reverse (ZU)→ ADU (ZU) → PI upper → PI lower
6. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press the start button of the main body or PI to output paper.
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Punch regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -20 (larger) to +20 (smaller) 1 step = 0.8 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

424
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.13.10 Z-fold position adjustment (ZU)


Adjust the folding position on the Z-fold position.

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• When adjusting both the 1st fold and the 2nd fold, be sure to start with the 1st fold.
• The position of the 1st fold is based on the leading edge of paper and the position of the 2nd fold
is based on the position of the 1st fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step 7 varies when either posi-
tion of the 1st fold and the 2nd fold is changed.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Z-Fold Position Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Z-Fold Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [1st Fold Adjustment] or [2nd Fold Adjustment] key.
5. "1st fold position adj. screen" or "2nd fold position adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Check "a" and "b" of the output paper.
[1] 1st fold b
[2] 2nd fold [2]

Paper size Standard value (mm) a [1]


a b
A3 3.5 ± 1.5 Less than 209.0 15kvf3c003nb

B4 Less than 181.0


11 x 17 Less than 214.9
8.5 x 14 Less than 279.4

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "1st fold position adj. screen" or "2nd fold position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension [1] in the step 7 gets smaller when the set value is moved to the positive side in the 1st
folding adjustment and gets larger when moved to the negative side. In the same manner, the dimension
[2] get smaller when moved to the positive side in the 2nd folding adjustment and get larger when moved
to the negative side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

425
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.11 Letter fold adjustment (FS-604)


Adjust the 1st folding position of the tri-folding.
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "Mechanical adjustment”
in FS-604 Field service.)

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Letter Fold Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Letter Fold adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check "a" on the outputted paper.

Paper size Standard value (mm)


a b c
A4R 93 ± 2 102 ± 2 102 ± 2
8.5 x 11R 86.4 ± 2 97 ± 2 97 ± 2

c
a

b 15sjf3c102na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Letter Fold adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

426
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.13.12 2 positions stapling pitch adjustment (FS-604)


Adjust the staple intervals for the staple mode.

bizhub PRO 920


A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [2 Positions Stapling Pitch Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "2 position staple pitch adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Check the interval "a" between the staples.
Standard value a: 120 ± 6 mm

a 15sjf3c103na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "2 position staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

427
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.13.13 Fold and staple pitch adjustment (FS-604)


Adjust the staple intervals of the saddle stitching mode.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Fold & Staple Pitch Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold and Staple staple pitch adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Check the interval "a" between the staples.
Standard value a: 120 ± 6 mm

a
15sjf3c104na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

428
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.14 Administrator setting

bizhub PRO 920


Important
• The use of the [Enhance Security Mode] in the [Administrator Setting] in the utility mode is limited
only when the administrator authentication is set to "Authentication On."

10.14.1 Administrator authentication


To enhance security of the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode, configure the setting so that a password is
required to enter the [Administrator Setting].

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Administrator Authentication] key.
4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the [OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.

10.14.2 Administrator password setting


Configure a password to enter the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode.
The administrator password can also be set in the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode.

Note
• The selection of the [Administrator Password Setting] key is limited only when the [Administrator
Authentication] is set to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Administrator Password Setting] key.
4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric keys.
Default is "00000000."
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.

429
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

10.15 CE Setting
bizhub PRO 920

Important
• The use of the [Enhance Security Mode] in the [Administrator Setting] in the utility mode is limited
only when the [CE Authentication Setting] is set to "Authentication On."

10.15.1 CE authentication
To enhance security of the Tech. Rep. mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the
Tech. Rep. mode.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [CE Authentication] key.
4. "CE Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the [OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.

10.15.2 CE password setting


Configure a password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.

Note
• The selection of the [CE Password Setting] key is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set
to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the password.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [CE Password Setting] key.
4. "CE Password Setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric keys.
Default is "92729272."
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.

430
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE

10.16 IP HDD format

bizhub PRO 920


Format the hard disk /2 (HDD2) on the IC
Formatting enables you to secure space/delete internal data.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.


2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [IP Hard Disk Format] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [IP HDD Format] key on the sub menu.
4. "IP HDD Format screen"
HDD format includes the following 5 items.
[ALL]
[Document]
[Parameter]
[Font]
[Spool]
5. Press the item you want to format.
6. "Format confirmation screen"
The message "Execute Format Yes/No?" appears.
Press the [Yes] key.

B. Purpose of each item


• [ALL]
Formats all areas of the hard disk.
This is equal to performing the following four operations at once. Conduct this on such occasions as
replacing the hard disk /2 (HDD2).
• [Document]
Formats the document storage area. Conduct this when deleting the Scan to HDD job.
• [Parameter]
Formats the storage area for the controller setting information.
Conduct this when deleting the whole setting information on the print controller (the network setting and
default settings of each port, etc).

Note
• Be sure to output the settings information list before formatting parameters.

• [Font]
Formats the font data storage area.
Conduct this when deleting downloaded external font data.

Note
• By formatting, all downloaded external fonts are deleted.

• [Spool]
Formats the spool area.
There is no need to format this area alone.

431
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT


bizhub PRO 920

11.1 Mis-centering adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3


When the mis-centering of paper varies for each paper supplied from the trays 1 and 2, conduct this adjust-
ment. Mis-centering is automatically adjusted at the image processing section. However, when there occurs a
mis-centering that cannot be adjusted automatically, conduct this adjustment.

11.1.1 Procedure
1. Disable (data=1) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction." (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
2. Perform copying/printing without automatic cor-
rection to check the mis-centering of image.
3. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
4. If any paper remaining, remove it.
5. If the paper guide [1] is at the small size position,
stretch the guide.
6. Loosen 2 screws [2].
[1] 7. Move the paper guide [1]. According to the mis-
centering you checked in step 2, adjust the center
position using the marking line [3].
[2]
8. Tighten 2 screws [2].

[3]
57gaf3c010na

9. Insert a paper and set the tray.


10. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
[2] see if the mis-centering between the center [1] of
paper and the center of the copy image [2] is
[3] within the standard value (±3 mm or less [3]).
11. When not up to the standard value, repeat the
[1] steps 3 to 10.
12. Enable (data=0) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction." (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
57gaf3c011na

432
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.2 Paper feed roller pressure adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3

bizhub PRO 920


When there occurs a no feed condition repeatedly, conduct the paper feed roller pressure adjustment.

11.2.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
[1]
3.")
2. Place the paper feed assist plate [3] on the paper
feed assist plate holder [2] of the pick-up roller
assembly [1] and fasten it with the 2 screws [4].
[4]
[3] [2] Note
• Up to 6 paper feed assist plates (P/N:
56GA4242) can be installed. When installing
up to 3 plates, use M3 x 6 mm screws and
when installing 4 to 6 plates, use M3 x 8 mm
screws.

3. Check the pick-up release amount. (See "11.7


Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1,
2 and 3.")
57gaf3c012na
4. Set the tray.
5. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or double feed con-
dition.
6. When no improvement is made, repeat steps 1 to
5.

433
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11.3 Lift tray horizontal adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3


bizhub PRO 920

When the lift wire is replaced or the lift tray is inclined, conduct this adjustment.

11.3.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].

[2]
[1]
57gaf3c013na

4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[3] [3] completed the up operation by listening to the
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and "6.3.20
Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3.")
[4] [4]
6. While holding the pulley mounting bracket [1] by
hand, loosen the screw [2] and, with the marking
[3] used as a guide, make the lift plate [4] horizon-
tal.
7. Tighten up the screw [2].

Note
• After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
[1]
down drive connecting lever.

8. Place paper in it, and set the tray.


9. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
[2] see if paper is fed normally with no jam occurring.
57gaf3c014na
10. When the condition is not improved, repeat steps
1 to 9.

434
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.4 Skew adjustment

bizhub PRO 920


11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When the bending pattern of the other tray is different from that of paper, conduct this adjustment.
However, since all paper is adjusted at the registration section, the effect of this adjustment is limited.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")

Note
• When conducting the adjustment of the tray
3, the paper lift unit is not required to be
[2]
removed.

3. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and slide the installation


position of the adjustment plate [2].
4. Tight up the 2 screws [1] securely to fix the adjust-
ment plate.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] 6. Conduct the copy/print operation to check the
paper skew.
57gaf3c015na
7. When the condition is not improved, repeat steps
1 to 6.

435
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11.4.2 ADU rear face skew adjustment


When paper skew is found with all of the trays, conduct this adjustment.
bizhub PRO 920

A. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU from the main body. (See
[2]
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the ADU pre-registration clutch and the
registration motor assembly. (See "3.16.5 Replac-
ing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration
roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/ADU pre-regis-
tration clutch (CL2).")
5. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and slide the installation
position of the bearing fitting [2].
6. Tight up the 2 screws [1] securely to fix the bear-
[1] 57gaf3c016na
ing fitting [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8. Make a copy/print and check the paper skew.
9. Repeat steps 1 to 8, if it is not improved.

436
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.5 Separation pressure adjustment

bizhub PRO 920


Perform the separation pressure adjustment when the no feed (a paper is conveyed to the paper feed roller sec-
tion but stops there) or the double feed occurs at the paper feed.

Note
• Affected by the paper type and the operating environment (the no feed is likely in the low temper-
ature environment and the double feed is likely in the high temperature environment).
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.

11.5.1 Separation pressure adjustment of the tray1, 2 and 3


A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Change the installation position [1] of the spring.

Note
• The separation pressure gets stronger when
sliding it in the direction of [3] and gets
weaker when sliding it in the direction of [2].
Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.

Reference
• The spring pressure changes approx. 10%
each time the position is slid 1 scale in either
direction.

3. Set the tray to perform copying/printing. Check


whether the no feed or the double feed occurs or
not.
4. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 3.

[3] [1] [2] 57gaf3c017na

437
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11.5.2 Separation pressure adjustment of the bypass tray


A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920

1. Remove the bypass tray. (See "3.14.1 Replacing


the feed roller/pick-up roller.")
2. Change the installation position [1] of the spring.

Note
• The separation pressure gets stronger when
the spring is changed to the position indi-
cated by [2] and gets weaker when changed
to the position indicated by [3].
[2] [3] Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.

Reference
• The spring pressure changes approx. 15%
each time the installation position is changed
1 scale in either direction.

3. Set the bypass tray to the main body.


[1] 4. Perform copying/printing. Check whether the no
feed or the double feed occurs or not.
57gaf3c018na
5. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 4.

438
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.6 Paper feed height adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3

bizhub PRO 920


When there occurs a no feed condition or the edge of the fed paper is folded, or when paper with a large curling
amount is fed, conduct this adjustment.

Note
• Since this adjustment affects the pick-up release amount, be sure to adjust the pick-up release
amount after completion of the adjustment. (See "11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the
trays 1, 2 and 3")

11.6.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].

[2]
[1]
57gaf3c019na

439
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[1]
bizhub PRO 920

completed the up operation by listening to the


[2] operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Measure the upper surface of the entrance guide
[1] and that of the lift tray [2] and check to see if
the measured values are within the standard
value.
When they are not up to the standard or, although
they are within the standard value, the edge of the
paper is folded, conduct the adjustments on and
[4] after step 7.
Standard value: 2 to 5 mm
6. Remove the pick-up roller assembly. (See 3.13.2
Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2,
3).")
7. Remove the conveyance cover. (See "3.13.4
Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/
pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1,
2, 3).")
8. Adjust the vertical height of the upper limit sensor
[3]
mounting bracket [3] and fasten it with the screws
57gaf3c020na
[4].

Note
• Be sure to install the upper limit sensor
mounting bracket [3] so that it become hori-
zontal.
Adjustment standard
• When the value is in excess of the standard
value, bring down the upper limit sensor posi-
tion. (The lift tray stop position gets higher.)
• When it is smaller than the standard value,
bring up the upper limit sensor position. (The
lift tray stop position gets lower.)
• When there occurs a no feed tendency, bring
down the upper limit sensor position.
• When there occurs a double feed tendency,
bring up the upper limit sensor position.
• When the edge of paper is folded, bring up
the upper limit sensor position.
• When paper curls up, bring down the upper
limit sensor position.

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

440
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

Note
• Setting the tray with the pick-up roller failed

bizhub PRO 920


to be installed results in the paper lift plate
not stopping at the upper limit, thus causing
damage to the tray. Be sure to install it.
• After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.

10. Put paper in the tray and set it.


11. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or a jam. When the
condition is not improved, repeat steps 7 to 11.

441
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3


bizhub PRO 920

When the pick-up roller height adjustment is made, conduct the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment.

11.7.1 Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].

[2]
[1]
57gaf3c021na

442
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[2]

bizhub PRO 920


completed the up operation by listening to the
[3]
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Remove the conveyance cover. (See "3.13.4
Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/
pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1,
2, 3).")
6. Pull the pick-up solenoid [1] moving section and
measure the clearance between the lower surface
of the pick-up roller [2] and the upper surface of
[1] the lift tray [3] with a feeler gauge. When the
measure value is not up to the standard, conduct
the measurements on and after step 8.
Standard value (clearance A) = 0.5 to 2.5 mm
7. Loosen the screw [4].

Note
• Before loosening the screw [4], be sure to
[4] [5]
make a note of the position of the pick-up
57gaf3c022na
solenoid [1] with a marking line [5].

8. With the moving section pulled, adjust the posi-


tion of the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the clear-
ance A between the pick-up roller [2] and the lift
tray [3] is equal to the standard value.
9. Tighten up the screw [4] to fix the pick-up sole-
noid [1].

Note
• After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.

10. Put paper in the tray and set it.


11. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or a jam. When the
condition is not improved, repeat steps 7 to 11.

443
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Blank page

444
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

„ TROUBLESHOOTING

bizhub PRO 920


12. JAM CODE
12.1 Jam code list

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


tion operation
Bypass J10-01 The registration sensor (PS44) does not If there is a Pull out the paper from
During operation
turn ON within a specified period of sheet of paper the bypass tray and
time after the pick-up solenoid/bypass being printed remove jammed paper
(SD11) turns ON. when a jam if any.
J10-02 While in the standby for the bypass occurs, the main
feed, the registration sensor (PS44) body completes
does not turn OFF within a specified the paper exit
period of time. before stopping
Tray 1 J11-01 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48) operations. Pull out the tray and
does not turn ON within a specified remove jammed paper
period of time after the paper feed if any.
clutch /1 (CL3) turns ON.
J11-02 The paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the pre-registration clutch /1
(CL4) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS18) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON.
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS18) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /1 (PS47) turns ON.
J11-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /1 Open the main body
When idling

(PS18) turns ON while in idling. vertical conveyance


J11-04 The paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) turns door and remove
ON while in idling. jammed paper if any.
J11-05 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48) Pull out the tray and
turns ON while in idling. remove jammed paper
if any.

445
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
Tray 2 J12-01 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50) If there is a Open the main body

During operation
does not turn ON within a specified sheet of paper vertical conveyance
period of time after the paper feed being printed door and remove
clutch /2 (CL5) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
J12-02 The paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) does occurs, the main Pull out the tray and
not turn ON within a specified period of body completes remove jammed paper
time after the pre-registration clutch /2 the paper exit if any.
(CL6) turns ON. before stopping
The vertical conveyance sensor /2 operations.
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON.
J12-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 Open the main body
When idling

(PS53) turns ON while in idling. vertical conveyance


door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J12-04 The paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) turns Open the main body
ON while in idling. vertical conveyance
J12-05 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50) door and remove
turns ON while in idling. jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
Tray 3 J13-01 The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52) Open the main body
During operation

does not turn ON within a specified vertical conveyance


period of time after the paper feed door and remove
clutch /3 (CL7) turns ON. jammed paper if any.
J13-02 The paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) does Pull out the tray and
not turn ON within a specified period of remove jammed paper
time after the pre-registration clutch /3 if any.
(CL8) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /3 (CL8) turns ON.

446
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
Tray 3 J13-02 The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52) If there is a Open the main body

During operation
does not turn OFF within a specified sheet of paper vertical conveyance
period of time after the pre-registration being printed door and remove
clutch /3 (CL8) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3 occurs, the main Pull out the tray and
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci- body completes remove jammed paper
fied period of time after the paper feed the paper exit if any.
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON. before stopping
J13-03
When idling
The vertical conveyance sensor /3 operations. Open the main body
(PS19) turns ON while in idling. vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J13-04 The paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) turns Open the main body
ON while in idling. vertical conveyance
J13-05 The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52) door and remove
turns ON while in idling. jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
LU J14-01 The pre-registration sensor (PS107) Open the LU upper
During operation

does not turn ON within a specified cover and remove


period of time after the pre-registration jammed paper if any.
clutch (CL102) turns ON. Open the LU jam door
J14-02 The LU exit sensor (PS106) does not and remove jammed
turn ON within a specified period of paper if any.
time after the feed clutch (CL101) turns
ON.
J14-03 The LU exit sensor (PS106) turns ON
When idling

while in idling.
J14-04 The pre-registration sensor (PS107)
turns ON while in idling.
Paper feed J17-01 Within a specified period of time after Open the front door to
During operation

conveyance the loop sensor (PS54) or the ADU exit pull out the ADU stand,
(common to sensor (PS46) turns ON, the registration and then open the reg-
each tray) sensor (PS44) does not turn ON. istration loop jam han-
dling section and the
open/close guide B to
remove a jammed
paper, if any.
Paper feed J17-02 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn Open the main body
conveyance ON within a specified period of time vertical conveyance
(tray 1) after the paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) door and remove
turns ON. jammed paper if any.

447
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
Paper feed J17-03 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn If there is a Open the main body

During operation
conveyance ON within a specified period of time sheet of paper vertical conveyance
(trays 2/3) after the vertical conveyance sensor /2 being printed door and remove
(PS53) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
Paper feed J17-04 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 occurs, the main
conveyance (PS53) does not turn ON within a speci- body completes
(tray 2) fied period of time after the paper feed the paper exit
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON. before stopping
Paper feed J17-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 operations.
conveyance (PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
(tray 3) fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON.
LU J17-06 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn Open the LU jam door
ON within a specified period of time and remove jammed
after the LU exit sensor (PS106) turns paper if any.
ON.
Paper feed J17-07 The paper leading edge sensor (PS45) Open the front door to
conveyance turns ON while in idling. pull out the ADU stand
J17-08 The registration sensor (PS44) turns ON and remove a jammed
When idling

while in idling. paper, if any.


J17-09 The ADU exit sensor (PS46) turns ON
while in idling.
J17-10 The loop sensor (PS54) turns ON while
in idling.
Vertical J19-01 While in the print, the vertical convey- Open the main body
During operation

convey- ance door is opened. vertical conveyance


ance door and remove
door jammed paper if any.

LU J19-02 While in the print, the jam door is Open the LU jam door
During operation

opened. Or while in the LU operation, or upper cover and


the upper cover is opened. remove jammed paper
if any.
Drum J21-01 While in the print sequence, the IDC Open the front door to
sensor (IDCS) detects paper at a pre- pull out the ADU stand
scribed timing. and remove a jammed
J21-02 The IDC sensor (IDCS) detects paper paper, if any.
When idling

while in idling.

448
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
2nd J31-01 The paper leading edge sensor (PS45) If there is a Open the front door to

During operation
paper feed does not turn ON within a specified sheet of paper pull out the ADU stand
conveyance period of time after the registration sen- being printed and remove a jammed
sor (PS44) turns ON. when a jam paper, if any.
J31-02 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) does not occurs, the main
turn ON within a specified period of body completes
time after the paper leading edge sen- the paper exit
sor (PS45) turns ON. before stopping
Fusing/ J32-01 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not operations.
paper turn ON within a specified period of
exit time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-02 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-03 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON again within a specified period
of time after the PS57 turns ON.
J32-04 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the reverse sensor (PS57)
turns ON again.
J32-05 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the PS61 turns ON.
J32-06 The paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON
When idling

while in idling.
J32-08 The reverse sensor (PS57) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-09 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-10 The reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
turns ON while in idling.
J32-11 The fusing jam sensor (PS3) turns ON
while in idling.
Front J51-01 While in the print, the right front door or The main body
During operation

door the left front door is opened. stop immedi-


ately.

449
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
ADU J92-01 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does If there is a Open the front door to

During operation
not turn ON within a specified period of sheet of paper pull out the ADU stand
time after the reverse sensor (PS57) being printed and remove a jammed
turns ON. when a jam paper, if any.
J92-02 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does occurs, the main
not turn ON again within a specified body completes
period of time after the PS58 turns ON. the paper exit
J92-03
When idling
The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) before stopping
turns ON while in idling. operations.

J93-01 The ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)


During operation

does not turn ON within a specified


period of time after the ADU reverse
sensor /1 (PS58) turns ON again.

J93-02 The ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)


When idling

turns ON while in idling.


J93-03 The ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
turns ON while in idling.
J93-04 The ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS13)
turns ON while in idling.
J94-01 The ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60) Open the right front
During operation

does not turn ON within a specified door to pull out the


period of time after the ADU decelera- ADU stand, and
tion sensor (PS59) turns ON. remove a jammed
J94-02 The ADU exit sensor (PS46) does not paper, if any.
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the ADU pre-registration sen-
sor (PS60) turns ON again.
J94-03 The ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60)
When idling

turns ON while in idling.

DF J61-01 The RADF open/close sensor (PS301) The DF stops Open the open/close
During operation

turns OFF while in DF operation. immediately. cover and remove


J61-02 The cover open/close switch (MS301) If there is paper jammed paper if any.
turns OFF while in DF operation. being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
J62-01 The original registration sensor (PS306)
ferred, the main
does not turn OFF within a specified
body completes
period of time after the pre-feed start.
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.

450
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
DF J62-02 The original conveyance sensor The DF stops Open the open/close

During operation
(PS308) does not turn ON within a immediately. cover and remove
specified period of time after the pre- If there is paper jammed paper if any.
feed start of the front side of the double being trans-
sided original (including the single sided ferred or having
original). been trans-
J62-03 The original conveyance sensor ferred, the main
(PS308) does not turn ON within a body completes
specified period of time after the pre- the paper exit
feed start of the back side of the double before stopping
sided original. operations.
J62-04 While in the forward rotation of the orig-
inal conveyance motor (M301), the orig-
inal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-05 While in the reverse rotation of the origi-
nal conveyance motor (M301), the origi-
nal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-06 When entering a large size double sided
original in the reverse section, the origi-
nal reverse sensor (PS309) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the original conveyance sen-
sor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-07 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-08 When exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J62-09 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.

451
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
DF J62-10 When exiting a large size double sided The DF stops Open the open/close

During operation
original, the original exit sensor /Lt immediately. cover and remove
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a If there is paper jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after it turns being trans-
ON. ferred or having
been trans-
J63-01 When outputting a large size double
ferred, the main
sided original from the reverse section,
body completes
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
the paper exit
does not turn ON.
before stopping
J63-02 When entering a large size double sided
operations.
original into the reverse section, the
original reverse sensor (PS309) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J63-03 When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-04 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J63-05 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse/exit sensor (PS313) turns ON.
J63-06 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J63-07 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.

452
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
DF J63-08 When entering a small size double The DF stops Open the open/close

During operation
sided original into the reverse section, immediately. cover and remove
the original reverse sensor (PS309) If there is paper jammed paper if any.
does not turn ON within a specified being trans-
period of time after original conveyance ferred or having
sensor (PS308) turns ON. been trans-
J63-09 When outputting a small size double ferred, the main
sided original from the reverse section, body completes
the original reverse sensor (PS309) the paper exit
does not turn ON. before stopping
operations.

J63-10 When entering a small size double


sided original into the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-11 When outputting a small size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J65-01 The original registration sensor (PS306)
When idling

turns ON while in idling.


J65-02 The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) turns ON while in idling.
J65-04 The original reverse sensor (PS309)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-08 The original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-10 The original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-20 The original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-40 The reverse jam sensor (PS304) turns
ON while in idling.
FS J71-01 The front cover or the paper exit cover The FS/main Remove jammed paper
During operation

is opened while in printing. body stop if any from the FS/main


immediately. body.
TU J71-02 While in the print, the front door is
opened. Or while in the trimmer opera-
tion, the stacker door is opened.
ZU J71-03 The front door is opened while in print-
ing.

453
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
FS J72-16 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not The FS/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
turn ON within a specified period of body stop if any from the FS/main
time after the paper exit sensor (PS61) immediately. body.
turns ON.
J72-17 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (Shift mode)
J72-18 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (while in sta-
pling)
J72-19 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the PS5 turns ON.
J72-20 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the start of exiting
paper (while in stapling).
J72-21 After start of the paper exit operation,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time. (While in the staple)
J72-22 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON (while in exiting
paper in the sub tray).
J72-23 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON (while in
exiting paper in the sub tray).
J72-24 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
does not turn ON after stapling is com-
pleted. (FS-604 only)
J72-25 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after completion of the
folding operation. (FS-604 only)
J72-26 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (FS-604
only)

454 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
FS J72-28 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5) The FS/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
does not turn OFF within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after it turns ON. immediately. body.
J72-29 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Shift
mode)
J72-30 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Staple
mode)
TU J72-32 The entrance sensor (PS101) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding paper exit sensor
(PS25) turns ON.
J72-33 The conveyance sensor (PS102) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS101)
turns ON.
J72-34 Paper does not pass through the paper
exit sensor (PS108) within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
motor (M101) turns ON.
PI J72-35 The paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
clutch /Lw (CL202) turns ON.
ZU J72-38 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen- The ZU/main Remove jammed paper
sors on the paper edge sensor board body stop if any from the ZU/main
(PESB) do not turn ON within a speci- immediately. body.
fied period of time after the paper exit
sensor (PS61) turns ON.
J72-39 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) do not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time after they turn ON.
J72-40 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.

1 455
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
ZU J72-41 The passage sensor (PS1) does not The ZU/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
turn OFF within a specified period of body stop if any from the ZU/main
time after it turns ON. While in the Z- immediately. body.
folding mode of the ZU, the PS1 does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON while in the sec-
ond folding operation.
J72-42 While in the exit of the second folding,
the passage sensor (PS1) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-43 Within a specified period of time after
the leading edge/trailing edge/side
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre-
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch motor turns ON.
J72-44 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) turn ON.
J72-45 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON.
J72-46 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-47 Paper remains in ZU within a specified
period of time after the main body sent
ZU a stop signal.
FS J72-48 The folding passage sensor (PS26) The FS/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn OFF within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after it turns ON. (while in immediately. body.
folding mode) (FS-604 only)
PI J72-49 The paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) The PI/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn ON within a specified body stop if any from the PI/main
period of time after the conveyance immediately. body.
clutch /Up (CL201) turns ON.
J72-50 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper entrance sensor /
Up (PS201) turns ON.

456 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO 920


tion operation
PI J72-51 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not The PI/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
turn ON within a specified period of body stop if any from the PI/main
time after the paper entrance sensor / immediately. body.
Lw (PS206) turns ON.
ZU J72-60 After the leading edge/trailing edge/side The ZU/main Remove jammed paper
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor body stop if any from the ZU/main
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre- immediately. body.
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch clutch (CL1) turns
ON.
J72-61 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.
J72-62 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the passage sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-63 The conveyance motor (M6) lost syn-
chronism.
FS J72-81 The stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) The FS/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn ON within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after the stapler motor /Fr immediately. body.
(M14) turns ON. (FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33)
and stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Fr (M15)
and stapler motor /Fr (M14) turn ON.
(FS-604)
J72-82 The stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the stapler motor /
Rr (M9) turns ON. (FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32)
and stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Rr (M10)
and stapler motor /Rr (M9) turn ON.
(FS-604)

1 457
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classifica- Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO 920

tion operation
FS J72-83 The stapler home sensors /Rr (PS30) The FS/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a body stop if any from the FS/main
specified period of time after the stapler immediately. body.
motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M10) turn ON.
(FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32), /Fr
(PS33), stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the clincher
motor /Rr (M10), /Fr (M15), stapler motor
/Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) turn ON. (FS-604)
J72-90 The FS does not stop within a specified
period of time after the main body
sends it a stop signal.
J73-01 The main tray exit sensor (PS6) turns — Remove jammed paper
When idling

ON while in idling. if any from the FS/main


J73-02 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5) body.
turns ON while in idling.
J73-05 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) turns ON
while in idling.
J73-07 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
turns ON while in idling.
J73-08 The stacker empty sensor (PS20) turns
ON while in an exit jam.
J73-09 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
turns ON while in idling. (FS-604 only)
J73-10 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
turns ON while in idling. (FS-604 only)
TU J73-11 The entrance sensor (PS101) turns ON
while in idling.
J73-12 The conveyance sensor (PS102) turns
ON while in idling.
J73-13 The exit sensor (PS108) turns ON while
in idling.
PI J73-14 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
turns ON while in idling.
ZU J73-15 One of the following sensors turns ON Remove jammed paper
while in idling. if any from the ZU/main
• Leading or trailing edge PS on the body.
paper edge sensor board (PESB)
• Passage sensor (PS1)
• Exit sensor (PS9)
PI J73-17 The paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) Remove jammed paper
turns ON while in idling. if any from the PI/main
body.

458 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

13. MALFUNCTION CODE

bizhub PRO 920


13.1 Malfunction code list
A. Note for use
Turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body when releasing an abnormal condition.

B. Code list

NOTE
• For codes with "*" given in the error code column, a message "Turn off the power and turn it on
again" is displayed on the operation board.
• For codes with "#" given in the error code column, no error code is displayed. However, these
code are left as a record for data collection, list output and CSRC.
• For codes with no "*" or "#" given in the error code column, a message "Contact the service" is
displayed.

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


operation
Drive SC13-01 An abnormal speed signal of the The main body Paper feed motor (M4)
Main body

paper feed motor (M4) is stops immedi- Printer control board


checked. ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
An error detection signal is the main relay
detected twice in succession a (RL1).
specified period of time after M4
was turned ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC13-02 An abnormal speed signal of the Paper feed motor (M101)
LU

paper feed motor (M101) is LU drive board (LUDB)


checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
specified period of time after
M101 was turned ON (the first
signal is ignored).
Tray 1 SC18-10 The locking of the paper lift motor Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Main body

/1 (M19) is detected. Printer control board


An error detection signal of M19 (PRCB)
is detected while M19 is ON. Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 1

459
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Tray 1 SC18-11# When the upper limit sensor /1 Error code is not Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Main body (PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not displayed on the Printer control board
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, (PRCB)
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data DC power supply /2
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the (DCPS2)
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and Loose connection
detected. CSRC. Since Tray rear end restriction
SC18-12# When the upper limit sensor /1 the lifting opera- plate misaligned
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not tion of the tray is Paper improperly loaded
turn ON within a specified period not completed, Tray 1
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 1" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.
SC18-13# When the upper limit sensor /1
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
Tray 2 SC18-20 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor /2 (M20)
/2 (M20) is detected. stops immedi- Printer control board
When M20 is ON, an error detec- ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
tion signal of the M20 is detected. the main relay Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
(RL1). DC power supply /2
SC18-21# When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not (DCPS2)
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not displayed on the Loose connection
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, Tray rear end restriction
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed plate misaligned
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data Paper improperly loaded
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the Tray 2
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and
detected. CSRC. Since
SC18-22# When the upper limit sensor /2 the lifting opera-
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not tion of the tray is
turn ON within a specified period not completed,
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 2" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.

460
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Tray 2 SC18-23# When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not Paper lift motor /2 (M20)

Main body
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not displayed on the Printer control board
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, (PRCB)
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data DC power supply /2
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the (DCPS2)
detection signal is not detected. list output and Loose connection
CSRC. Since Tray rear end restriction
the lifting opera- plate misaligned
tion of the tray is Paper improperly loaded
not completed, Tray 2
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
Tray 3 SC18-30 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor /3 (M21)
/3 (M21) is detected. stops immedi- Printer control board
When M21 is ON, an error detec- ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
tion signal of the M21 is detected. the main relay Upper limit sensor /3 (PS22)
(RL1). Loose connection
SC18-31# When the upper limit sensor /3 Error code is not Tray rear end restriction
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not displayed on the plate misaligned
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, Paper improperly loaded
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Tray 3
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and
detected. CSRC. Since
SC18-32# When the upper limit sensor /3 the lifting opera-
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not tion of the tray is
turn ON within a specified period not completed,
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 3" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.
SC18-33# When the upper limit sensor /3
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.

461
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
LU SC18-40 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor (M100)
LU (M100) is detected. stops immedi- DC power supply /2
When the paper lift motor (M100) ately to turn OFF (DCPS2)
is ON, an error detection signal of the main relay LU drive board (LUDB)
M100 is detected in succession (RL1). Lower limit sensor (PS101)
for 1 second. Upper limit sensor (PS109)
SC18-41# When the upper limit sensor Error code is not Loose connection
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor displayed on the
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 operation panel,
does not turn ON within a speci- but displayed
fied period of time after the paper only on the data
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its collection, the
lifting or lowering operation. And list output and
at this time, an error detection CSRC. Since
signal (24V cut off) is detected. the lifting opera-
SC18-42# When the upper limit sensor tion of the tray is
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor not completed,
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 "Set paper in the
does not turn ON within a speci- tray 4" is dis-
fied period of time after the paper played on the
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its operation panel.
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is
detected.
SC18-43# When the upper limit sensor Paper lift motor (M100)
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor LU drive board (LUDB)
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 Lower limit sensor (PS101)
does not turn ON within a speci- Upper limit sensor (PS109)
fied period of time after the paper Loose connection
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal is not detected.
Bypass SC18-51# When the upper limit sensor / "Press START to Bypass tray lift motor (M22)
Main body

bypass (PS23) or the lower limit restart" is dis- Printer control board
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF, played on the (PRCB)
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON operation panel. Upper limit sensor /Bypass
within a specified period of time An error code is (PS23)
after the bypass tray lift motor displayed (J10- Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or 01 jam count) (PS43)
lowering operation. And at this only for data col- DC power supply /2
time, an error detection signal lection, list out- (DCPS2)
(24V cut off) is detected. put and CSRC. Loose connection

462
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Bypass SC18-52# When the upper limit sensor / "Press START to Bypass tray lift motor (M22)

Main body
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit restart" is dis- Printer control board
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF, played on the (PRCB)
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON operation panel. Upper limit sensor /Bypass
within a specified period of time An error code is (PS23)
after the bypass tray lift motor displayed (J10- Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or 01 jam count) (PS43)
lowering operation. And at this only for data col- DC power supply /2
time, an error detection signal lection, list out- (DCPS2)
(blowout of ICP) is detected. put and CSRC. Loose connection
SC18-53# When the upper limit sensor /
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF,
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the bypass tray lift motor
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or
lowering operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.

463
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Wire SC21-01 • When the charge cleaning The main body Charge cleaning motor
Main body cleaning home sensor (PS41) is OFF stops immedi- (M23)
abnor- with the main power switch ately to turn OFF Printer control board
mality (SW1) ON, PS41 does not the main relay (PRCB)
turn ON within a specified (RL1). Charge cleaning home sen-
period of time after the charge sor (PS41)
cleaning motor (M23) turns Charge cleaning limit sensor
ON for home position (PS42)
research operation (return Wiring harness broken
operation). At this time, an Loose connection
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
• PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
• It is checked that the time for
the M23 operations is over.
The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.

464
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Wire SC21-02 • The blowout of ICP for the The main body Charge cleaning motor

Main body
cleaning charge cleaning motor (M23) stops immedi- (M23)
abnor- in the printer control board ately to turn OFF Printer control board
mality (PRCB) is checked. the main relay (PRCB)
When the charge cleaning (RL1). Charge cleaning home sen-
home sensor (PS41) is OFF sor (PS41)
with the main power switch Charge cleaning limit sensor
(SW1) ON, PS41 does not (PS42)
turn ON within a specified Wiring harness broken
period of time after the M23 Loose connection
turns ON for home position
research operation (return
operation). And at this time,
an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
• PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. And at this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
• The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
SC21-03 The locking of the charge clean- Charge cleaning motor
ing motor (M23) is detected. (M23)
A motor lock signal is detected Printer control board
while moving from the charge (PRCB)
cleaning limit sensor (PS42) side Charge cleaning home sen-
to the charge cleaning home sen- sor (PS41)
sor (PS41) side, and after a retry Charge cleaning limit sensor
operation, a fifth motor lock signal (M23)
is detected. Charging/cleaning member

465
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Wire SC21-04 • It is checked that the opera- The main body Transfer/separation clean-
Main body cleaning tions of the transfer/separa- stops immedi- ing motor (M18)
abnor- tion cleaning motor (M18) are ately to turn OFF ADU drive board (ADUDB)
mality over. the main relay Transfer/separation clean-
When the transfer/separation (RL1). ing home sensor (PS11)
cleaning home sensor (PS11) Transfer/separation clean-
is OFF with the main power ing limit sensor (PS12)
switch (SW1) ON, PS11 does Wiring harness broken
not turn ON within a specified Loose connection
period of time after the M18
turns ON for a home position
research operation (return
operation). At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
• PS11 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
• It is checked that the opera-
tions of the M18 are over.
The transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS12) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the
reverse operation (return
operation) is started for
detection of PS11 being OFF.
Or, PS11 does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after PS12 turns ON. At
this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC21-06 The locking of the transfer/sepa- Transfer/separation clean-
ration cleaning motor (M18) is ing motor (M18)
detected. ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Motor lock signals are detected Transfer/separation clean-
while moving from the transfer/ ing home sensor (PS11)
separation limit sensor (PS12) Transfer/separation clean-
side to the transfer/separation ing limit sensor (PS12)
home sensor (PS11) side, and Transfer/separation clean-
after a retry operation, a fifth ing member
motor lock signal is detected.

466
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Motor SC23-01 The speed error signal of the The main body Toner bottle motor (M15)

Main body
abnor- toner bottle motor (M15) is stops immedi- Printer control board
mality checked. ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
An error detection signal is the main relay
detected twice in succession a (RL1).
specified period of time after M15
turns ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC23-02 The speed error signal of the Developing motor (M3)
developing motor (M3) is Printer control board
checked. (PRCB)
Since an error detection signal is
detected a second after M3 turns
ON, turn OFF M3 for a specified
period of time. Then, an error
detection signal is detected again
a specified period of time after it
is turned ON again.
SC23-03 The locking of the blade motor Drum motor (M2)
(M14) is detected. Blade motor (M14)
The error detection signal (over Printer control board
current) of M14 is detected. (PRCB)
SC23-04 It is checked that the movement Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
of the blade motor (M14) is not Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
completed, and the 24V power DC power supply /2
source is also checked. (DCPS2)
The drum READY1 signal Wiring harness broken
(READY condition) cannot be Loose connection
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut out) is
detected.

467
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Motor SC23-05 The blowout of ICP for the blade The main body Drum motor (M2)
Main body abnor- motor (M14) in the printer control stops immedi- Blade motor (M14)
mality board (PRCB) is checked. ately to turn OFF Printer control board
The drum READY1 signal the main relay (PRCB)
(READY condition) cannot be (RL1). Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
detected within a specified period Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
of time after the drum motor (M2) DC power supply /2
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1 (DCPS2)
signal (READY release condition) Wiring harness broken
cannot be detected within a Loose connection
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, the error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
of M14 is detected.
SC23-06 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed.
The drum READY1 signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
SC23-07 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed, and 24V power
source is also checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (24V cut off) is
detected.

468
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Motor SC23-08 The blowout of ICP for the blade The main body Drum motor (M2)

Main body
abnor- motor (M14) in the printer control stops immedi- Blade motor (M14)
mality board (PRCB) is checked. ately to turn OFF Printer control board
The blade READY signal (READY the main relay (PRCB)
condition) cannot be detected (RL1). Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
within a specified period of time Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
after the blade replacement signal DC power supply /2
turns ON. Or, the blade READY (DCPS2)
signal (READY release condition) Wiring harness broken
cannot be detected within a Loose connection
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (blowout of ICP) of
M14 is detected.
SC23-09 It is checked that the movement Blade motor (M14)
of the blade motor (M14) is not Printer control board
completed. (PRCB)
The blade READY signal (READY Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
condition) cannot be detected Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
within a specified period of time Wiring harness broken
after the blade replacement signal Loose connection
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal is not detected.
SC23-10 It is checked that the drum motor Drum motor (M2)
(M2) does not start. The drum Printer control board
READY2 signal (READY signal) is (PRCB)
not detected within a specified Loose connection
period of time after M2 turns ON.
SC23-11 The blowout of ICP for the toner Toner supply motor (M11)
supply motor (M11) in the printer Wiring harness broken
control board (PRCB) is checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of ICP) is detected when M11
turns ON.
SC23-21 When the recycle pump motor Recycle pump motor (M24)
(M24) is turned ON, an error Recycle pump drive board
detection signal is detected twice (RCDB)
in a row within a specified period
of time. (An error detection signal
on the first time is ignored.)

469
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Motor SC24-01 The temperature of the drum The main body Printer control board
Main body abnor- temperature sensor (TH5) stops immedi- (PRCB)
mality detected a specified period of ately to turn OFF Drum temperature sensor
time after the main power switch the main relay (TH5)
(SW1) is turned ON is -3°C or (RL1).
lower, and also, the drum temper-
ature after a specified period of
time is -3°C or lower.
SC24-02 When the main power switch
(SW1) turns ON with the fusing
temperature below 50°C, the
detected temperature of the
drum temperature sensor (TH5) is
more than 52°C, and when the
detected temperature is above
52°C after a specified period of
time.
Connec- SC24-03 The erase lamp (EL) is uncon- Erase lamp (EL)
tion nected. Loose connection
abnor-
mality
High SC28-01 A charge leak is detected. After a If there is a High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
voltage charge error detection signal is sheet of paper Charging/power feeding
power detected while in the charge ON, being printed, contact
source up to 5 charge ON/OFF opera- the main body
abnor- tions occur in succession. completes the
mality SC28-02 A transfer leak is detected. After a paper exit High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
transfer error detection signal is before stopping Transfer/separation charger
detected while in the transfer ON, operations. Power feeding contact
up to 5 transfer ON/OFF opera- Immediately to
tions occur in succession. turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).

470
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
High SC28-03 A separation leak is detected. The main body Toner control sensor board

Main body
voltage After a separation error detection stops immedi- (TCSB)
power signal is detected while in the ately to turn OFF Printer control board
source separation ON, up to 5 separa- the main relay (PRCB)
abnor- tion ON/OFF operations occur in (RL1). High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
mality succession. Transfer/separation charger
SC28-04 The error detection signal (blow- Power feeding contact
out of a 24V ICP) of the high volt- ADU drive board (ADUDB)
age unit /2 (HV2) is detected. Wiring harness broken
Process SC29-01 The dirt correction of the sensor
abnor- is not completed. While in the
mality maximum density correction, the
dirt correction of the IDC sensor
(IDCS) is not sufficient. When this
condition is detected 10 times in
succession, the error code is dis-
played.
SC29-02# The maximum density correction Error code is not Toner control sensor board
is not completed. While in the displayed on the (TCSB)
maximum density correction, the operation panel, Printer control board
number of rotations of the devel- but displayed (PRCB)
oping roller gets to the maximum. only on the data Developing motor (M3)
SC29-03# The IDC sensor (IDCS) output collection, the Write unit
abnormality. While in the maxi- list output and Overall control board
mum density correction, a patch the CSRC. The (OACB)
for control is not output. (No out- control of the
put is made from the IDCS.) main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-04 The dirt correction of the sensor The main body
is not completed. While in stops immedi-
gamma correction, the dirt cor- ately to turn OFF
rection of the PGC sensor the main relay
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When (RL1).
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.

471
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Process SC29-05# The PGC sensor (PGCS) output Error code is not Toner control sensor board
Main body abnor- abnormality. While in the gamma displayed on the (TCSB)
mality correction, a patch for control is operation panel, Printer control board
not output. (No output is made but displayed (PRCB)
from the PGCS.) only on the data Developing motor (M3)
SC29-06# The gamma correction data is collection, the Write unit
defective. The gamma correction list output and Overall control board
output is abnormal. A regression the CSRC. The (OACB)
error when carrying out a gamma control of the
curve operation while in the main body is
gamma correction. made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-07 The dirt correction of the sensor The main body
is not completed. While in the dot stops immedi-
diameter correction, the dirt cor- ately to turn OFF
rection of the PGC sensor the main relay
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When (RL1).
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
SC29-08# Correction abnormality. While in Error code is not Toner control sensor board
the dot diameter correction, the displayed on the (TCSB)
correction is terminated with an operation panel, Printer control board
abnormal value. but displayed (PRCB)
only on the data Developing motor (M3)
collection, the Write unit
list output and Overall control board
the CSRC. The (OACB)
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-09 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out- The main body Drum potential sensor
put abnormality. While in the 0V stops immedi- board (DPSB)
check of the DPS, more than ately to turn OFF Printer control board
100V of the drum surface poten- the main relay (PRCB)
tial is detected more than 5 times. (RL1). Drum potential sensor (DPS)
When this condition is detected 5 Loose connection
times in succession, the error
code is displayed.

472
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Process SC29-10 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out- The main body Drum potential sensor

Main body
abnor- put abnormality. While in the stops immedi- board (DPSB)
mality drum potential correction, a ately to turn OFF Printer control board
patch for control is not output the main relay (PRCB)
with the V1 getting to more than (RL1). Drum potential sensor (DPS)
350V. When this condition is Loose connection
detected 5 times in succession,
the error code is displayed.
SC29-11 The data is defective. While in the
drum potential correction, no
convergence is obtained even
after correction is made more
than 10 times. When this condi-
tion is detected 5 times in suc-
cession, the error code is
displayed.
SC29-12# Auto adjustment monitor value Error code is not High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
abnormality. No convergence is displayed on the High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
made in the auto adjustment of operation panel, Printer control board
the transfer current. but displayed (PRCB)
SC29-13# Auto adjustment monitor value only on the data ADU drive board (ADUDB)
abnormality. No convergence is collection, the
made in the auto adjustment of list output and
the separation (AC) current. the CSRC. The
SC29-14# Auto adjustment monitor value control of the
abnormality. No convergence is main body is
made in the auto adjustment of made by using a
the separation (DC) current. data previously
obtained.
SC29-15# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the developing bias.
Fan SC32-01 The rotation of the conveyance The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- suction fan (FM2) is checked, and stops immedi- Conveyance suction fan
mality the 24V power source is also ately to turn OFF (FM2)
checked. An abnormal FM2 EM the main relay DC power supply /2
signal condition occurs a speci- (RL1). (DCPS2)
fied period of time after FM2 is Wiring harness earth fault
turned ON. This abnormal condi- Loose connection
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.

473
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC32-02 The blowout of ICP for the con- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- veyance suction fan (FM2) in the stops immedi- Conveyance suction fan
mality AC drive board (ACDB) is ately to turn OFF (FM2)
checked. the main relay DC power supply /2
An abnormal condition occurs (RL1). (DCPS2)
with the FM2 EM signal a speci- Wiring harness earth fault
fied period of time after FM2 is Loose connection
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM2 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected.

SC32-03 The rotation of the conveyance


suction fan (FM2) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM2 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM2 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM2 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC32-04 The rotation of the fusing fan ADU drive board (ADUDB)
(FM1) is checked, and the 24V Fusing fan (FM1)
power source is also checked. DC power supply /2
An abnormal condition occurs (DCPS2)
with the FM1 EM signal a speci- Loose connection
fied period of time after FM1 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM1 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.

474
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fan SC32-06 The rotation of the fusing fan The main body ADU drive board (ADUDB)

Main body
abnor- (FM1) is checked. stops immedi- Fusing fan (FM1)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF DC power supply /2
with the FM1 EM signal a speci- the main relay (DCPS2)
fied period of time after FM1 is (RL1). Loose connection
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM1 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC32-07# When the print is completed, the Error code is not
fusing fan (FM1) EM signal gets displayed on the
into an abnormal condition. operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
ADU SC33-01 Registration motor (M12) speed The main body Registration motor (M12)
sec- abnormality. A specified period of stops immedi- Loose connection
tion time after M12 turns ON, an error ately to turn OFF
motor detection signal is detected twice the main relay
abnor- in a row. (An error detection signal (RL1).
mality on the first time is ignored.)
SC33-05 The blowout of ICP for the web If there is a DC power supply /2
motor (M16) in the printer control sheet of paper (DCPS2)
board (PRCB) is checked, and being printed, Printer control board
the 24V power source is also the main body (PRCB)
checked. completes the
When M16 turn ON from OFF, paper exit
error detection signals (blowout of before stopping
ICP and the 24V cut off) are operations.
detected. Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC33-06 The blowout of ICP for the web Web motor (M16)
motor (M16) in the printer control Printer control board
board (PRCB) is checked. (PRCB)
When M16 turns ON from OFF, AC drive board (ACDB)
the blowout of ICP abnormality is
detected with a 24V down signal
normal.

475
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fusing SC34-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper- The main body Printer control board
Main body high tem- ature detection (software). stops immedi- (PRCB)
perature TH1 detects a temperature of ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- 210°C or above 5 times in a the main relay Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
mality specified period of time. (RL1). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
SC34-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper- Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
ature detection (software). Caution Thermistor /1 (TH1)
TH3 detects a temperature of • When SC34- Thermistor /3 (TH3)
230°C or above 5 times in a **, SC35-**
specified period of time. or SC36-**
SC34-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper- (fusing tem-
ature detection (hardware). perature
An abnormal condition is related
detected with the fusing error abnormali-
detection signal 1. ties) occur,
be sure to
SC34-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper- Printer control board
repair
ature detection (hardware). An (PRCB)
defective
abnormal condition is detected AC drive board (ACDB)
parts before
with the fusing error detection Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
setting the
signal 4. Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
software
Fusing SC35-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera- Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
DIPSW3-1
low tem- ture detection (software). TH1 Thermistor /1 (TH1)
to 0. Set-
perature does not get to 50°C when a Thermistor /2 (TH2)
ting the
abnor- specified period of time elapses Thermistor /3 (TH3)
DIPSW3-1
mality after the main power switch Thermistor /4 (TH4)
to 0 with
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
defective
ON control.
parts not
SC35-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera- repaired
ture detection (software). TH3 may result
does not get to 50°C when a in a fire.
specified period of time elapses
after the main power switch
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
ON control.
Fusing SC36-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper-
sensor ature detection (long time/soft-
abnor- ware). TH1 detects a temperature
mality of 200°C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.
SC36-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper-
ature detection (long time/soft-
ware). TH3 detects a temperature
of 220°C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.

476
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fusing SC36-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera- The main body Printer control board

Main body
sensor ture detection (hardware). The stops immedi- (PRCB)
abnor- output voltage of the TH1 is ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
mality detected as a low temperature the main relay Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
abnormality (-6°C or lower) in the (RL1). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
comparator circuit. Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
SC36-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera- Caution Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (hardware). The • When SC34- Thermistor /2 (TH2)
output voltage of the TH3 is **, SC35-** Thermistor /3 (TH3)
detected as a low temperature (- or SC36-** Thermistor /4 (TH4)
6°C or lower) in the comparator (fusing tem-
circuit. perature
SC36-05 Thermistor /2 (TH2) low abnor- related
mality detection (hardware). The abnormali-
output voltage of the TH2 is ties) occur,
detected as a low temperature (- be sure to
6°C or lower) or high temperature repair
(240.5°Cor higher) abnormality in defective
the comparator circuit. parts before
setting the
SC36-06 Thermistor /4 (TH4) low abnor-
software
mality detection (hardware). The
DIPSW3-1
output voltage of the TH4 is
to 0. Set-
detected as a low temperature (-
ting the
6°C or lower) or high temperature
DIPSW3-1
(240.5°Cor higher) abnormality in
to 0 with
the comparator circuit.
defective
parts not
repaired
may result
in a fire.
Scanner SC41-01 The scanner home sensor (PS51) The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
abnor- does not turn ON within a speci- stops immedi- Scanner motor (M13)
mality fied period of time after the home ately to turn OFF Scanner home sensor (PS5)
position search is started. the main relay DC power supply /2
(RL1). (DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
Writ- SC41-02 When the speed of the polygon Scanner drive board (SDB)
ing motor (M17) is being switched, a Polygon motor drive board
sec- speed lock signal is not detected (PMDB)
tion within a specified period of time. Polygon motor (M17)
abnor-
mality

477
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC42-01 The rotation of the scanner cool- The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
Main body abnor- ing fan (FM7) is checked, and stops immedi- Scanner cooling fan (FM7)
mality 24V power source is also ately to turn OFF DC power supply /2
checked. An abnormal condition the main relay (DCPS2)
occurs with the FM7 EM signal a (RL1). Wiring harness earth fault
specified period of time after FM7 Loose connection
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM7 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC42-04 The rotation of the write unit cool- Write unit cooling fan /1
ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked, and (FM5)
24V power source is also Overall control board
checked. An abnormal condition (OACB)
occurs with the FM5 EM signal a DC power supply /2
specified period of time after (DCPS2)
FM5, the write unit cooling fan /2 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal Wiring harness earth fault
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-05 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM5, the
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.

478
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fan SC42-06 The rotation of the write unit cool- The main body Write unit cooling fan /1

Main body
abnor- ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked. stops immedi- (FM5)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF Write unit cooling fan /2
with the FM5 EM signal a speci- the main relay (FM8)
fied period of time after FM5 and (RL1). AC drive board (ACDB)
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8) Wiring harness earth fault
turns ON. This abnormal condi- Loose connection
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC42-07 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /1 (FM5) is
detected.
SC42-08 The rotation of the write unit cool- DC power supply /2
ing fan /2 (FM8) is checked and (DCPS2)
the 24V power source is also AC drive board (ACDB)
checked. An abnormal condition Write unit cooling fan /1
occurs with the FM8 EM signal a (FM5)
specified period of time after the Write unit cooling fan /2
write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and (FM8)
/2 (FM8) turns ON. This abnormal Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
condition recurs even a specified Wiring harness earth fault
period of time after FM5/FM8 is Loose connection
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-09 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /2 (FM8) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM8 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.

479
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC42-10 The rotation of the write unit cool- The main body DC power supply /2
Main body abnor- ing fan /3 (FM8) is checked. stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
with the FM8 EM signal a speci- the main relay Write unit cooling fan /1
fied period of time after the write (RL1). (FM5)
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2 Write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal (FM8)
condition recurs even a specified Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
period of time after FM5/FM8 is Wiring harness earth fault
turned OFF and then turned ON, Loose connection
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC42-11 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /2 (FM8) is
detected.
SC42-12 The rotation of the cooling fan /4 DC power supply /2
(FM12) is checked and the 24V (DCPS2)
power source is also checked. AC drive board (ACDB)
An abnormal condition occurs Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
with the FM12 EM signal a speci- Wiring harness broken
fied period of time after FM12 Loose connection
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-13 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /4 (FM12) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM12
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.

480
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fan SC42-14 Rotation of the cooling fan /4 The main body DC power supply /2

Main body
abnor- (FM12) is checked. An abnormal stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality condition occurs with the FM12 ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
EM signal a specified period of the main relay Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
time after FM12 turns ON. This (RL1). Wiring harness broken
abnormal condition recurs even a Loose connection
specified period of time after
FM12 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off/blowout of ICP)
is not detected.
SC42-16 The rotation of the polygon cool- DC power supply /2
ing fan (FM9) is checked and the (DCPS2)
24V power source is also AC drive board (ACDB)
checked. Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
An abnormal condition occurs Wiring harness broken
with the FM9 EM signal a speci- Loose connection
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC42-17 The blowout of ICP for the poly-
gon cooling fan (FM9) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC42-18 The rotation of the polygon cool-
ing fan (FM9) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.

481
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC42-19# When the print is started, an error Error code is not DC power supply /2
Main body abnor- detection signal of the polygon displayed on the (DCPS2)
mality cooling fan (FM9) is detected. operation panel, AC drive board (ACDB)
but displayed Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
only on the data Wiring harness broken
collection, the Loose connection
list output and
CSRC.
SC42-20 Power supply cooling fan /1 The main body DC power supply /1
(FM19) and /2 (FM20) rotation stops immedi- (DCPS1)
check. A specified period of time ately to turn OFF Power supply cooling fan /1
after FM19 and FM20 turn ON, the main relay (FM19)
the FM19 EM signal and the (RL1). Power supply cooling fan /2
FM20 EM signal get into an (FM20)
abnormal condition at the same Wiring harness broken
time. And both the signals show Loose connection
an abnormal condition at the
same time a specified period of
time after they are turned ON
again after being turned OFF, and
also, no error detection signal
(24V cut off/ blowout of a fuse) is
detected).
SC42-21 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 DC power supply /2
(FM13) and /Lw2 (FM14) rotation (DCPS2)
check. A specified period of time Printer control board
after FM13 and FM14 turn on, the (PRCB)
FM13 EM signal and the FM14 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1
EM signal get into an abnormal (FM13)
condition at the same time. And Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2
both the signals show an abnor- (FM14)
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.

482
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fan SC42-22 Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 The main body DC power supply /2

Main body
abnor- (FM15) and /Up2 (FM17) rotation stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality check. A specified period of time ately to turn OFF Printer control board
after FM15 and FM17 turn on, the the main relay (PRCB)
FM15 EM signal and the FM17 (RL1). Paper exit cooling fan /Up1
EM signal get into an abnormal (FM15)
condition at the same time. And Paper exit cooling fan /Up2
both the signals show an abnor- (FM17)
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
Image SC46-01* While in the image write, APC is If there is a Writing section
proces not applicable for the correction sheet of paper Power connector of the
sing of the sub scan beam. Due to the being printed, overall control board
abnor- 12V DC power for the laser drive the main body (OACB)
mality not supplied, the MPC being completes the
wrong and the laser defective, the paper exit
laser does not light up. Also, due before stopping
to the rotation of the polygon mir- operations.
ror unavailable, the displacement Immediately to
of the index sensor, and the index turn OFF the
sensor being defective, the index main relay (RL1).
sensor cannot detect the laser.
SC46-02* FIFO address abnormality for the Overall control board
scanner. (OACB)
While in the image read, the com- (Gate array damaged)
pression of image data that is
read in is not correctly termi-
nated.
SC46-03* FIFO address abnormality for the
printer.
While in the image write, the
expansion processing of image
data that is read in is not correctly
terminated.
SC46-05* An error interrupt occurs with the
compression/expansion chip
FIFO.
SC46-06* Elongation abnormality.
SC46-08* While in the execution of APC, no Writing section
change is found in the output of Power connector of the
the index sensor. overall control board
(OACB)

483
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Image SC46-12* After negation of SVV, the com- If there is a Overall control board
Main body proces pression of images that are read sheet of paper (OACB)
sing in and their development into the being printed,
abnor- page memory are not terminated the main body
mality within a specified period of time. completes the
SC46-13* While in the image read, the com- paper exit Printer control board
pression processing from the before stopping (PRCB)
scanner into the memory does operations. Overall control board
not terminate within a specified Immediately to (OACB)
period of time. The development turn OFF the RADF
from the scanner into the page main relay (RL1).
memory does not terminate
within a specified period of time.
The SVV is not detected within a
specified period of time.
SC46-14* While in the image write, the Printer control board
expansion processing from the (PRCB)
memory to the printer does not Overall control board
terminate within a specified (OACB)
period of time.
The output from the page mem-
ory to the printer does not termi-
nate within a specified period of
time. The PVV is not detected
within a specified period of time.
SC46-15* When writing images, in spite of Overall control board
no resource provided, an inap- (OACB)
propriate processing such as an OACB program
access to the elongation device is
made.
SC46-16* When reading images, in spite of
no resource provided, an inap-
propriate processing such as an
access to the compression
device is made.
SC46-17* When processing images, a filter
coefficient cannot be created nor-
mally.
SC46-19* When accessing to the memory
device, a defective software is
detected.

484
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Image SC46-21* The expansion processing from If there is a Printer control board

Main body
proces the memory to the page memory sheet of paper (PRCB)
sing is not terminated within a speci- being printed, Overall control board
abnor- fied period of time. the main body (OACB)
mality The compression processing completes the OACB program
from the page memory to the paper exit
memory is not terminated within a before stopping
specified period of time. operations.
The development from the mem- Immediately to
ory into the page memory is not turn OFF the
terminated within a specified main relay (RL1).
period of time. The transmission
of the compressed data from
memory to memory is not termi-
nated within a specified period of
time.
SC46-23* While in the image read, SVV Overall control board
does not turn OFF within a speci- (OACB)
fied period of time and the prepa-
ration for scanning the next page
cannot be started.
SC46-24* Shading correction abnormality Overall control board
(GA abnormality). (OACB)
OACB program
SC46-25* AOC/AGC adjustment abnormal- CCD board (CCDB)
ity. Exposure lamp (L1)
• The light blocking cover at the
read section and the lens
cover are removed.
• The connector of the CCD
board is disconnected.
• The power cable of the CCD
board is unplugged.
• The ICP of the CCD board is
cut off.
• The light volume of the expo-
sure lamp is excessive.
• The exposure lamp does not
light up.
SC46-26# The adjustment data evacuated Error code is not Overall control board
by resolutions is not available. displayed on the (OACB)
SC46-27# A density conversion gamma operation panel,
curve cannot be created normally. but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.

485
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Image SC46-29* Calibration start abnormality. If there is a Overall control board
Main body proces sheet of paper (OACB)
SC46-30* Calibration completion abnormal-
sing ity. being printed, OACB program
abnor- SC46-31* Despite of the MPC not being ter- the main body
mality minated, the initial sampling of completes the
the APC is attempted. paper exit
before stopping
SC46-32* While executing the APC, the
operations.
execution of the MPC is
Immediately to
attempted.
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC46-34* When a clock for the image write
is abnormal, the sub scan beam
interval is attempted to be cor-
rected.
SC46-35 Sequentially shot page area
abnormality.
Due to an image area abnormality
on the memory, images cannot
be developed on the memory.
SC46-36 The PVV is turned ON before the Polygon motor (M17)
initial APC start processing is Overall control board
completed. (OACB)
OACB program
Printer control board
(PRCB)
PRCB program
SC46-40 HDD /1 (HDD1) initialization The main body Overall control board
abnormality. stops immedi- (OACB)
The HDD1 is defective, or the ately to turn OFF OACB program
connector is poorly connected. the main relay HDD /1 (HDD1)
SC46-41 The JOB information cannot be (RL1).
stored on the HDD /1 (HDD1).
SC46-42 When hard disk /1 (HDD1) JOB
auto deletion is being executed, a
route cannot be opened.
SC46-43 HDD /1 (HDD1) access defective.
The HDD1 is defective or the
connector is poorly connected.

486
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Image SC46-61# The scan operation starts before Error code is not DF control board (DFCB)

Main body
proces the original skew adjustment is displayed on the Original skew sensor /Rr
sing terminated. (The skew adjust- operation panel, (PS311)
abnor- ment is too late.) but displayed Original skew sensor /Fr
mality only on the data (PS312)
SC46-62# The print operation starts before collection, the Centering sensor (PS1)
the paper mis-centering adjust- list output and
ment is terminated. (The mis-cen- CSRC.
tering adjustment is too late.)
SC46-63# The AGC is retried due to the Exposure lamp (L1)
decreased light volume of the
exposure lamp. However, no error
occurs.
SC46-64# A PWM gamma curve is not cre- Toner control sensor board
ated properly. (TCSB)
SC46-65# Due to the paper skew correction Overall control board
amount being in excess of the (OACB)
permissible limit, the print is made
with the leading edge shifted.
SC46-80* The message queue is insufficient If there is a
or destroyed. sheet of paper
SC46-81* The parameter value is in excess being printed,
of the permissible limits. the main body
SC46-82* The ID of the task that sends the completes the
message queue is undefined. paper exit
before stopping
SC46-83* The receiving event of the mes-
operations.
sage is undefined.
Immediately to
SC46-90* Memory access abnormality. Overall control board
turn OFF the
(OACB)
main relay (RL1).
SC46-91* Header readout address abnor- Overall control board
mality. (OACB)
Commu- SC49-01*1 The communication from IC-203 The main body VI
nication to the overall control board stops immedi-
abnor- (OACB) is blocked. ately to turn OFF
mality the main relay
SC49-03 DMA abnormality. (RL1). —
SC49-04 HDD /2 (HDD2) abnormality. HDD /2 (HDD2)
SC49-05 IC cooling fan (FM21) abnormal- IC cooling fan (FM21)
ity.
SC49-06 FATAL error. —
SC49-07 The CF card in IC-203 is different IC-203
from the program version of the
hard disk /2 (HDD2).
*1 The error code is not displayed on the operation board.

487
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Commu- SC49-08*1 While in the security ON, the The main body Formatted HDD /2 (HDD2)
Main body nication unlock of the hard disk /2 (HDD2) stops immedi-
abnor- results in failure. (Due to the mis- ately to turn OFF
mality match of the password) the main relay
SC49-09*1 While in the security ON, an (RL1).
unlocked HDD is connected.
SC49-10 An unformatted HDD /2 (HDD2) is HDD /2 (HDD2)
detected.
SC50-01* I/O initial communication check in Printer control board
the printer control board (PRCB). (PRCB)
Main body drive serial input
abnormality 1. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-02* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 2. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-03* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 3. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-04* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 4. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-05* Communication error check Printer control board
between the printer engine sys- (PRCB)
tem boards. Drive communication Each of the drive boards
reception error detection abnor- Loose connection
mality. A reception error interrup-
tion occurs while in the drive
board serial data reception. Or,
due to the occurrence of the data
checksum error /ID information
error, a retransmission request is
made three times and an error is
detected on the 4th time.
*1 Since this is a security-related error code, be sure to contact KMBT before taking any measure.

488
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Commu- SC50-10* Initial communication check The main body Printer control board

Main body
nication between OACB/PRCB. stops immedi- (PRCB)
abnor- Overall control board (OACB) ately to turn OFF Overall control board
mality communication connection the main relay (OACB)
abnormality. An initial data recep- (RL1). Loose connection
tion is not made from the OACB
within a specified period of time
after the power is turned on.
SC50-11* Communication error check
between OACB/PRCB. Overall
control board (OACB) communi-
cation serial reception error
detection abnormality.
Fan SC52-01 The rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- (FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
mality and +24V power source is also Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
checked. An abnormal condition DC power supply /2
occurs with the FM3 and FM4 EM (DCPS2)
signal a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 are turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC52-02 Rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked. Printer control board
An abnormal condition occurs (PRCB)
with the FM3 and FM4 EM signal Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
a specified period of time after Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
FM3 and FM4 turns ON. This Loose connection
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
and FM4 are turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.

489
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC52-03# The blowout of ICP for the cool- Error code is not AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- ing fan /1 (FM3) in the AC drive displayed on the Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
mality board (ACDB) is checked. operation panel, Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs but displayed
with the FM3 EM signal a speci- only on the data
fied period of time after FM3 turns collection, the
ON. This abnormal condition list output and
recurs even a specified period of CSRC.
time after FM3 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-04# Rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM3) is checked. An abnormal Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
condition occurs with the FM3 Loose connection
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM3 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC52-05# The blowout of ICP for the cool- AC drive board (ACDB)
ing fan /2 (FM4) in the AC drive Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
board (ACDB) is checked. Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM4 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-06# Rotation of the cooling fan /2
(FM4) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM4
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM4 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM4
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.

490
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Fan SC52-07 The rotation of the cooling fan /3 The main body AC drive board (ACDB)

Main body
abnor- (FM6) is checked and +24V stops immedi- Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
mality power source is also checked. ately to turn OFF Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs the main relay Loose connection
with the FM6 EM signal a speci- (RL1). DC power supply /2
fied period of time after FM6 turns (DCPS2)
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC52-08 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /3 (FM6) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM6 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM6 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-09 Rotation of the cooling fan /3
(FM6) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM6
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM6 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM6
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(24V cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC52-10 When the print is started, an error AC drive board (ACDB)
detection signal of the cooling fan Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
/1 (FM3) or the cooling fan /2 Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
(FM4) is detected.

491
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
Fan SC52-11 When the print is started, an error The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- detection signal of the cooling fan stops immedi- Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
mality /3 (FM6) is detected. ately to turn OFF
the main relay
Motor SC53-01 A speed error signal of the fusing (RL1). Fusing motor (M1)
abnor- motor (M1) is checked. An error
mality detection signal is detected twice
in succession a specified period
of time after M1 turns ON. (The
first signal is ignored.)
Counter SC53-02# The 24V power source for the Error code is not AC drive board (ACDB)
abnorm total counter (TCT) is checked. displayed on the Total counter (TCT)
ality When TCT is turned ON from operation panel, DC power supply /2
OFF, an error detection signal but displayed (DCPS2)
(blowout of ICP/24V cut off) is only on the data Key counter (KCT)
detected. collection, the Main relay (RL1)
SC53-03# The blowout of ICP for TC in the list output and
AC drive board (ACDB) is CSRC. How-
checked. When the total counter ever, the counter
(TCT) is turned ON from OFF, an does not oper-
error detection signal (blowout of ate.
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-04# The 24V power source for the key
counter (KCT) is checked. When
KCT is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP/24V cut off) is detected.
Power SC53-05# The blowout of ICP for KCT in the
abnor- AC drive board (ACDB) is
mality checked. When the key counter
(KCT) is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-06 The blowout of a 12V ICP for the The main body Printer control board
AC drive board (ACDB) is stops immedi- (PRCB)
checked. ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
In the serial initial communication, the main relay DC power supply /1
a signal of the blowout of a 12V (RL1). (DCPS1)
ICP (AC drive) is detected. Loose connection

492
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
Power SC53-07 The blowout of a 5V ICP for the The main body Printer control board

Main body
abnor- AC drive board (ACDB) is stops immedi- (PRCB)
mality checked. In the serial initial com- ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
munication, a signal of the blow- the main relay DC power supply /1
out of a 5V ICP (AC drive) is (RL1). (DCPS1)
detected. Loose connection
SC53-08 The 12V power source in the
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked. An error detection sig-
nal of the 12V in PRCB is
detected.
SC53-11 The 24V power source for the Each of the solenoids
SD/CL in the printer control board Each of the clutches
(PRCB) is checked. At the start, Printer control board
an error detection signal (blowout (PRCB)
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is Wiring harness earth fault
detected, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is also
detected.
SC53-12 The blowout of ICP for the SD/CL
in the printer control board
(PRCB) is checked. At the start,
an error detection signal (blowout
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected. However, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.
DF SC60-01* Although the main body sends If there is a Overall control board
DF

abnor- out data according to the data sheet of paper (OACB)


mality retransmission request made by being printed, DF control board (DFCB)
the DF, a retransmission request the main body Communication system
signal is received again. and the DF cable
SC60-02* When a checksum error or an completes the
SRGA reception error was paper exit
detected while in the reception in before stopping
serial communication, a signal operations.
was sent to make a request for Immediately to
sending data again. And when turn OFF the
data is being received upon this main relay (RL1).
request, a checksum error or an
SRGA reception error is detected
again.

493
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
DF SC60-03* When the main power switch If there is a DF control board (DFCB)
DF abnor- (SW1) is ON, there is no response sheet of paper
mality to the initial communication being printed,
request from the main body to the main body
the DF even after a specified and the DF
period of time elapses. completes the
SC60-11 When the main power switch paper exit DF control board (DFCB)
(SW1) is ON, a region into which before stopping DF program
no write was made by the ISW is operations.
detected in the DF control pro- Immediately to
gram. turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC67-01 Original registration sensor If there is a Original registration sensor
(PS306) abnormality. sheet of paper (PS306)
SC67-02 Original conveyance sensor being printed, Original conveyance sensor
(PS308) abnormality. the main body (PS308)
SC67-03 Original reverse sensor (PS309) completes the Original reverse sensor
abnormality. paper exit (PS309)
before stopping
SC67-04 Non-volatile memory error. DF control board (DFCB)
operations.
SC67-05 Cooling fan (FM301) abnormality. Cooling fan (FM301)
Immediately to
SC67-06 Reverse jam sensor (PS304) turn OFF the Reverse jam sensor (PS304)
abnormality. main relay (RL1).
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit sensor Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313) abnormality. (PS313)
SC67-08 Tray up/down motor (M303) Tray up/down motor (M303)
abnormality.
FS SC70-01* Communication error. The main body FS control board (FSCB)
FS

abnor- and the FS stop connector


SC70-02* Start-up response error.
mality immediately to
SC77-01 The shift unit does not get to the turn OFF the FS control board (FSCB)
shift position or the HP within a main relay (RL1). Shift roller motor (M2)
specified period of time. Shift roller home sensor
(PS18)
SC77-02 After start-up of the main tray up/ FS control board (FSCB)
down motor (M3) operation, the Main tray lift motor (M3)
main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) Main tray upper limit sensor
or the stapler paper exit upper (PS2)
limit sensor (PS7) does not turn Stapler paper exit upper
ON within a specified period of limit sensor (PS7)
time.

494
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
FS SC77-03 After start-up of the alignment The main body FS control board (FSCB)

FS
abnor- motor /Up (M5) operation, the and the FS stop Relay board (RB)
mality alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) immediately to Alignment motor /Up (M5)
does not turn OFF within a speci- turn OFF the Alignment home sensor /Up
fied period of time. Or, it does not main relay (RL1) (PS8)
turn ON after being turned OFF.
SC77-04 After start-up of the paper exit FS control board (FSCB)
roller motor (M7) operation, a pre- Paper exit roller motor (M7)
determined speed is not obtained
within a specified period of time.
SC77-05 After start-up of the paper exit FS control board (FSCB)
opening motor (M8) operation, Paper exit motor (M8)
the open/close operation is not Paper exit home sensor
completed within a specified (PS12)
period of time. (The paper exit
opening home sensor (PS12)
does not turn ON or OFF.)
SC77-06 After start-up of the stapler move- FS control board (FSCB)
ment motor (M11) operation, the Stapler movement motor
stapler movement home sensor (M11)
(PS11) does not turn OFF. Or, it Relay board (RB)
does not turn ON after being Stapler movement home
turned OFF. sensor (PS11)
SC77-07 Stapler rotation motor (M6) FS control board (FSCB)
abnormality. Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation motor (M6)
SC77-08 Stapler /Rr rotation abnormality FS control board (FSCB)
(FS-604 only) Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation home sen-
sor (PS13)
SC77-11 The stapler motor home sensor / . FS control board (FSCB)
Fr (PS31) does not turn ON within Relay board (RB)
a specified period of time after Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
the stapler motor /Fr (M14) starts Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
operations. (FS-509) Clincher home sensor /Fr
Within a specified period of time (PS33)
after the start-up of the clincher Stapler home sensor /Fr
motor /Fr (M15) or stapler motor / (PS31)
Fr (M14) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Fr (PS33) or the
stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)

1 495
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
FS SC77-12 The stapler motor home sensor / The main body FS control board (FSCB)
FS abnor- Rr (PS30) does not turn ON and the FS stop Relay board (RB)
mality within a specified period of time immediately to Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
after the stapler motor /Rr (M10) turn OFF the Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
starts operations. (FS-509) main relay (RL1) Clincher home sensor /Rr
Within a specified period of time (PS32)
after the start-up of the clincher Stapler home sensor /Rr
motor /Rr (M10) or stapler motor / (PS30)
Rr (M9) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Rr (PS32) or the
stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)
SC77-15 Within a specified period of time FS control board (FSCB)
after the start-up of the FS con- FS conveyance motor (M1)
veyance motor (M1) operation,
the motor does not get to the
predetermined speed.
SC77-21 After the saddle stitching stopper FS control board (FSCB)
motor (M18) starts the home Relay board (RB)
position detection operation, the Saddle stitching stopper
saddle stitching stopper home motor (M18)
sensor (PS23) does not turn ON Saddle stitching stopper
within a specified period of time. home sensor (PS23)
(FS-604 only)
SC77-22 After the alignment motor /Lw FS control board (FSCB)
(M16) starts the home position Relay board (RB)
detection operation, the align- Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
ment plate home sensor /Lw Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24) does not turn ON within a (PS24)
specified period of time. (FS-604
only)
SC77-25 After the folding blade motor FS control board (FSCB)
(M19) starts the home position Folding blade motor (M19)
detection operation, the folding Folding blade home sensor
blade home sensor /Lw (PS22) (PS22)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
SC77-26 After start-up of the folding con- FS control board (FSCB)
veyance motor (M20) operation, Folding transfer motor (M20)
the M20 does not get to the pre-
determined speed within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
TU SC77-31 After start-up of the conveyance TU drive board (TUDB)
TU

abnor- motor (M101) operation, the Conveyance motor (M101)


mality M101 does not get to the prede-
termined speed within a specified
period of time.

496 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
TU SC77-32 After the blade motor (M102) The main body TU drive board (TUDB)

TU
abnor- starts the home position detec- and the FS stop Blade motor (M102)
mality tion operation, the blade home immediately to Blade home switch (MS101)
switch (MS101) does not turn ON turn OFF the
within a specified period of time. main relay (RL1)
SC77-33 After the stopper motor (M103) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Stopper motor (M103)
tion operation, the stopper home Stopper home sensor
sensor (PS103) does not turn ON (PS103)
within a specified period of time.
SC77-34 After the stopper release motor TU drive board (TUDB)
(M104) starts the home position Stopper release motor
detection operation, the stopper (M104)
release home sensor (PS104) Stopper release home sen-
does not turn ON within a speci- sor (PS104)
fied period of time.
SC77-35 After the press motor (M105) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Press motor (M105)
tion operation, the press home Press home sensor (PS105)
sensor (PS105) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
SC77-36 After the pusher motor (M107) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Pusher motor (M107)
tion operation, the pusher home Pusher home sensor
sensor (PS112) does not turn ON (PS112)
within a specified period of time.
SC77-37 After the holder motor (M106) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Holder motor (M106)
tion operation, the upper limit Upper limit sensor (PS110)
sensor (PS110) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
PI SC77-41 After start-up of the tray lift motor FS control board (FSCB)
PI

abnor- /Lw (M202) operation, the tray PI drive board (PIDB)


mality lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210) Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
does not turn ON within a speci- Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
fied period of time. (PS210)
SC77-42 After start-up of the tray lift motor FS control board (FSCB)
/Up (M201) operation, the tray PI drive board (PIDB)
upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
does not turn ON within a speci- Tray upper limit sensor /Up
fied period of time. (PS204)
SC77-43 After the conveyance motor FS control board (FSCB)
(M203) turns ON, the M203 does PI drive board (PIDB)
not get to the predetermined Conveyance motor (M203)
speed within a specified period of
time.

497
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
PK SC77-44 After the punch shift motor The main body FS control board (FSCB)
PK abnor- (M802) starts the home position and the FS stop Punch drive board (PDB)
mality search, the punch shift home immediately to
sensor (PS803) does not turn ON turn OFF the
even when a specified period of main relay (RL1)
time elapses.
SC77-47 Communication abnormality FS control board (FSCB)
between FS-PK. Punch drive board (PDB)
ZU SC77-52 After the 1st stopper motor (M2) ZU control board (ZUCB)
ZU

abnor- starts the home position search, 1st stopper motor (M2)
mality the 1st stopper home sensor 1st stopper home sensor
(PS3) does not turn ON even (PS3)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-53 After the 2nd stopper motor (M3) ZU control board (ZUCB)
starts the home position search, 2nd stopper motor (M3)
the 2nd stopper home sensor 2nd stopper home sensor
(PS4) does not turn ON even (PS4)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-54 After the punch clutch (CL1) turns ZU control board (ZUCB)
on, the punch operation is not Punch motor (M4)
completed even when a specified Punch clutch (CL1)
period of time elapses. (The Punch home sensor (PS6)
home punch sensor (PS6) does
not turn OFF, or does not turn ON
after being turned OFF.)
SC77-55 After the punch shift motor (M5) ZU control board (ZUCB)
starts the home position search, Punch shift motor (M5)
the punch shift home sensor Punch shift home sensor
(PS5) does not turn ON even (PS5)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-56 A specified period of time after ZU control board (ZUCB)
the conveyance motor cooling Conveyance motor cooling
fan (M10) is turned on, the EM fan (M10)
signal of the M10 gets into an
abnormal condition. Even after
three trials with the M10 turned
OFF, an abnormal condition still
recurs.

498
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
ZU SC77-57 After the punch motor (M4) turns The main body ZU control board (ZUCB)

ZU
abnor- on, the punch operation is not and the FS stop Punch motor (M4)
mality completed even when a specified immediately to Punch clutch (CL1)
period of time elapses. (The turn OFF the Punch home sensor (PS6)
punch home sensor (PS6) does main relay (RL1)
not turn OFF, or it does not turn
ON after being turned OFF.)
SC77-58 After the punch switching motor ZU control board (ZUCB)
(M8) starts the home position Punch switchover motor
search, the punch switching (M8)
switch (MS2) does not turn ON Punch switchover switch
even when a specified period of (MS2)
time elapses.
FS SC77-81 After the gate motor (M12) starts FS control board (FSCB)
FS

abnor- the home position search, the Gate motor (M12)


mality gate home sensor (PS16) does Gate home sensor (PS16)
not turn ON even when a speci-
fied period of time elapses.
SC77-91 Communication error when the . FS control board (FSCB)
sub CPU in the FS control board
(FSCB) is receiving data.
SC77-92 Communication error when the
main CPU in the FS control board
(FSCB) is receiving data.
SC77-98 When the FS is started, an
unwritten flash ROM is detected.
Commu- SC80-01* Initial communication error The main body Printer control board
Main body

nication between OACB/PRCB. When the stops immedi- (PRCB)


abnor- main power switch (SW1) is ately to turn OFF Overall control board
mality turned ON, a response from the the main relay (OACB)
printer control board (PRCB) is (RL1). Loose connection
not received even after a speci-
fied period of time elapses.
SC80-02* Communication error between
OACB/PRCB.
SC80-03* Communication error between Overall control board
OACB/OB1. (OACB)
Operation board /1 (OB1)
Loose connection
ISW SC80-11 When the main power switch S and CA program
abnor- (SW1) is ON, a region into which
mality no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the printer control
program.

499
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO 920

operation
ISW SC80-21 When the main power switch The main body IC-203 program
Main body abnor- (SW1) is ON, a region into which stops immedi-
mality no write was made by the ISW is ately to turn OFF
detected in the IC-203 program. the main relay
SC80-30 While in the data transmission by (RL1). Printer cable
the ISW, a formal header informa- Parallel port on PC
tion cannot be received within a
specified period of time.
SC80-31 While in the data transmission by Printer cable
the ISW, a checksum error or Program file corruption
header error is detected with the
download data.
SC80-32 When ISW transfers data, the Printer cable
data is not written into the flash The board to which the data
ROM correctly. is transferred.
SC80-40 When the main power switch FS control program
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the FS control pro-
gram.
SC80-45 When the main power switch IC program
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the IC program.
ADU SC90-01* Initial communication check ADU drive board (ADUDB)
stand between the ADU drive board Printer control board
abnor- (ADUDB)/ printer control board (PRCB)
mality (PRCB). Loose connection
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 0 of the ADUDB is not
received.
SC90-02* Communication error check
between the ADU drive board
(ADUDB)/ printer control board
(PRCB).
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 7 of ADUDB is not
received.

500
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO 920


operation
ADU SC93-01 12V ICP blowout in the ADU drive The main body ADU drive board (ADUDB)

Main body
stand board (ADUDB). A -5V ICP blow- stops immedi- Printer control board
abnor- out signal and blowout of a 12V ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
mality ICP signal are detected for the the main relay Loose connection
serial initial communication. (RL1).
SC93-05 24V power source check. At the Each of the solenoids
start of operation, an error detec- Each of the clutches
tion signal (solenoid/blowout of DC power supply /2
clutch ICP) is detected, and also (DCPS2)
an error detection signal (24V cut Loose connection
off) is detected. Wiring harness earth fault
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
SC93-06 At the start of operation, an error
detection signal (solenoid/blow-
out of clutch ICP) is detected.
However, an error detection sig-
nal (24V cut off) is not detected.
SC95-01 A specified period of time after DC power supply /2
the ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2 (DCPS2)
(FM11) turns on, the F10/11 sig- ADU drive board (ADUDB)
nal gets into an abnormal condi- ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10)
tion. This abnormal condition still ADU cooling fan /2 (FM11)
recurs a specified period of time Wiring harness earth fault
after it is turned ON again after Loose connection
being turned OFF, and also an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC95-03 ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2
(FM11) rotation check. A speci-
fied period of time after the FM10,
FM11 turns ON, the FM10/11
signal gets into an abnormal con-
dition. This abnormal condition
still recurs a specified period of
time after it is turned ON again
after being turned OFF, and also
an error detection signal (24V cut
off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.

501
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

C. Function to detach defective sections


For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other con-
bizhub PRO 920

trol units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of setting for limited use.

(1) User operation


When an error code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the operation panel and then turn the
power switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is OFF
and ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.

(2) DIPSW setting


Turning the main switch OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a limited
use of it until the bit setting is released next time (this requires the OFF/ON operation of the main power switch
(SW1)).

Classifi- Error code Description Control while detached DIPSW


cation
LU SC13-02 Paper feed motor (M101) Paper feed in LU is unavailable DIPSW18-3
abnormality (LU connection is not recognized)
Main SC18-10 Paper lift motor /1 (M19) abnor- Paper feed in tray 1 is unavailable DIPSW18-0
body mality (There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 1 is displayed
in hatching.)
SC18-20 Paper lift motor /2 (M20) abnor- Paper feed in tray 2 is unavailable DIPSW18-1
mality (There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 2 is displayed
in hatching.)
SC18-30 Paper lift motor /3 (M21) abnor- Paper feed in tray 3 is unavailable DIPSW18-2
mality (There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 3 is displayed
in hatching.)
LU SC18-40 Paper lift motor (M100) abnor- Paper feed in LU is unavailable DIPSW18-3
mality (LU connection is not recognized)
Main SC46-40 Hard disk /1, /2 (HDD1, HDD2) The use of HDD1 and HDD2 is unavailable DIPSW18-7
body to 46-43 abnormality (HDD1 and HDD2 are not connected)
DF SC67-01 DF drive abnormality DF mode unavailable DIPSW18-4
to 67-08 (DF connection is not recognized)
FS SC77-22 Folding drive abnormality Folding, saddle stitching, and trimming DIPSW18-5
SC77-25 mode unavailable
SC77-26 (FS and TU connections are not recog-
nized)*1
TU SC77-31 TU drive abnormality
to 77-37
PI SC77-41 PI drive abnormality The use of PI section is unavailable DIPSW18-6
to 77-43 (PI connection is not recognized)
*1: Each of FS and TU cannot be separated individually.

502
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classifi- Error code Description Control while detached DIPSW

bizhub PRO 920


cation
ZU SC77-46 1st stopper motor (M2) abnormality Z-folding mode unavailable DIPSW19-4
2nd stopper motor (M3) abnormality (ZU connection is not recognized)
SC77-52
Conveyance motor cooling fan
SC77-53 (M10) abnormality
PK, ZU SC77-44 Punch motor (M801) abnormal- Punch mode unavailable DIPSW19-5
ity (PK) (PK and ZU connections are not rec-
SC77-47 Punch shift motor (M802) ognized)
abnormality (PK)
Punch motor (M4) abnormality (ZU)
SC77-55
Punch shift motor (M5) abnor-
mality (ZU)

503
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Blank page

504
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

„ APPENDIX

bizhub PRO 920


14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1 Main body
14.1.1 Switch/sensor
A. Main body rear side

[1]

57gaf5c001na

[1] Dehumidification heater switch (SW3)

505
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Main body upper surface


bizhub PRO 920

[7] [8] [9]

[6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

57gaf5c002na

[1] Power switch (SW2) [6] Door open/close sensor /2 (PS25)


[2] Interlock switch /1 (MS1) [7] Scanner home sensor (PS5)
[3] Door open/close sensor /1 (PS24) [8] APS sensor /2 (PS63)
[4] Main power switch (SW1) [9] APS sensor /1 (PS62)
[5] Interlock switch /2 (MS2)

506
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Toner supply section

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

57gaf5c003na

[1] Toner remaining sensor (PZS)

507
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. Photo conductor section


bizhub PRO 920

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c004na

[1] Drum potential sensor (DPS) [2] Drum temperature sensor (TH5)

508
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

E. Charge section

bizhub PRO 920


[2] [1] 57gaf5c005na

[1] Charge cleaning home sensor (PS41) [2] Charge cleaning limit sensor (PS42)

F. Cleaning section

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c006na

[1] Blade sensor /1 (PS30) [2] Blade sensor /2 (PS31)

509
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

G. Tray 1, 2, 3
bizhub PRO 920

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]

[7]

[5]

[6]
57gaf5c007na

[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48) [5] Handle release sensor /1 (PS14)


Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50) Handle release sensor /2 (PS15)
Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52) Handle release sensor /3 (PS16)
[2] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS26) [6] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS34)
Paper empty sensor /2 (PS27) Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS37)
Paper empty sensor /3 (PS28) Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS40)
[3] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20) [7] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS32)
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21) Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS35)
Upper limit sensor /3 (PS22) Paper size sensor /Rr3 (PS38)
[4] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) [8] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS33)
Paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS36)
Paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) Paper size sensor /Fr3 (PS39)

510
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

H. Vertical conveyance section

bizhub PRO 920


[5]

[4]

[1]

[2]

[3] 57gaf5c008na

[1] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [4] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS18)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS19) [5] Loop sensor (PS54)
[3] Door open /close sensor /3 (PS17)

511
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

I. Bypass tray
bizhub PRO 920

[5]
[4]

[1]

[2]

[3] 57gaf5c009na

[1] Lower limit sensor /Bypass (PS43) [4] Paper empty sensor /Bypass (PS29)
[2] Paper size sensor /Rr4 (PS56) [5] Upper limit sensor /Bypass (PS23)
[3] Paper size sensor /Fr4 (PS55)

J. Registration section

[1]

[3]

[2] 57gaf5c010na

[1] Registration sensor (PS44) [3] Paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
[2] Centering sensor (PS1)

512
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

K. ADU section

bizhub PRO 920


[1]
[11] [2]
[3]
[10]

[9] [4]

[8] [5]

[7]
[6]

[9] [10]

[8]

[3]

[7] [6] [1] [2] 57gaf5c011na

[1] ADU deceleration sensor (PS59) [7] Reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
[2] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60) [8] Reverse sensor (PS57)
[3] ADU exit sensor (PS46) [9] ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
[4] Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor (PS11) [10] ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS13)
[5] ADU handle release sensor (PS10) [11] Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS12)
[6] ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)

513
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

L. Fusing section
bizhub PRO 920

[7] [8]
[6]

[5]

[1]

[4]

[3]

[2]
57gaf5c012na

[1] Thermostat /2 (TS2) [5] Thermistor /2 (TH2)


[2] Fusing exit sensor (PS2) [6] Thermistor /4 (TH4)
[3] Thermistor /1 (TH1) [7] Thermistor /3 (TH3)
[4] Fusing jam sensor (PS3) [8] Thermostat /1 (TS1)

M. Paper exit section

[1]

57gaf5c013na

[1] Paper exit sensor (PS61)

514
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.1.2 Load
A. Main body rear side

bizhub PRO 920


[7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13]

[1]

[6]

[4]

[5] [3] [2] 57gaf5c014na

[1] Paper exit motor (M10) [8] Developing motor (M3)


[2] Power supply cooling fan /1 (FM19) [9] Drum motor (M2)
[3] Power supply cooling fan /2 (FM20) [10] Scanner motor (M13)
[4] Paper feed motor (M4) [11] Fusing motor (M1)
[5] Conveyance suction fan (FM2) [12] Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
[6] Loop motor (M6) [13] Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
[7] Cooling fan /3 (FM6)

515
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Main body upper surface


bizhub PRO 920

[1]

57gaf5c015na

[1] Scanner cooling fan (FM7)

516
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Main body left side

bizhub PRO 920


[4] [5]

[1]

[2]

[3]

57gaf5c016na

[1] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 (FM13) [4] Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 (FM17)
[2] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 (FM14) [5] Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 (FM15)
[3] Power supply cooling fan /3 (FM18)

517
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. Write section
bizhub PRO 920

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c017na

[1] Polygon motor (M17) [2] Polygon cooling fan (FM9)

518
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

E. Toner supply section

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

[2]

57gaf5c018na

[1] Toner supply motor (M11) [2] Toner bottle motor (M15)

519
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

F. Photo conductor section


bizhub PRO 920

[1]

57gaf5c019na

[1] Drum claw solenoid (SD4)

G. Charger unit

[1]

57gaf5c020na

[1] Charge cleaning motor (M23)

520
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

H. Cleaning section

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

57gaf5c021na

[1] Blade motor (M14)

I. Tray1, 2, 3

[6]
[5]

[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]
57gaf5c022na

[1] Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD5) [4] Paper size VR /1 (VR1)


Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD6) Paper size VR /2 (VR2)
Tray lock solenoid /3 (SD7) Paper size VR /3 (VR3)
[2] Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD8) [5] Paper feed clutch /1 (CL3)
Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD9) Paper feed clutch /2 (CL5)
Pick-up solenoid /3 (SD10) Paper feed clutch /3 (CL7)
[3] Paper lift motor /1 (M19) [6] Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL4)
Paper lift motor /2 (M20) Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL6)
Paper lift motor /3 (M21) Pre-registration clutch /3 (CL8)

521
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

J. Vertical conveyance section


bizhub PRO 920

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c023na

[1] Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) [2] Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10)

522
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

K. Bypass tray

bizhub PRO 920


[6]

[5]

[4]
[1]

[2]

[3] 57gaf5c024na

[1] Pick-up solenoid /Bypass (SD11) [4] Write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5)
[2] Bypass tray lift motor (M22) [5] Write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
[3] Paper size VR /BP (VR4) [6] Cooling fan /4 (FM12)

L. Registration section

[1] 57gaf5c025na

[1] Registration clutch (CL1)

523
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

M. ADU section
bizhub PRO 920

[14]

[13] [1]
[12] [2]

[3]

[4]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[6]
[7]
[9] [8] 57gaf5c026na

[1] Transfer motor (M9) [8] ADU conveyance motor (M8)


[2] Registration motor (M12) [9] ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10)
[3] ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2) [10] Reverse/exit motor (M5)
[4] Transfer/separation cleaning motor (M18) [11] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD2)
[5] ADU lock solenoid (SD1) [12] Fusing fan (FM1)
[6] ADU cooling fan /3 (FM22) [13] ADU reverse motor (M7)
[7] Fusing solenoid (SD3) [14] ADU cooling fan /2 (FM11)

524
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

N. Fusing section

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

57gaf5c027na

[1] Web motor (M16)

525
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14.1.3 Boards and others


A. Main body rear side
bizhub PRO 920

[15] [16]

[14]

[13] [1]

[12] [2]

[3]

[11]

[4]
[5]

[6]

[10] [9] [8] [7]


57gaf5c028na

[1] Triac /2 (TRC2) [9] Transformer /2 (T2)


[2] Triac /1 (TRC1) [10] DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[3] AC drive board (ACDB) [11] Printer control board (PRCB)
[4] Sub relay (RL2) [12] Parameter board (PB)
[5] Main relay (RL1) [13] HDD /1 (HDD1)
[6] Noise filter /1 (NF1) [14] Overall control board (OACB)
[7] Circuit breaker (CBR) [15] High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
[8] Transformer /1 (T1) [16] Scanner drive board (SDB)

526
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

B. Main body upper surface

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

[2]

[3]

57gaf5c029na

[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] Exposure lamp (L1)


[2] L1 inverter (L1 INVB)

C. Main body front side

[1]

57gaf5c030na

[1] Total counter (TCT)

527
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. Main body left side


bizhub PRO 920

[3]

[2]
[1]

57gaf5c031na

[1] DC power supply /2 (DCPS2) [3] Noise filter /2 (NF2)


[2] Coil (Coil)

E. Operation panel section

[1]
[4]

[3]

[2]

57gaf5c032na

[1] OB inverter (OB INVB) [3] LCD board (LCDB)


[2] Operation board /1 (OB1) [4] Operation board /2 (OB2)

528
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Write section

bizhub PRO 920


[3]

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c033na

[1] Index board (INDEXB) [3] Laser drive board (LDB)


[2] Polygon motor drive board (PMDB)

G. Photo conductor section

[1]

[2]

57gaf5c034na

[1] Drum potential sensor board (DPSB) [2] Toner control sensor board (TCSB)

529
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

H. Charge section
bizhub PRO 920

[1] 57gaf5c035na

[1] Erase lamp (EL)

I. Tray 1, 2, 3

[1]

57gaf5c036na

[1] Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR2)


Dehumidification heater /2 (HTR3)
Dehumidification heater /3 (HTR4)

530
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

J. ADU section

bizhub PRO 920


[4]

[1]

[2]

[3] 57gaf5c037na

[1] Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) [3] ADU drive board (ADUDB)
[2] JAM indicator board (JAMIB) [4] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)

531
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

K. Fusing section
bizhub PRO 920

[3]

[2]

[1] 57gaf5c038na

[1] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) [3] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)

532
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.2 DF

bizhub PRO 920


A. Front side

[4] [3] [2] [1] 15saf5c001na

[1] Exit gate solenoid (SD301) [3] Gate solenoid (SD303)


[2] Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302) [4] DF open/close sensor (PS301)

533
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920

[11] [12] [13] [14] [15]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5]


15saf5c002na

[1] Original conveyance motor (M301) [9] Original paper exit motor /1 (M304)
[2] Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312) [10] Original paper exit motor /2 (M305)
[3] Original conveyance sensor (PS308) [11] DF control board (DFCB)
[4] Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311) [12] Cooling fan /Rt (FM302)
[5] Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) [13] Tray up/down motor (M303)
[6] APS timing sensor (PS317) [14] Cover open/close switch (MS301)
[7] Original feed motor (M302) [15] Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
[8] SDF switching solenoid (SD304)

534
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Upper surface

bizhub PRO 920


[9] [8] [4] [3] [2] [1]

[5]

[6]

[7]

15saf5c003na

[1] Original size sensor /Rt (PS302) [6] Original empty sensor (PS305)
[2] Original size sensor /Lt (PS303) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
[3] Original count sensor (PS310) [8] Original reverse sensor (PS309)
[4] Reverse jam sensor (PS304) [9] Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
[5] Original registration sensor (PS306)

535
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. Upper tray
bizhub PRO 920

[1]

[2]

15saf5c004na

[1] Tray board (TB) [2] Original size VR (VR301)

536
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

E. Reverse tray

bizhub PRO 920


[1]

[2]

15saf5c005na

[1] Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314) [2] Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)

537
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14.3 LU
bizhub PRO 920

[21] [1] [2]


[3]
[20]

[19]
[4]

[18] [5]

[17]
[6]

[7]
[16]
[8]

[15]
[9]
[14]
[10]
[13]

[12] [11] 15ssf5c001na

[1] Tray down switch (SW100) [12] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)
[2] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [13] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
[3] Front door open/close sensor (PS110) [14] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[4] Pick-up solenoid (SD100) [15] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[5] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [16] Paper lift motor (M100)
[6] LU exit sensor (PS106) [17] Feed clutch (CL101)
[7] Pre-registration clutch (CL102) [18] Upper door open/close sensor (PS100)
[8] Paper feed motor (M101) [19] Upper door interlock switch (MS102)
[9] LU drive board (LUDB) [20] Pre-registration sensor (PS107)
[10] Dehumidification heater (HTR101) [21] Paper empty sensor (PS108)
[11] Lower limit sensor (PS101)

538
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.4 FS

bizhub PRO 920


A. Front side

[29] [30] [1]


[28] [2]
[27]
[3]
[26]

[24] [25]
[4]
[23]
[22]

[21]
[20] [5]

[19] [6]

[7]
[18]
[8]
[9]
[10]

[17] [11]
FRONT
[16]
[15] [14] [13] [12]
15sff5c001na

[1] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) [15] Folding passage sensor (PS26)
[2] Paper exit home sensor (PS12) (FS-604 only)
[3] Gate home sensor (PS16) [16] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor
[4] FS entrance sensor (PS4) (PS23) (FS-604 only)
[5] Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-604) [17] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr (SD7)
[6] Front door interlock switch (MS1) (FS-604 only)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M4) (FS-604 only) [18] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[8] Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) [19] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
(FS-604 only) [20] Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[9] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) (FS-604 only) [21] Paper assist motor (M51)
[10] Folding blade home sensor (PS22) [22] Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
(FS-604 only) [23] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[11] Folding blade motor (M19) (FS-604 only) [24] Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[12] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Rr (SD8) [25] Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
(FS-604 only) [26] Shift roller motor (M2)
[13] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [27] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
(FS-604 only) [28] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS19)
[14] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14) [29] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
(FS-604 only) [30] Paper exit home sensor (FS-509 only)

1 539
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920

[12] [13] [14]

[11]

[1]
[2]
[10]

[9] [3]

[4]
[8]

[7] [5]

[6]

15sjf5c002na

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [9] FS control board (FSCB)
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [10] Gate motor (M12)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [11] FS conveyance motor (M1)
[5] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [12] Paper exit motor (M8)
[6] Main tray lift motor (M3) [13] Sub tray paper exit motor (M21)
[7] Folding transfer motor (M20) [14] Paper exit roller motor (M7)

540
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Folding section

bizhub PRO 920


[10]

[9]

[8]

[7]

[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4] [3] 15sff5c003na

[1] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [6] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
(FS-509) (FS-604 only)
[2] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25) (FS-604 only) [7] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) (FS-604 only)
[3] Folding full LED (LED29) (FS-604 only) [8] Stapler rotation motor (M6) (FS-604 only)
[4] Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-509) [9] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[5] Folding full sensor (PS29) (FS-604 only) (FS-604)
[10] Alignment motor /Up (M5)

1 541
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

D. Stapler section
bizhub PRO 920

FS-509

[3]

[4]

FS-604

[9]

[7]
[6]
[8]

[5]

[4]
[3]

[2] [1] 15sff5c004na

[1] Clincher motor /Rr (M10) / [6] Staple empty switch /Rr (MS3) /
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) (FS-604 only) Staple empty switch /Fr (MS5) (FS-604)
[2] Clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32) / [7] Cartridge sensor /Rr (PS34) /
Clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33) (FS-604 only) Cartridge sensor /Fr (PS36) (FS-509)
[3] Stapler motor /Rr (M9) / [8] Staple ready sensor /Rr (PS38) /
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) Staple ready sensor /Fr (PS39) (FS-509 only)
[4] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) / [9] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS35) /
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS37) (FS-509)
[5] Cartridge switch /Rr (MS2) /
Cartridge switch /Fr (MS4) (FS-604)

542 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.5 PI

bizhub PRO 920


[1] [2] [3]
[24] [4]
[23] [5]
[6]
[22]
[7]
[21]
[8]
[20]
[9]

[10]

[19] [11]
[12]
FRONT
[18] [13]
[17] [16] [15] [14] 15jff5c001na

[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [13] Upper door open /close switch (MS201)
[2] Conveyance motor (M203) [14] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[3] Transfer clutch /Lw (CL202) [15] Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4] Registration clutch (CL203) [16] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[5] Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202) [17] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS208)
[6] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [18] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7] Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) [19] L size sensor /Lw (PS212)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) [20] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[9] Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206) [21] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10] PI operation board (PIOB) [22] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS205)
[11] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) [23] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
[12] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [24] Transfer clutch /Up (CL201)

543
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

14.6 PK
bizhub PRO 920

14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504

[1]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[8]

[5]
FRONT [7] [6] 15kjf5c001na

[1] Punch motor (M801) [5] Punch shift home sensor (PS803)
[2] Paper size sensor (PS805) [6] Punch shift motor (M802)
[3] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS802) [7] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch home sensor (PS801) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS804)

14.6.2 PK-505

[7]

[6] [1]

[5]

[4] [3] [2]

[9]

[8] 15knf5e003na

[1] Punch shift home sensor (PS303) [6] Punch motor (M301)
[2] Punch shift motor (M302) [7] Punch encoder sensor (PS306)
[3] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [9] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS301)

544
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.7 ZU

bizhub PRO 920


A. Punch scraps conveyance/ZU main body section

[1]

[2]

[15]

[3]

[14]

[13]
[4]
[12]

[5]
[11]
[10] [6]

[9]
[8] [7]
15kvf5c001na

[1] Conveyance motor cooling fan (M10) [9] Noise filter (NF)
[2] Punch shift motor (M5) [10] Coil (L)
[3] Punch shift home sensor (PS5) [11] DC power supply (DCPS)
[4] ZU control board (ZUCB) [12] Door switch (MS1)
[5] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [13] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS7)
[6] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [14] Punch scraps full sensor (PS8)
[7] Power relay /1 (RL1) [15] Punch scraps conveyance motor (M7)
[8] Power relay /2 (RL2)

545
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Z-folding/conveyance section
bizhub PRO 920

[10] [11]
[9]

[8] [1]
[2]
[7]
[3]

[6]
[4]

[5]

15kvf5c002na

[1] Conveyance motor (M6) [7] Exit sensor (PS9)


[2] Conveyance encoder sensor (PS10) [8] Gate solenoid /Up (SD2)
[3] Gate solenoid /Lw (SD1) [9] Passage sensor (PS1)
[4] Registration motor (M1) [10] 1st stopper motor (M2)
[5] 2nd stopper home sensor (PS4) [11] 1st stopper home sensor (PS3)
[6] 2nd stopper motor (M3)

C. Punch section

[9]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] 15kvf5e003na

[1] ZU-601 [6] Paper edge sensor board (PESB)


[2] ZU-602 [7] Punch switchover motor (M8)
[3] Punch motor (M4) [8] Punch switchover switch (MS2)
[4] Punch clutch (CL1) [9] Punch home sensor (PS6) (ZU-601)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS6)

546
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.8 TU

bizhub PRO 920


A. Front side

[14] [15] [16]


[13]
[12]
[1]
[2]

[3]

[11]
[10]
[9] [4]
[8] [7] [6] [5] 15smf5c001na

[1] Scraps removal motor (M108) [9] Press motor (M105)


[2] Scraps box full LED (LED101) [10] Exit sensor (PS108)
[3] Entrance sensor (PS101) [11] Stacker interlock switch /1 (MS3)
[4] Scraps box full sensor (PS109) [12] Stacker interlock switch /2 (MS4)
[5] Blade motor (M102) [13] Stacker door sensor (PS114)
[6] Blade home switch (MS101) [14] Stacker full sensor (PS113)
[7] Front door interlock switch (MS2) [15] Pusher home sensor (PS112)
[8] Press home sensor (PS105) [16] Pusher motor (M107)

547
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920

[11]

[1]
[10]

[2]

[3]

[9]
[8] [4]
[7]
[6] [5]
15smf5c002na

[1] Upper limit sensor (PS110) [7] Relay /2 (RL2)


[2] DC power supply (DCPS) [8] Coil (Coil)
[3] Lower limit sensor (PS111) [9] Scraps box sensor (PS107)
[4] Holder motor (M106) [10] Conveyance motor (M101)
[5] Circuit breaker (CBR) [11] TU drive board (TUDB)
[6] Relay /1 (RL1)

C. Stopper section / Press section

[1]

[5]
[2]

[4]

[3]
15smf5c003na

[1] Stopper motor (M103) [4] Stopper release motor (M104)


[2] Conveyance sensor (PS102) [5] Stopper home sensor (PS103)
[3] Stopper release home sensor (PS104)

548
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

bizhub PRO 920


15.1 Main body
15.1.1 Connector in the board
A. Printer control board

224 (W : 6 pin) 216 (BN : 15 pin) 214 (BN : 11 pin) 221 (W : 9 pin)
229 (W : 4 pin) 225 (GY : 16 pin) 228 (GY : 28 pin) 401 (W : 2 pin)

222 (GY : 24 pin)


N.C
227 (BN : 11 pin)
301 (BN : 2 pin)
212 (W : 7 pin) 223 (W : 8 pin) 422 (W : 6 pin)
293 (BN : 10 pin) 292 (BN : 5 pin)
325 (W : 6 pin)
290 (BN : 24 pin)

N.C 215 (GY : 18 pin)


324 (W : 6 pin)
N.C
N.C

291 (BN : 18 pin) 294 (BN : 5 pin)


124 (W : 4 pin) 296 (BN : 9 pin) 211 (BN : 9 pin)

N.C
N.C 210 (BN : 19 pin)
323 (W : 8 pin)

N.C
37 (W : 8 pin)

226 (BN : 10 pin) 295 (BN : 10 pin) 38 (W : 3 pin)


213 (BN : 34 pin)
322 (W : 7 pin) N.C
N.C

300 (W : 2 pin) 217 (W : 10 pin) 218 (W : 6 pin)


320 (GY : 22 pin) 220 (GY : 50 pin) 200 (W : 8 pin) 57gaf5c039na

549
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

B. Overall control board


bizhub PRO 920

136 (GY : 28 pin) 130 (GY : 24 pin)


140 (BN : 10 pin) 132 (BN : 5 pin) 118 (BK : 20 pin)

N.C N.C

N.C

123 (BN : 60 pin)

195 (B : 40 pin)
N.C

119 (BN : 3 pin)


129 (BN : 40 pin)

124 (W : 120 pin)

N.C
122 (BN : 60 pin)
N.C

116 (BN : 4 pin) 109 (BK : 120 pin)


128 (BN : 20 pin) 121 (BN : 60 pin)

138 (W : 15 pin)

135 (BN : 19 pin) 101 (W : 10 pin) 100 (BN : 8 pin)


137 (BN : 15 pin) 103 (BN : 4 pin) 57gaf5c040na

C. ADU drive board

524 (W : 6 pin)
523 (W : 6 pin)
500 (W : 9 pin)
527 (W : 7 pin)
501 (BN : 2 pin) 591 (BN : 5 pin) 528 (W : 8 pin)
520 (GY : 34 pin)
529 (W : 6 pin) 590 (N.C)
510 (W : 11 pin)

525 (W : 12 pin) 530 (BN : 6 pin) 593 (N.C) 521 (GY : 30 pin)
526 (W : 10 pin) 594 (N.C) 522 (W : 11 pin) 57gaf5c041na

550
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

D. AC drive board

bizhub PRO 920


420 (GY : 18 pin)
435 (W : 2 pin)

35 (W : 5 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
411 (BN : 11 pin)

410 (BN : 34 pin)

400 (W : 8 pin) 440 (W : 4 pin) 442 (W : 5 pin)


57gaf5c042na

E. DC power supply /1

75 (W : 2 pin) 74 (W : 14 pin)
71 (W : 8 pin)
72 (W : 6 pin) 77 (W : 10 pin)

E (W : 3 pin)
76 (W : 4 pin)
73 (W : 12 pin) F (W : 3 pin)

2 (W : 3 pin)

57gaf5c043na

551
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

F. DC power supply /2
bizhub PRO 920

11 (W : 14 pin) 13 (W : 18 pin)
15 (W : 14 pin) 12 (W : 22 pin) 31 (W : 3 pin)

14 (W : 4 pin)
21 (W : 5 pin)

1-1 (W : 2 pin)
1-2 (W : 4 pin)

57gaf5c044na

G. Scanner drive board

620 (W : 3 pin)

621 (W : 3 pin)
623 (W : 7 pin)

622 (W : 4 pin)

610 (W : 15 pin) 600 (W : 6 pin) 57gaf5c045na

H. High voltage unit /1

250 (W : 3 pin)

251 (W : 11 pin)

57gaf5c046na

552
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

I. High voltage unit /2

bizhub PRO 920


650 (W : 4 pin)
651 (W : 11 pin) 57gaf5c047na

J. JAM indicator board

529 (W : 7 pin) 57gaf5c048na

K. L1 inverter

1 (W : 4 pin) 2 (W : 2 pin) 57gaf5c049na

L. Drum potential sensor board

457 (W : 5 pin) 458 (W : 4 pin) 57gaf5c050na

553
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

M. Operation board /1
bizhub PRO 920

709 (W : 2 pin)
700 (BN : 14 pin) 703 (BN : 13 pin)
708 (W : 6 pin) 713 (BN : 15 pin) 1 (W : 3 pin)

707 (W : 3 pin)

711 (W : 6 pin)
701 (BN : 4 pin)

702 (BN : 14 pin)


710 (BK : 5 pin)

57gaf5c051na

N. Operation board /2

704 (BN : 13 pin)

57gaf5c052na

O. OB inverter

165 (W : 3 pin) 166 (W : 4 pin)

57gaf5c053na

P. Toner control sensor board

454 (W : 10 pin)

57gaf5c054na

554
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

Q. Index board

bizhub PRO 920


51 (BN : 5 pin)
57gaf5c055na

R. CCD board

170 (W : 50 pin)

57gaf5c056na

S. Laser drive board

50 (BN : 24 pin) 57gaf5c057na

T. Polygon motor drive board

131 (W : 6 pin) 133 (W : 11 pin)


57gaf5c058na

555
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

U. Parameter board
bizhub PRO 920

141 (W : 40 pin)

142 (W : 20 pin) 57gaf5c059na

556
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.2 DF

bizhub PRO 920


15.2.1 Connector in the board
A. DF control board

J7 (N.C.) 5 (W : 3 pin) 7 (W : 12 pin)

3 (W : 7 pin)
6 (W : 6 pin) 8 (GY : 24 pin)
2 (W : 8 pin) J2 (N.C.)

9 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 4 pin)

10 (W : 6 pin)
14 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)

16 (W : 3 pin) 15 (W : 9 pin) 13 (W : 6 pin) 12 (W : 7 pin) 15saf5c006na

B. Tray board

12 (W : 9 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)

13 (W : 3 pin)

15saf5c007na

557
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

15.3 LU
bizhub PRO 920

A. LU drive board

721 (W : 17 pin) 720 (W : 11 pin)

700 (W : 4 pin)

710 (GY : 10 pin)

723 (W : 2 pin) 722 (GY : 15 pin)


15ssf5c002na

558
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.4 FS

bizhub PRO 920


A. FS control board (FS-509)

8 (W : 8 pin) 62 (BN : 40 pin) 52 (BN : 6 pin)


61 (W : 2 pin) 51 (BN : 32 pin)

12 (BN : 24 pin)

1 (W : 18 pin)
SW 1
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin)

7 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 14 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)

SW1
ON
1 2 3 4

4 (BN : 40 pin) 3 (BN : 11 pin)

5 (BN : 22 pin)
15sff5c005na

B. FS control board (FS-604)

8 (W : 8 pin) 62 (BN : 40 pin) 52 (BN : 6 pin) 101 (N.C.)


61 (W : 2 pin) 51 (BN : 32 pin) 33 (N.C.) 100 (N.C.)

12 (BN : 24 pin) 84 (N.C.)

82 (N.C.)
1 (W : 18 pin)
SW 1
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin) 16 (N.C.)

7 (W : 6 pin) 22 (N.C.)
2 (W : 14 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin) 21 (N.C.)
14 (W : 4 pin)

SW1
ON
1 2 3 4

4 (BN : 40 pin) 9 (BN : 28 pin) 3 (BN : 11 pin) 43 (N.C.)

5 (BN : 22 pin) 20 (N.C.) 41 (N.C.) 42 (N.C.)


15sjf5c005na

1 559
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

C. Relay board (FS-509)


bizhub PRO 920

5 (BN : 30 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)

10 (W : 8 pin)

8 (BN : 34 pin)

1 (BN : 40 pin)

2 (BN : 22 pin) 15sff5c006na

D. Relay board (FS-604)

5 (BN : 30 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)

10 (W : 8 pin)

4 (BN : 24 pin) 8 (BN : 34 pin)

9 (W : 2 pin)

1 (BN : 40 pin)
7 (W : 28 pin)

3 (BN : 28 pin)
2 (BN : 22 pin)
15sjf5c006na

560 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.5 PI

bizhub PRO 920


A. PI drive board

53 (GY : 30 pin) 56 (W : 6 pin)

58 (GY : 12 pin)
52 (GY : 38 pin)

54 (W : 8 pin)

57 (GY : 11 pin) 55 (GY : 24 pin)

15jff5c002na

B. PI operation board

1 (GY : 12 pin)
15jff5c003na

561
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

15.6 PK
bizhub PRO 920

A. Punch drive board (PK-503/PK-504)

69 (W : 6 pin) 70 (W : 15 pin) 68 (W : 8 pin)

65 (W : 5 pin) 67 (W : 3 pin) 63 (GY : 40 pin)


64 (W : 2 pin) 66 (GY : 9 pin)
15kjf5c002na

B. Punch drive board (PK-505)

69 (W : 6 pin) 70 (W : 15 pin) 68 (W : 8 pin)

64 (W : 2 pin) 66 (GY : 6 pin)


65 (W : 3 pin) 67 (GY : 12 pin) 63 (GY : 40 pin)
15kaf5e001na

C. Paper edge sensor (PK-503/PK-504/PK-505)

25 (W : 7 pin)

15kjf5c003na

562
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.7 ZU

bizhub PRO 920


9 (W : 13 pin) 3 (W : 8 pin)

10 (W : 12 pin) 4 (W : 14 pin)
12 (W : 2 pin)
6 (B : 14 pin) 8 (W : 6 pin)
LED VR
LED LED2
LED6
LED4
SW1 7 (W : 12 pin)
LED3
20 (24 pin) LED5
5 (W : 24 pin)

21 (18 pin) VR
11 (W : 4pin) VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 VR5

2 (W : 4 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)

SW1 SW1
1:OFF 1:ON
1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4
2:ON 2:ON
ON

ON
3:OFF 3:OFF
4:OFF 4:OFF

750/600 920
15kvf5c004nb

563
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

15.8 TU
bizhub PRO 920

15.8.1 Connector in the board


A. TU drive board

402 (GY : 28 pin) 404 (GY : 18 pin) 406 (GY : 20 pin)

403 (W : 5 pin)
401 (GY : 40 pin)
405 (W : 4 pin)

408 (W : 3 pin)
407 (W : 2 pin)

409 (W : 3 pin)
15smf5c004na

564
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Item

Fusing motor (M1)


Drum motor (M2)
Developing motor (M3)
Paper feed motor (M4)
Registration motor (M12)
Loop motor H
(M6) L
Paper exit motor H
16.1 Main body

(M10) L
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


H
Reverse/exit L
motor (M5) F
16. TIMING CHART

R
H
ADU reverse L
motor (M7) F
R
ADU convey- H
ance motor (M8) L
Registration clutch (CL1)
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL4)

Erase lamp (EL)


Charging
Transfer
Separation
Developing bias
Guide plate bias

Drum claw solenoid (SD4)


Reverse/exit solenoid (SD2)

Paper feed sensor /1 (PS47)


Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)

Loop sensor (PS54)


Registration sensor (PS44)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
Fusing exit sensor (PS2)
Reverse sensor (PS57)
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60)
ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
ADU exit sensor (PS46)
Paper exit sensor (PS61)
A. A4, 2 single sided originals, single sided copy (1 copy), reversed paper exit, paper feed tray 1

Print start signal Stop printing

57gaf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

565
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

566
Item

Fusing motor (M1)


Drum motor (M2)
Developing motor (M3)
16. TIMING CHART

Paper feed motor (M4)


Registration motor (M12)
Loop motor H
(M6) L
Paper exit motor H
(M10) L
H
Reverse/exit L
motor (M5)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


F
R
H
ADU reverse L
motor (M7) F
R
ADU convey- H
ance motor (M8) L
Registration clutch (CL1)
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL4)

Erase lamp (EL)


Charging
Transfer
Separation
Developing bias
Guide plate bias

Drum claw solenoid (SD4)


Reverse/exit solenoid (SD2)

Paper feed sensor /1 (PS47)


Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)

Loop sensor (PS54)


Registration sensor (PS44)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
Fusing exit sensor (PS2)
Reverse sensor (PS57)
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60)
ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
ADU exit sensor (PS46)
Paper exit sensor (PS61)
B. 2 double sided originals, double sided copy (1 copy), straight paper exit, paper feed tray 1

Print start signal Stop printing

57gaf5c801na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
16.2 DF

Tray up/down motor UP


(M303) DOWN
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS314)

Original count sensor (PS310)


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Original empty sensor (PS305)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


800 mm/s
Original feed motor F
(M302) 400 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
Original registration sensor (PS306)

Original conveyance sensor (PS308)


615 mm/s
F
Original conveyance 400 mm/s
motor (M301) 400 mm/s
R
615 mm/s

615 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single sided original, 3 originals

F
400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /1 (M304) 400 mm/s
R
450 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)

Reverse jam sensor (PS304)


Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302)
Exit gate solenoid (SD301)

615 mm/s
F 400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /2 (M305) 250 mm/s
R 400 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Gate solenoid (SD303)

V-VALID

Start button Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Final paper feed is completed

15saf5c800na
ON scan scan scan
16. TIMING CHART

567
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

568
Item

Tray up/down motor UP


(M303)
16. TIMING CHART

DOWN
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS314)

Original count sensor (PS310)


Original empty sensor (PS305)
800 mm/s
Original feed motor F
(M302) 400 mm/s

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


R 550 mm/s
Original registration sensor (PS306)

Original conveyance sensor (PS308)


615 mm/s
F
Original conveyance 400 mm/s
motor (M301) 400 mm/s
R
615 mm/s

615 mm/s
F
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals

400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /1 (M304) 400 mm/s
R
450 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)

Reverse jam sensor (PS304)


Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302)
Exit gate solenoid (SD301)

615 mm/s
F 400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /2 (M305) 250 mm/s
R 400 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Gate solenoid (SD303)

V-VALID

Start button Page 1 Page 1 Page 2 Page 2 Page 3 Page 3 Final paper feed is completed

15saf5c801na
ON side one scan side two side one scan side two side one scan side two scan
scan scan
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.3 LU
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Item

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Paper feed
motor
(M101)

Feed clutch
A. A4, life size, 1-1 mode, 2 originals

(CL101)
Loop Loop

Pick-up sole-
noid (SD100)

Pre-registration
clutch
(CL102)

Pre-registration
sensor
(PS107)

LU exit
sensor
(PS106)

Print start signal

15ssf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

569
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

570
Item
16.4.1

FS entrance sensor (PS4)

1
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
16.4 FS

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)


Stacker entrance motor (M13)
16. TIMING CHART

Paper assist motor (M51)


FS-509

Paper assist solenoid (SD51)


Alignment motor / Close
Up (M5) Open
Stapler movement motor (M11)
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Paper exit motor (M8)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Paper exit home sensor /2 (PS100)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Paper exit roller 950 mm/s
motor (M7) 670 mm/s
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Main tray up lift motor UP
(M3) DOWN

Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3 Copy 1 Page 51 Copy 1 Page 52 Copy 2 Page 1

Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Paper assist motor (M51)
A. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 52 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Paper assist solenoid (SD51)


Alignment motor / Close
Up (M5) Open
Stapler movement motor (M11)
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Paper exit motor (M8)
Paper exit home sensor /2 (PS100)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller
motor (M7) 670 mm/s
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Main tray up lift motor UP
(M3) DOWN

15sff5c801na
Copy 2 Page 50 Copy 2 Page 51 Copy 2 Page 52
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.4.2
FS-604

Item

FS entrance sensor (PS4)

FS conveyance 930 mm/s


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

motor (M1) 400 mm/s

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Shift roller motor (M2)
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
A
Paper exit roller 253 mm/s
motor (M7) 400 mm/s
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
Main tray lift motor UP
(M3) DOWN
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side

Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 1

Item

FS entrance sensor (PS4)


930 mm/s FS conveyance
400 mm/s motor (M1)
Shift roller motor (M2)
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
253 mm/s Paper exit roller
A 400 mm/s motor (M7)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
UP Main tray lift motor
DOWN (M3)

Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 3 Page 1 Copy 3 Page 2

1
15sjf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

571
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

572
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
16. TIMING CHART

Stacker entrance motor (M13)


Paper assist motor (M51)
Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
Alignment motor / close
Up (M5) open
Stapler movement motor (M11)
Stapler, Clincher motor /Fr (M14, M15)
A

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Stapler, Clincher motor /Rr (M9, M10)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller
motor (M7) 670 mm/s
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Main tray lift motor UP
(M3) DOWN
Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3 Copy 1 Page 9 Copy 1 Page 10 Copy 1 Page 11 Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3 Copy 2 Page 4

Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Paper assist motor (M51)


Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
close Alignment motor /
open Up (M5)

A Stapler movement motor (M11)


Stapler, Clincher motor /Fr (M14, M15)
Stapler, Clincher motor /Rr (M9, M10)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller
670 mm/s motor (M7)
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
UP Main tray lift motor
DOWN (M3)

15sjf5c801na
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page10 Copy 2 Page 11
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13) 930 mm/s
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
close
open
Stapler, Clincher motor /Fr (M14, M15)
A
Stapler, Clincher motor /Rr (M9, M10)
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
Saddle stitching stopper down
motor (M18) up
Folding transfer motor 400 mm/s
(M20) 80 mm/s
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
Paper exit motor (M8)
Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr, /Rr (SD7, SD8)

Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3

Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
C. Saddle stitching, A4R, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)


930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)
close Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
A open
Stapler, Clincher motor /Fr (M14, M15)
Stapler, Clincher motor /Rr (M9, M10)
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
down Saddle stitching stopper
up motor (M18)
400 mm/s Folding transfer motor
80 mm/s (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
Paper exit motor (M8)
Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr, /Rr (SD7, SD8)

Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3

15sjf5c802na
16. TIMING CHART

573
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

574
Item

Paper exit roller motor (M7)


Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
16. TIMING CHART

close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
Alignment motor /Lw (M16) close
open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
A

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Saddle stitching stopper motor down
(M18) up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Folding transfer motor (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr, /Rr (SD7, SD8)

Print start signal


D. Tri-folding, A4R, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Item
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor
500 mm/s (M13)
A
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
down Saddle stitching stopper motor
up (M18)
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Folding transfer motor (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr, /Rr (SD7, SD8)

15sjf5c803na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.5 PI
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Item

Conveyance motor 253 mm/s


(M203) 670 mm/s
Conveyance CL /Lw (CL202)
Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202)
PI paper feed pre-require
PI paper feed require
Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
Registration clutch (CL203)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor /Up close
(M5) open
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Gate motor (M12)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)

Print start signal


A. PI auto paper feeder (lower tray), 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side

15jff5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

575
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

576
16.6 PK
16. TIMING CHART

Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS37)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Gate motor (M12)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Registration shutter motor (M303)
Registration shutter home sensor (PS307)
Paper size sensor (PS305)
Punch shift motor Fr
(M802) Rr
Punch motor (M801)
Punch home sensor (PS801)

FNS conveyance motor (M1)

Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)


Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Alignment motor / close
Up (M5) open
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9) Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

Print start signal

15kjf5c800na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.7 ZU
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Item

Main body paper exit signal


Loop Loop Loop
Paper edge sensor board (PESB) - leading/trailing edge
Registration motor 790 mm/s
(M1) 370 mm/s
Conveyance motor 790 mm/s
(M6) 370 mm/s
1st stopper motor (M2) Release
Set Release Set Release Set Release
2nd stopper motor (M3)
Passage sensor (PS1)
Exit sensor (PS9)
FS entrance sensor
A. Z-folding + Punch mode, A3, 3 originals, Single side

Punch shift motor F


(M5) R
Paper edge sensor board (PESB) - side edge
Punch motor (M4)
Punch clutch (CL1) Punch Punch Punch
Punch scraps conveyance motor (M7)
Gate solenoid /Lw (SD1)
Gate solenoid /Up (SD2)

15kvf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

577
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920

578
16.8 TU
16. TIMING CHART

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Item

FS conveyance motor (FS) (M1)


Conveyance motor (M101)
Entrance sensor (PS101)
A. Trimming mode, A3, 16 originals, 2 copies

Stopper motor (M103)


Conveyance sensor (PS102)
Press motor (M105)

Blade motor (M102)


Stopper release motor (M104)
Holder motor (M106)
Pusher motor (M107)
Exit sensor (PS108)

Copy 1 Copy 2

15smf5c800na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Item

FS conveyance motor (FS) (M1)


Conveyance motor (M101)
B. Through mode, A3, 16 originals, 2 copies

Entrance sensor (PS101)


Stopper motor (M103)
Conveyance sensor (PS102)
Press motor (M105)

Blade motor (M102)


Stopper release motor (M104)
Holder motor (M106)
Pusher motor (M107)
Exit sensor (PS108)

Copy 1 Copy 2

15smf5c801na
16. TIMING CHART

579
bizhub PRO 920
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Blank page

580
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
I

L
F

K
E
B
A

H
D
C

M
58

60
59
129
Plug

128
126
53

1
1

51

601-6
601-5
601-4
601-3
601-2
601-1
601-8
601-7
17.1 Main body 1/4
G/Y

FT10

FT11

600-1 5V

600-6 P.G
600-5 P.G
600-2 S.G
600-4 24V
600-3 24V
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

CBR
620-1 U

FT13
FT12
610-1 SCAN_CLK
620-2 V Scanner motor
610-2 SCAN_FR

M13
FT15
FT14

2
2
610-3 SCAN_W23
610-4 SCAN_V0 620-3 W
610-5 SCAN_V1

NF1
630-1 631-1 632-1
610-6 SCAN_V2 623-1 24V

Noise filter /1
630-2 631-2 632-2
610-7 LUMP_CONT 623-2 CONT
630-3 631-3 632-3

516
FT17
FT16
610-8 FAN_CONT

17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM


623-3

L1
FT42
FT41
631-4 632-4

A
610-9 FAN_EM
610-10 HP_PS
631-4

L1 INVB

UNIT

From IPB
Exposure lamp
610-11 NC

F/G
NF2
610-12 NC
Transformer /2

SCANNER
F/G
640-3-1 750-1 CN13-1

LAMP UNIT
610-13 NC

18
621-1 CONT

Noise filter /2
CN19-1
610-14 SCAN24V_FEM 640-2-2 Dehumidification
621-2 EM

T2
Scanner cooling fan

SDB
610-15 SGND

FM7
heater switch

CN19-2
640-1-3 750-2 CN13-4

133
621-3 PGND
305-5 SW3

1
91-1 CN12-1 CN17-2 CN17-1

3
3
305-3
650-1
622-1 5V 305-1 CN9-1
650-2
622-2 SIG

T1
Scanner home sensor

CN9-2
650-3 305-6

PS5
622-3 CN12-4
622-4 305-4 91-2

305-2 Transformer /1

17 16 15 132 131 130


623-4

FT40
623-5

CN11-2
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN11-1
5
FT21
623-6

CN20-1

1
6

G/Y
623-7

FT20

FT41

4
4

RL1
Main relay

84

167
161
57GA (JAPAN 100V)

Outlet

81
32

162
166
171
CN21-1

CN18-1

87
92
85
31
510

35
30
500

34
42

33
36
SW1

507
507

T1
T1

T1
T1

G
G

G
G

T2
T2

T2
T2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TRC2
TRC2

TRC1
TRC1

Triac /2
Triac /2
CN21-2
Main power switch

57GB / 57GF (JAPAN 200V, US / EU)


506
CN20-2

To ACDB
To ACDB

505
504
504

505

Triac /1
Triac /1
To FUSING UNIT
CN18-3

502
502

503
503

100-4 5V0
100-5 5V0
100-6 5V0

101-6 5V1
101-5 5V1
506 To ACDB
To ACDB

5
5

100-8 12V0

100-1 S.GND
100-2 S.GND
100-3 S.GND
100-7 S.GND

101-9 S.GND
101-8 S.GND
101-7 S.GND
101-4 S.GND
101-2 S.GND
163-7-1 665-3

101-10 5V1(HDD)
CN137-1 APS/5V
163-6-2 665-2

101-3 12V1-1(CCD)
101-1 12V1-2(HDD)
CN137-2 SIG APS sensor /1
163-5-3 665-1
CN137-3 SGND
163-4-4 666-3
CN137-4 APS/5V
163-3-5 666-2
CN137-5 SIG APS sensor /2
163-2-6 666-1

PS62 PS63
CN137-6 SGND
163-1-7

A
CN137-7 LAMP H/L

SCANNER
160-1-6

CN2-3
CN2-1

CN116-1 PAT1
160-2-5

AC_NEU
AC_HOT

6
6

CN116-2 PAT2
160-3-4

30
CN72-1 5V0
CN116-3 PAT3

lamp
160-4-3

31
CN72-2 5V0
CN116-4 PAT4

Status
160-5-2

32
CN72-3 5V0

10
160-6-1 IPB

33

indicator
CN72-4 SGND

11
34
CN72-5 SGND

35

170
169
164
CN72-6 SGND

165
168
163
FM19

36
IPB CN73-1 12V0
CN73-2
cooling fan /1
Power supply

38
CN73-3 12V3

171-6
171-5
171-4
171-3
171-2
171-1
PRCB
CN73-4
CN73-5
FM20

CN73-6

42
IPB CN73-7 SGND

475-6
475-5
475-4
475-3
475-2
475-1

7
7

CN73-8
cooling fan /2
Power supply

CN73-9
CN73-10
CN73-11
707-1 SUB_SW CN73-12

SW

708-2 5V1
708-1 5V1
SUB
-2 S.GND

SW2

708-4 S.GND
708-3 S.GND
-3

708-5 5V1(IVN)
48

CN74-1 24v2

Power switch
FNS 758-1

708-6 SGND (INV)


49

709-1 DDF CN74-2 24v2


50

709-2 ADUDB CN74-3 24v2


51

SDB CN74-8 24v2


52

PMDB CN74-9 24v2


53

SDB CN74-10 24v2


54

FNS CN74-4 PGND


55

DDF CN74-5 PGND


56

ADUDB CN74-6 PGND

8
8

CN74-7
58

CN74-11 PGND
59

SDB CN74-12 PGND


60

CN74-13 PGND
703-13 SHUT SW 704- 1 SHUT SW CN74-14
-12 SHUT LED - 2 SHUT LED
-11 5V0 - 3 5V0
62

-10 5V1 - 4 5V1 CN75-1 36v


PMDB
63

- 9 EXP LED - 5 EXP LED CN75-2 PGND


DCPS1

- 8 EXP SW - EXP SW
- 7 UD LED - 7 UD LED
64

CN76-1 24v3

OB2
- 6 USER SW - 8 USER SW M4 CN76-2
- 5 HELP SW - 9 HELP SW
66

CN76-3 PGND
- 4 S.GND -10 S.GND CN76-4
- 3 ADJ Vref -11 VR_LOWER
- 2 LCD VR -12 VR_SIG

9
9

68

- 1 24VA -13 VR_UPPER CN77-1 PGND


PRCB
69

CN77-2 PGND
70

745-A14-A1 HV1 CN77-3 PGND


136-A1 TXD 700-14 RXD_IN
71

745-A13-A2 CN77-4 PGND


136-A2 RXD -13 TXD_OUT M1
72

745-A12-A3 CN77-5 PGND


136-A3 RTS -12 CTS 1-3 PWM 165-1 ON/OFF
73

745-A11-A4 M2 CN77-6 PGND


136-A4 CTS -11 RTS -2 GND -2 GND
74

745-A10-A5 CN77-7 PGND


136-A5 SHUT OFF -10 SHUT OFF -1 5V2 -3 VCC M3

OB1
-3 GND
-3 N.C
-2 N.C
166-1 VH
75

745-A9-A6 CN77-8 PGND

OACB (1/3)
136-A6 SW SIG -9 SW SIG
76

745-A8-A7 CN77-9 PGND


136-A7 WT LED -8 WT LED FNS
OB INVB
77

745-A7-A8 CN77-10 PGND


136-A8 SHUT LED -7 SHUT LED
745-A6-A9
136-A9 OUT1 -6 SW LED
78

745-A5-A10 MS2 FT-1 24v3


136-A10 5V0 -5 5V0
745-A4-A11
CN78-1 JPN100V
142

136-A11 SBIN1 -4 SBOUT_1


745-A3-A12
136-A12 SBOUT1 -3 SBIN_1 702-14 LCD VR CN78-2
745-A2-A13
136-A13 SBIN2 -2 N.C -13 LCD24V CN78-3
745-A1-A14

10
10

136-A14 SBOUT2 -1 N.C -12 D3


CN71-1 5V_IN
142

713-15 -11 D2
745-B14-B1
136-B1 DAT3 -14 LCD_D3 -10 D1 CN71-2 SGND
745-B13-B2
136-B2 DAT2 -13 LCD_D2 -9 D0 CN71-3 /REM1
745-B12-B3
CN71-4 /REM2
152

136-B3 DAT1 -12 LCD_D1 -8 LCD24V


745-B11-B4
136-B4 DAT0 -11 LCD_D0 -7 S.GND CN71-5 /REM3
745-B10-B5
CN71-6 CUR_EM
155

136-B5 S.GND -10 SGND -6 5V1


745-B9-B6
PKB

CN71-7 AC_OFF
151 154

136-B6 CP -9 CP -5 CP
745-B8-B7
LCDB

CN71-8 FAN_H/L
153

Backlight

136-B7 S.GND -8 SGND -4 LP


745-B7-B8
136-B8 LP -7 LP -3 FRM
745-B6-B9
136-B9 S.GND -6 SGND -2 N.C
745-B5-B10
136-B10 FLM -5 FLM -1 DSP_OFF
745-B4-B11
136-B11 S.GND -4 SGND
745-B3-B12
136-B12 DISP OFF -3 DISP OFF
745-B2-B13
136-B13 -2
745-B1-B14
136-B14 -1

11
11

701-1 X2 LEFT
-2 Y2 LOWER
-3 X1 RIGHT
-4 Y1 UPPER
FT42
7
FT23

8
FT22

FT43

12
RL2
12

90-1
7

138-1 5V0
90-2
CN14-1

CN14-2

8
Sub relay

138-2 24V RLY


138-3 /REM1
138-4 /REM2
151
CN3-1

138-5 /REM3
152

138-6 /REM4
153

138-7 FAN_H/L
Coil

138-8 HT_RL
154

138-9 ACOFF(M)
CN3-2

155

138-10 CUR EM
138-11 ACOFF(T)
138-12
513

138-13
514

138-14
515
512
511

138-15

13
13

L
F

K
E
B
A

H
D
C

M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Symbol Part name Location


CBR Circuit breaker 2-B
Coil Coil 12-B
DCPS1 DC power supply /1 6-B
FM7 Scanner cooling fan 3-I
FM19 Power supply cooling fan /1 6-B
FM20 Power supply cooling fan /2 7-B
L1 Exposure lamp 2-H
L1 INVB L1 inverter 2-I
LCDB LCD board 10-F
M13 Scanner motor 2-I
NF1 Noise filter /1 2-B
NF2 Noise filter /2 2-B
OACB Overall control board 5-J
OB INVB OB inverter 9-F
OB1 Operation board /1 7-H
OB2 Operation board /2 8-F
PKB Panel key board 10-F
PS5 Scanner home sensor 3-I
PS62 APS sensor /1 5-I
PS63 APS sensor /2 5-I
RL1 Main relay 4-B
RL2 Sub relay 12-B
SDB Scanner drive board 1-K
SW1 Main power switch 4-B
SW2 Power switch 7-G
SW3 Dehumidification heater switch 3-B
T1 Transformer /1 3-D
T2 Transformer /2 3-D
TRC1 Triac /1 5-D, 5-E
TRC2 Triac /2 5-D, 5-F
— Backlight 10-F
— Status indicator lamp 6-I

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I

L
F

K
E
B
A

H
D
C

M
513

36V
514
512
511

24V
515

GND 63

PLL_LK 170

52
62

CLK 171
CONT 172

172-6-4
172-1-9
172-2-8
172-3-7
172-5-5
172-4-6

14
14

CN1-6
CN1-5
CN1-3
CN1-2

186-6-1
186-5-2
186-4-3
186-3-4
186-2-5
186-1-6
AC_NEU
AC_NEU
AC_HOT
AC_HOT
140-1 GND

79
PRCB CN11-1 5v1
140-2 GND

80
CN11-2 5v1

17.2 Main body 2/4


140-3 GND ADUDB

81
CN11-3 5v1

131-1
140-4 N.C

131-6
131-5
131-2
131-3
131-4
161
140-5 CTS IPB

162
CN11-4 5v1
140-6 RTS

82
140-7 RXD
PMDB DDF

Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

141
140-8 TXD LCT

RESERVE
142
140-9 5V1 DCPS1

163
CN11-5 5v1
140-10 5V1

164
OB1

165
84
CN11-6 12v1-1

15
15

M17
WRITING
IPB

85
111-1 TD+ CN11-7 12v1-2

86
111-2 TD- PRCB CN11-8 SGND

88
111-3 RD+ ADUDB CN11-9 SGND

87
111-4 CT CN11-10 SGND

I/F (RJ45)
166
111-5 CT IPB

167
111-6 RD- CN11-11 SGND

90

Polygon motor
111-7 N.C DDF

89
111-8 CHS LCT

168
CN11-12 SGND
192-5-9 194-9

MAIN BODY LAN


169
CN132-1 INDPR OB1
192-4-10 194-10

170
CN132-2 SGND
192-3-11 194-11

92
125-1 VBUS CN132-3 IND CN11-13 SGND
125-2 -D 192-2-12 194-12 IPB CN11-14 SGND

171
CN132-4 S.GND
125-3 +D 192-1-13 194-13

INDEXB
CN132-5 5V

ISW
125-4 S.GND

16
16
51-1

93
MS2 CN21-1 24v2
191-14-1
CN130-A1 ENB CN21-2

I/F (USB)
191-13-2

95
134-1 STROBE CN130-A2 ALM1 ADUDB CN21-3 PGND
191-12-3
134-2 D0 CN130-A3 S/HB1 CN21-4
191-11-4
134-3 D1 CN130-A4 S/H1
191-10-5

97
134-4 D2 CN130-A5 S.GND ACDB CN12-1 24v1
191-9-6

98
134-5 D3 CN130-A6 LD+5V LCT CN12-2 24v1
191-8-7
134-6 D4 CN130-A7 LD+5V CN12-3
191-7-8

100
134-7 D5 CN130-A8 LPR5V ACDB CN12-4 12v2
191-6-9
CN130-A9 S.GND CN12-5 12v2

101
134-8 D6 191-5-10
ADUDB
134-9 D7 CN130-A10 -VIDEO1 CN12-6
191-4-11

103
134-10 PTRCLK CN130-A11 +VIDEO1 PRCB CN12-7 5v2
191-3-12

104
134-14 PBUSY CN130-A12 S.GND M3 CN12-8 5v2
190-12-1

105
134-12 ACK CN130-B1 LOAD ADUDB CN12-9 5v2
190-11-2

106
CN130-B2 DACLK CN12-10 5v2

17
17
134-13 xFLAG 190-10-3
ACDB

DCPS2

LDB
107
134-14 HBUSY CN130-B3 DI ADUDB CN12-11 -5v
190-9-4
134-15 18 NC CN130-B4 S.GND
190-8-5

108
134-19 27 SGND CN130-B5 ALM2 ACDB CN12-12 SGND
190-7-6
CN130-B6 S/HB2 CN12-13

ISW I/F PARALLEL


134-28 30 NC 190-6-7

110
134-31 INIT CN130-B7 S/H2 ADUDB CN12-14 SGND
190-5-8

111
134-32 NDVALID CN130-B8 ALMRST PRCB CN12-15 SGND
190-4-9

112
134-33 35 NC CN130-B9 S.GND ADUDB CN12-16 SGND
190-3-10

113
134-36 1284ACT CN130-B10 -VIDEO2 CN12-17 SGND

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


190-2-11 ACDB

114
CN130-B11 +VIDEO2 CN12-18 PGND
190-1-12

115
CN130-B12 S.GND LCT CN12-19 PGND
CN12-20
139-1 DCD

117
CN12-21 PGND
139-2 RXD CN195- 1 RST PRCB CN12-22 24v1

118
CN195- 2 S.GND
139-3 TXD CN195- 3 D7
CN195- 4 D8
139-4 DTR CN195- 5 D6 CN13-1 24v1

119
RCDB

18
18

CN195- 6 D9
139-5 GND CN195- 7 D5 CN13-2
CN195- 8 D10
139-6 DSR CN195- 9 D4 CN13-3
CN195-10 D11
139-7 RTS CN195-11 D3 CN13-4
CN195-12 D12 343-1

CSRC I/F
139-8 CTS CN195-13 D2

123
DPSB CN13-5 24v1
CN195-14 D13
139-9 RI CN195-15 D1

124
M15 CN13-6 5v2
CN195-16 D14 FM18
CN195-17 D0

125
M4 CN13-7 5v2
CN195-18 D15
CN195-19 S.GND

126
SDB CN13-8 5v2

cooling fan /3
CN195-20 N.C.(KEY pin)
CN195-21 DMARQ
Power supply

127
HV1 CN13-9 5v2
CN195-22 S.GND
CN195-23 DIOW

128
CN13-10 SGND
CN195-24 S.GND SDB
CN195-25 DIOR

129
CN13-11 SGND
CN195-26 S.GND
CN195-27 IDRDY CN13-12
CN195-28 CSEL
CN195-29 DMACK CN13-13
CN195-30 S.GND
CN195-31 INT0

132
M15 CN13-14 PGND

OACB (2/3)
CN195-32 Reserved

HDD1
CN195-33 DA1 CN13-15
CN195-34 PDAIG
CN195-35 DA0 CN13-16
CN195-36 DA2

19
19

CN195-37 CS0

132
HTR4 CN13-17 PGND
CN195-38 CS1 343-2
CN195-39 DASP

136
DPSB CN13-18 PGND
CN195-40 S.GND

CN103-1 +5V1 CN14-1

138
CN103-2 S.GND CN14-2 5v2
FNS
139
CN103-3 S.GND CN14-3 SGND
CN103-4 +12V(HDD) CN14-4

CN15-4
CN110-1 S.GND CN170-50 S.GND
200

CN15-5 FAN_CONT
CN110-2 TG CN170-49 TG
CN15-6 FAN_EM
201

CN110-3 TG_OUT CN170-48 TGOUT


CN15-10 REM/1
CN110-4 CLAMP CN170-47 CLAMP
CN15-11 REM/2
CN110-5 A_CLAMP CN170-46 ACLAMP
CN15-14 AC_OFF
CN110-6 PRDKEEP CN170-45 PRDKEEP

20
20

CN110-7 S.GND CN170-44 S.GND


CN110-8 +LCLK CN170-43 LCLK+
78
93

CN110-9 -LCLK CN170-42 LCLK-


CN110-10 S.GND CN170-41 S.GND 81-1
220

CN110-11 -RCK CN170-40 RCK- PRCB 81-2


CN80-1
CN80-2

CN170-39 RCK+
221

CN110-12 +RCK
CN110-13 S.GND CN170-38 S.GND 81-3
222

CN110-14 S.GND CN170-37 S.GND HV1


78-1A

81-4
78-2A

CN170-36 TCK+
223

CN110-15 +TCK M3
CN110-16 -TCK CN170-35 TCK- 81-5
224

CN110-17 S.GND CN170-34 S.GND


M2
MS2

81-6
Interlock switch /2

CN170-33 S.GND
225

CN110-18 S.GND M1
CN110-19 SCLK CN170-32 SCLK
82-1
CN170-31 SEN
226

CN110-20 SEN ADUDB


78-1B 79-1B

78-2B 79-2B

CN110-21 SDI CN170-30 SDI 82-2


227

M15

21
21

CN110-22 SDO CN170-29 SDO


MS1

CN110-23 S.GND CN170-28 S.GND


79-1A

CN110-24 -AD_D0 CN170-27 AD_D0-


79-2A

CN110-25 +AD_D0 CN170-26 AD_D0+


CN80-3
CN80-4

CN110-26 S.GND CN170-25 S.GND


Interlock switch /1

PB
CN110-27 -AD_D1 CN170-24 AD_D1-
CN170-23 AD_D1+
CCDB

CN110-28 +AD_D1
CN110-29 S.GND CN170-22 S.GND
CN110-30 -AD_D2 CN170-21 AD_D2-
CN110-31 +AD_D2 CN170-20 AD_D2+
CN110-32 S.GND CN170-19 S.GND
CN110-33 -LVDSCLK CN170-18 LVDSCLK-
CN110-34 +LVDSCLK CN170-17 LVDSCLK+
CN110-35 S.GND CN170-16 S.GND
CN110-36 ADRST CN170-15 ADRST

22
22

CN110-37 APR CN170-14 APR


CN110-38 LVDSPDN CN170-13 PDWN
CN110-39 S.GND CN170-12 S.GND
CN110-40 +5V1 CN170-11 +5V1
CN110-41 +5V1 CN170-10 +5V1
CN110-42 +5V1 CN170- 9 +5V1
CN110-43 +5V1 CN170- 8 +5V1
CN110-44 +5V1 CN170- 7 +5V1
CN110-45 +5V1 CN170- 6 +5V1
CN110-46 S.GND CN170- 5 S.GND
CN110-47 +12V(CCD) CN170- 4 +12V
CN110-48 +12V(CCD) CN170- 3 +12V
CN110-49 +12V(CCD) CN170- 2 +12V
CN110-50 S.GND CN170- 1 S.GND
CN 109

CN137-15 COVER
CN137-14 DDF_VV
CN137-13 CTS
CN137-12 DTR
CN137-11 TXD
CN137-10 RTS
CN137-9 DSR
CN137-8 RXD

23
23

759-1-8
759-2-7
759-3-6
759-4-5
759-5-4
759-6-3
759-7-2
759-8-1
CN887-1 12Vout
CN887-2 GND
CN887-3 GND
IC-203

CN887-4 5Vout

N.C
N.C

RTS
CTS
TXD
CN 899

RXD
PCI RB

DFVV
COVER

24
24

CN889-1 N.C CN1-1


CN1-2
CN889-2 RXD CN1-3
CN1-4
CN889-3 TXD CN1-5

49
24V2(MRG) CN1-6
CN889-4 N.C CN1-7

55
P.GND CN1-8
CN889-5 GND CN1-9

82
5V1 CN1-10
CN889-6 N.C CN1-11

90
S.GND CN1-12
DIMM

CN889-7 RTS CN1-13


(RS232C)
CN1-14
CN1-15
IC cooling fan FM21

CN889-8 CTS
DEBUG I/F

CN1-16
CompactFlash

CN889-9 N.C CN1-17


CN1-18
CN1-19
CN1-20
CN1-21
CN1-22
ICB

DF-606
CN1-23
CN1-24
CN1-25
CN886-1 VBUS CN1-26
CN1-27
CN1-28
HDD2

CN886-2 -D

25
25

CN1-29
CN886-3 +D CN1-30
CN1-31
(USB)

CN886-4 S.GND CN1-32


CN1-33
ISW I/F

CN1-34
CN1-35
CN1-36
CN1-37
CN1-38
CN1-39
CN1-40
CN885-8 CHS
CN885-7 N.C.
CN885-6 RD-
CN885-5 CT
CN885-4 CT
CN885-3 RD+
CN885-2 TD-
CN885-1 TD+
CN888-36 1284ACT
CN888-33 35 NC
CN888-32 NDVALID
CN888-31 INIT
CN888-28 30 NC
CN888-19 27 SGND
CN888-15 18 NC
CN888-14 HBUSY
CN888-13 xFLAG
CN888-12 ACK
CN888-14 PBUSY
CN888-10 PTRCLK
CN888-9 D7
CN888-8 D6
CN888-7 D5
CN888-6 D4
CN888-5 D3
CN888-4 D2
CN888-3 D1
CN888-2 D0
CN888-1 STROBE

I/F

26
26

(RJ45)
LAN I/F
PARALLEL

L
F

K
E
B
A

H
D
C

M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Symbol Part name Location


CCDB CCD board 20-D
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 14-A
FM18 Power supply cooling fan /3 18-A
FM21 IC cooling fan 24-H
HDD1 HDD /1 18-E
HDD2 HDD /2 24-D
IC IC-203 23-D
ICB IC board 24-F
INDEXB Index board 16-E
LDB Laser drive board 16-E
M17 Polygon motor 15-F
MS1 Interlock switch /1 21-A
MS2 Interlock switch /2 21-A
PB Parameter board 21-I
PCI RB PCI relay board 23-F
PMDB Polygon motor drive board 14-E

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
200
201
142
103

69
68
79

117
111
86
38

220
118

221

1
1

200-3 5V2
200-2 5V1

401-1 24V3
301-1 24V3
200-1 12V3

401-2 PGND
301-2 PGND
300-2 PGND
200-8 S.GND
200-7 S.GND
17.3 Main body 3/4

200-4 JPN100V
200-5 PSFAN_EM
200-6 PSFANCONT
454-10 341-10
AGND 225-B8 AGND

300-1 24V2 (SD, CL, FAN)


341-9

Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005


454-9
JAM 225-B7 JAMSIG
454-8 341-8
SIG 225-B6 SIG
454-7 341-7
Dmon 225-B5 DmoniSIG
454-6 341-6
DSIG 225-B4 DSIG
454-5 341-5
JCONT 225-B3 JAMCONT

2
2
454-4 341-4

TCSB
CONT 225-B2 CONT
454-3 341-3
Vref 225-B1 LED_Vref

DRUM
454-2 341-2
DCONT 225-A8 DCONT
454-1 341-1
5V 225-A7 5V

351-4-1 340-10
224-3 DRUM_THD+
351-3-2 340-9
Drum temperature sensor TH5 224-4 DRUM_THD-
351-2-3 340-8
351-1-4 340-7
340-11
224-1 DRUM_SET
340-12
224-2 5V
457-5 458-4 350-4-1 340-6

136
457-4 350-3-2 340-5
216-15 SCAN_CLK_O
458-3
457-3 224-6 AGND 216-14 SCAN_FR
Drum potential sensor 458-2 350-2-3 340-4
457-2 224-5 DRUM_V_SIG

DPS
216-13 SCAN_MGN

DPSB
457-1 458-1 350-1-4 340-1

123
216-12 SCAN_CUR1

3
3
358-3 353-8-4
216-11 SCAN_CUR2
358-2 353-7-5 341-23
Charge cleaning limit sensor 225-A6 CHGCLOR_PS 216-10 SCAN_CUR3
358-1 353-6-6
216-9 EXP_CONT
353-5-7

516
357-3 216-8 SCANFAN_CONT
357-2 353-4-8 341-11 216-7 SCANFAN_EM
Charge cleaning home sensor 225-A5 CHGCLHP_PS
357-1 353-3-9 216-6 SCANHP_PS
361-3 355-8 356-2-8 216-5 NC
361-2 355-7 356-3-7 341-22 216-4 NC
Blade sensor /2 225-A4 BLA_PS2
361-1 355-6 356-4-6 216-3 NC
355-5 356-5-5 341-21
216-2 SCAN24V_FEM
360-3
225-A3 SGND 216-1 SGND
360-2 355-4 356-6-4 341-20
Blade sensor /1 225-A2 BLA_PS1
360-1 355-3 356-7-3 341-19
225-A1 5V 250-12
220-A1 T1_SET_P
250-14 270-1
355-1 356-9-1 341-15 220-A2 5V2
250-11 270-2

F/G
323-1 BLA_1 Paper size
Blade motor 355-2 356-8-2 341-16 220-A3 T1SIZE_PS1

4
4
323-2 BLA_2 250-23 270-3 sensor /Rr1
220-A4 SGND
359-1 353-3-9 341-17 220-A5 271-1
359-3 353-2-10
323-6 TM_D1
341-24 271-2

TRAY1
Charging cleaning motor 250-15 Paper size
359-2 353-1-11 341-18 220-A6 T1SIZE_PS2

356-9-1
PS42 PS41 PS31 PS30 M14 M23
323-7 TM_D2 271-3
sensor /Fr1

F/G
262-6-1 275-1

F/G
250-19 262-5-2 275-2 Paper empty
354-1 341-12
220-A10 T1_0PS

355-9
262-4-3 275-3
323-3 24V sensor /1
Drum claw solenoid 354-2 341-13
323-4 CRAW_SD_CONT 262-3-4 276-3

SD4

F/G
250-21 262-2-5 276-2 Pre-registration
356-1-2 353-11-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


220-A13 T1PRE_PS
262-1-6 276-1
Erase lamp 356-2-1 353-10-2 341-14 sensor /1

EL
323-5 PCL_CONT 263-3-4 274-1
323-8 263-2-5 274-2
250-17 Upper limit
220-A8 T1UP_PS
263-1-6 274-3 sensor /1
263-6-1 273-3

5
5
250-22 263-5-2 273-2 Paper feed
482-1-6 473-10-6 470-6-10 220-A14 T1FEED_PS
324-1 24V 263-4-3 273-1
482-2-5 473-11-5 470-5-11
sensor /1
324-2 24V 265-1
482-3-4 473-12-4 470-4-12
324-3 A 250-16 265-2 Handle release
Toner supply motor 482-4-3 473-13-3 470-3-13 220-A7 T1GRIP_PS
324-4 /A 265-3

M11
482-5-2 473-14-2 470-2-14
sensor /1
324-5 B 266-1
482-6-1 473-15-1 470-1-15
324-6 /B 266-2
250-18 Remaining
485-1
220-A9 T1RM_PS
473-4-12 470-12-4 266-3 paper sensor /1

124
228-B5
485-2
485-3 473-5-11 470-11-5 250-10 268-3
228-A4 TONERM_CONT 220-A11 5VA
485-4 473-6-10 470-10-6 250-20 268-2
228-A5 TONERM_CLK 220-A12 T1SIZE_VR
485-5 Paper size VR/1
268-1

PS32 PS33 PS26 PS48 PS20 PS47 PS14 PS34 VR1


485-6 473-7-9 470-9-7
Toner bottle motor 228-A6 TONERM_EM
485-7 250-13 269-2

M15
130
485-8 473-8-8 470-8-8 Dehumidification

132
250-1 269-1
485-9

15
HTR2
485-10 473-9-7 470-7-9
heater /1

227
250-9 267-2
485-11

6
6

320-A7 RKSD_CONT
267-1 Tray lock solenoid /1
484-1 483-3-1 473-1-15 470-15-1
228-A1 TSEN_CONT 250-8 272-1-2
484-2 483-2-2 473-2-14 470-14-2 320-A6 PUSD_CONT
Toner remaining sensor 228-A2 TONER_SIG 272-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /1
484-3 483-1-3 473-3-13 470-13-3

PZS
228-A3 SGND
250-7 261-1-2

TONER SUPPLY
320-A5 PMC_CONT Pre-registration
261-2-1
clutch /1
250-6 260-1-2
320-A4 FMC_CONT Paper feed 250-24
250-5 260-2-1
F/G

320-A3 24V
F/G

97-1 96-1
clutch /1
226- 1 TKFAN/Lw CONT 264-2
97-2 96-2 250-4
226- 2 TKFAN/Lw EM 320-A2 UPM_CONT
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 97-3 96-3 250-3 264-1 Paper lift motor /1
320-A1 24V
SD5 SD8 CL4 CL3 M19

226- 4 PGND

FM13
97-4
226- 3

FAN
98-1 96-4 251-12
220-A17 T2_SET_P

7
7

98-2 251-14 270-1


220-A18 5V2
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 98-3 96-5 251-11 270-2 Paper size
220-A19 T2SIZE_PS1

FM14
98-4 251-23 270-3 sensor /Rr2
220-A20 SGND
220-A21 N.C. 271-1
69-1 99-1
TRAY2

251-15 271-2 Paper size


226- 5 TKFAN/Up CONT 220-A22 T2SIZE_PS2
271-3 sensor /Fr2
69-2 99-2 262-6-1
226- 6 TKFAN/Up EM 275-1
69-3 99-3 262-5-2
226- 8 PGND 251-19 275-2 Paper empty
220-B1 T2_0PS
68-1 99-4 226- 7 262-4-3 275-3 sensor /2
226- 9 262-3-4 276-3
Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 68-2 226- 10 251-21 262-2-5 276-2 Pre-registration
220-B4 T2PRE_PS

FM15
68-3 99-5 262-1-6 276-1 sensor /2
263-3-4 274-1
67-1 99-6
251-17 263-2-5 274-2 Upper limit
220-A24 T2UP_PS
263-1-6 274-3

8
8

Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 67-2


sensor /2
263-6-1

FM17
67-3 99-7 273-3
251-22 263-5-2 273-2 Paper feed
220-B5 T2FEED_PS
263-4-3 273-1 sensor /2
265-1
85-1
251-16 265-2 Handle release
85-3 220-A23 T2GRIP_PS
228-B8 INTFAN1_H/L 265-3 sensor /2
Cooling fan /1 85-2
228-B9 INTFAN1_EM

FM3
85-4 266-1
251-18 266-2 Remaining paper
86-1 220-A25 T2RM_SIG
266-3 sensor /2
86-3
228-B10 INTFAN2_H/L 251-10 268-3
Cooling fan /2 86-2
228-B11 INTFAN2_EM 220-B2 5VA

FM4
86-4 251-20 268-2
220-B3 T2SIZE_VR Paper size VR/2
268-1
PS35 PS36 PS27 PS50 PS21 PS49 PS15 PS37 VR2

179-1-4 173-1-12
179-3-2 251-13 269-2
131

228-B12 INTFAN3_H/L Dehumidification

9
9

Cooling fan /3 179-2-3 173-2-11 251-1 269-1


16

HTR3

FM6
228-B13 INTFAN3_EM heater /2
179-4-1 173-3-10
251-9 267-2
87-1
320-B3 RKSD_CONT
267-1 Tray lock solenoid /2
Coveyance suction fan 87-2 251-8 272-1-2
228-B14 SFAN_EM 320-B2 PUSD_CONT

FM2
87-3 272-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /2
595-1-3 471-2-8 173-5-8
251-7 261-1-2
471-4-6 173-7-6 320-B! PMC_CONT Pre-registration
222-B7 INTFAN4_H/L 261-2-1
Cooling fan /4 595-2-2 471-3-7 173-6-7 clutch /2
222-B8 INTFAN4_EM
FM12 595-3-1 471-5-5 173-8-5
320-A11 FMC_CONT
251-6 260-1-2
Paper feed 251-24
F/G

80-1-4 471-6-4 173-9-4 251-5 260-2-1


F/G

320-A10 24V clutch /2


80-3-2 471-8-2 173-11-2
222-B9 WRFAN_H/L 251-4 264-2
Write unit cooling fan /1 80-2-3 471-7-3 173-10-3 320-A9 UPM_CONT
222-B10 WRFAN1_EM
FM5

251-3 264-1 Paper lift motor /2


80-4-1 471-9-1 173-12-1
SD6 SD9 CL6 CL5 M20

320-A8 24V
81-1-3

10
10

81-3-2
252-12
Write unit cooling fan /2 81-2-2 471-1-9 173-4-9 220-B11 T3_SET_P
222-B12 WRFAN2_EM 287-1
FM8

252-14
81-3-1 220-B12 5V2
252-11 287-2 Paper size
220-B13 T3SIZE_PS1
252-23 287-3 sensor /Rr3
93-1-3 172-3-7 220-B14 SGND
288-1
TRAY3

Polygon cooling fan 93-2-2 172-2-8 252-15 288-2 Paper size


222-B11 POFAN_EM 220-B16 T3SIZE_PS2
FM9

93-3-1 172-1-9 288-3 sensor /Fr3


279-6-1 275-1
252-19 279-5-2 275-2 Paper empty
220-B20 T3_0PS
279-4-3 275-3

97
400-1 24V1 sensor /3
420-A2 PGND 279-3-4
400-2 12V 276-3

100
420-B8 N.C 279-2-5
400-3 5V 252-21 276-2 Pre-registration

106
420-A3 PGND 220-B23 T3PRE_PS
400-4 SGND 279-1-6 276-1

108
420-B7 FM9_CONT
sensor /3
400-5 SGND

113
280-3-4 274-1
420-A4 PGND

11
11

400-6 PGND

114
252-17 280-2-5 274-2 Upper limit
420-B6 FM8_CONT 220-B18 T3UP_PS
280-1-6 274-3 sensor /3
420-A5 PGND
10

435-1 24V 280-6-1


420-B5 FM5_CONT 273-3
11

435-2 PGND 280-5-2


420-A6 PGND 252-22 273-2 Paper feed
220-B24 T3FEED_PS
420-B4 FM2_CONT 280-4-3 273-1 sensor /3
84-1 85-1 88-1
420-A1 24V 420-A7 PGND 282-1
84-2 85-2 88-2
420-B9 CONT 420-B3 FM6_CONT 282-2 Handle release

TCT
252-16
420-A8 PGND 220-B17 T3GRIP_PS
282-3 sensor /3
90-3 420-B2 FM4_CONT

Total counter
5

400-7 MRL_24V 283-1


420-A9 PGND
90-4 252-18 283-2 Remaining paper
PRCB (1/2)

400-8 MRL_CONT 420-B1 FM3_CONT 220-B19 T3RM_PS


283-3 sensor /3
252-10 268-3
220-B21 5VA
Thermostat /2 252-20 268-2
213-A17 MRL_CONT 220-B22 T3SIZE_VR Paper size VR/3
410-A1 MRL_CONT 268-1
PS38 PS39 PS28 PS52 PS22 PS51 PS16 PS40 VR3

Fusing heater lamp /3 213-A16 MRL_SIG 220-B25

12
12

CN450-8
TS2 462-1 450-3
410-A2 MRL_SIG
L4 442-6 L3_DRV 410-A3 TC_CONT 213-A15 TC_CONT 252-13 307-2
132

Dehumidification
410-A4 TC_24FEM 213-A14 TC_24FEM 252-1 307-1
17

HTR4 heater /3
CN450-4 Fusing heater lamp /1 410-A5 ACV_EM1 213-A13 ACV_EM
Thermostat /1 252-9 285-2
CN450-5 450-1 410-A6 ZERO_CROSS 213-A12 ZERO_CROSS 320-B10 RKSD_CONT

500
L2 440-1 T1_DRV 285-1 Tray lock solenoid /3
410-A7 TH_CONT 213-A11 TH_CONT
502

(T2)

TS1 410-A8 T1_CONT 213-A10 T1_CONT 252-8 289-1-2


TRC1

450-2
L3 410-A9 T2_CONT 213-A9 T2_CONT 320-B9 PUSD_CONT
289-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /3
410-A10 T3_CONT 213-A8 T3_CONT
Fusing heater lamp /2
410-A11 L3_CONT 213-A7 L3_CONT 252-7 278-1-2
ACDB (1/2)

450-7 320-B8 PMC_CONT Pre-registration


442-1 T2_DRV 410-A12 AC5V_FEM 213-A6 AC5V_FEM 278-2-1
410-A13 AC12V_FEM 213-A5 AC12V_FEM clutch /3
503

252-6 277-1-2 252-24


410-A14 DH_CONT 213-A4 DH_CONT
(G)
504

440-2 T1_TRIG 320-B7 FMC_CONT Paper feed


252-5 277-2-1
TRC1

213-A3 DH_OPEN
F/G

410-A15 DH_OPEN
(T2) (G)
505

442-2 T2_TRIG 320-B6 24V clutch /3


F/G

213-A2 AC_ENB
TRC2 TRC2

410-A16 AC_ENB
506

440-6 ACN 252-4 281-2


410-A17 NC 213-A1 NC 320-B5 UPM_CONT
507

442-8 ACN

13
13

450-6 252-3 281-1 Paper lift motor /3


SD7 SD10 CL8 CL7 M21

442-4 ACH 320-B4 24V


FUSING UNIT
510

200V SYSTEM 440-4 T3_DRVG 320-B11


Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location


ACDB AC drive board 11-T PS50 Pre-registration sensor /2 8-O
CL3 Paper feed clutch /1 7-O PS51 Paper feed sensor /3 11-O
CL4 Pre-registration clutch /1 6-O PS52 Pre-registration sensor /3 11-O
CL5 Paper feed clutch /2 10-O PZS Toner remaining sensor 6-T
CL6 Pre-registration clutch /2 9-O SD4 Drum claw solenoid 4-T
CL7 Paper feed clutch /3 13-O SD5 Tray lock solenoid /1 6-O
CL8 Pre-registration clutch /3 13-O SD6 Tray lock solenoid /2 9-O
DPS Drum potential sensor 3-T SD7 Tray lock solenoid /3 12-O
DPSB Drum potential sensor board 3-T SD8 Pick-up solenoid /1 6-O
EL Erase lamp 5-T SD9 Pick-up solenoid /2 9-O
FM2 Conveyance suction fan 9-U SD10 Pick-up solenoid /3 12-O
FM3 Cooling fan /1 8-U TCSB Toner control sensor board 2-T
FM4 Cooling fan /2 9-U TCT Total counter 11-X
FM5 Write unit cooling fan /1 10-U TH5 Drum temperature sensor 2-T
FM6 Cooling fan /3 9-U TS1 Thermostat /1 12-Y
FM8 Write unit cooling fan /2 10-U TS2 Thermostat /2 12-Y
FM9 Polygon cooling fan 10-U VR1 Paper size VR /1 6-O
FM12 Cooling fan /4 10-U VR2 Paper size VR /2 9-O
FM13 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 7-U VR3 Paper size VR /3 12-O
FM14 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 7-U
FM15 Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 8-U
FM17 Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 8-U
HTR2 Dehumidification heater /1 6-O
HTR3 Dehumidification heater /2 9-O
HTR4 Dehumidification heater /3 12-O
L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 12-X
L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 12-X
L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 12-X
M11 Toner supply motor 5-T
M14 Blade motor 4-T
M15 Toner bottle motor 6-T
M19 Paper lift motor /1 7-O
M20 Paper lift motor /2 10-O
M21 Paper lift motor /3 13-O
M23 Charge cleaning motor 4-T
PRCB Printer control board 1-Q
PS14 Handle release sensor /1 5-O
PS15 Handle release sensor /2 8-O
PS16 Handle release sensor /3 11-O
PS20 Upper limit sensor /1 5-O
PS21 Upper limit sensor /2 8-O
PS22 Upper limit sensor /3 11-O
PS26 Paper empty sensor /1 4-O
PS27 Paper empty sensor /2 7-O
PS28 Paper empty sensor /3 11-O
PS30 Blade sensor /1 4-T
PS31 Blade sensor /2 3-T
PS32 Paper size sensor /Rr1 4-O
PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 4-O
PS34 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-O
PS35 Paper size sensor /Rr2 7-O
PS36 Paper size sensor /Fr2 7-O
PS37 Remaining paper sensor /2 9-O
PS38 Paper size sensor /Rr3 10-O
PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr3 10-O
PS40 Remaining paper sensor /3 12-O
PS41 Charge cleaning home sensor 3-T
PS42 Charge cleaning limit sensor 3-T
PS47 Paper feed sensor /1 5-O
PS48 Pre-registration sensor /1 5-O
PS49 Paper feed sensor /2 8-O

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
410-B1 HFAN1_CONT 213-B17 HFAN1_CONT
410-B2 HFAN2_CONT 213-B16 HFAN2_CONT
410-B3 HFAN_FEM 213-B15 HFAN_FEM
410-B4 HFAN3_CONT 213-B14 HFAN3_CONT 254-1-12 241-3
222-A1 5V
410-B5 HFAN3_FEM 213-B13 HFAN3_FEM 254-8-5 241-2 Paper size
222-A8 BPSIZE_VR
410-B6 SFAN_CONT 213-B12 SFAN_CONT 254-3-10 241-1 VR/BP
222-A3 SGND
213-B11 SFAN_FEM

14
14
410-B7 SFAN_FEM 254-1-7 244-1
213-B10 FM5_CONT
Paper empty
410-B8 FM5_CONT 254-2-11 254-2-6 244-2
213-B9 FM8_CONT 222-A2 BP_0PS sensor /
410-B9 FM8_CONT 254-3-5 244-3
Thermostat /2 410-B10 FAN_FEM 213-B8 FAN_FEM Bypass
242-3

BY-PASS
Fusing heater lamp /3 410-B11 FM9_CONT 213-B7 FM9_CONT
TS2 254-4-9 242-2 Paper size
CN450-8 462-1 450-3 410-B12 NC 213-B6 NC 222-A4 BPSIZE_PS1
242-1

17.4 Main body 4/4


L4 442-6 L3_DRV sensor /Fr4
410-B13 FM9_FEM 213-B5 FM9_FEM
243-3
410-B14 SGND 213-B4 SGND
CN450-4 Fusing heater lamp /1 254-5-8 243-2 Paper size
Thermostat /1 410-B15 KEY_CONT 213-B3 KEY_CONT 222-A5 BPSIZE_PS2
CN450-5 450-1
243-1

500
L2 440-1 T1_DRV 410-B16 KEY_24FEM 213-B2 KEY_24FEM sensor /Rr4
245-1

Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005


410-B17 TC_DRV 213-B1 TCOP

502

(T2)
TS1

TRC1
450-2 254-6-7 254-4-4 245-2 Lower limit
L3 222-A6 BPDN_PS
411-1 KEY_SIG 214-11 KEY_SIG 245-3 sensor /Bypass
Fusing heater lamp /2 450-7 411-2 SGND 214-10 SGND 246-1

503
442-1 T2_DRV 411-3 CVM1_SIG 214-9 CVM1_SIG 254-7-6 254-5-3 246-2 Upper limit

(T2)
214-8 CVFEED_SIG 222-A7 BPUP_PS
411-4 CVFEED_SIG 246-3

15
15
sensor /Bypass

(G)
VR4 PS29 PS55 PS56 PS43 PS23

504
440-2 T1_TRIG 411-5 CV_SIZE0 214-7 CV_SIZE0

TRC1
254-9-4 248-1-2

(G)
505
442-2 T2_TRIG 411-6 CV_SIZE1 214-6 CV_SIZE1 322-4 CONT Pick-up solenoid /

TRC2 TRC2
440-6 214-5 CV_SIZE2 254-10-3 248-2-1
411-7 CV_SIZE2 322-3 24V Bypass

507
442-8 ACN 411-8 CV_SIZE3 214-4 CV_SIZE3
450-6 254-11-2 247-1

ACDB (2/2)

506
442-4 ACH 411-9 CVDUP_SIG 214-3 CVDUP_SIG

FUSING UNIT
322-2 TSM_D2
254-12-1 247-2 Bypass tray lift motor

100V SYSTEM
440-3 411-10 OPF0 214-2 OPF0 322-1 TSM_D1

SD11 M22
411-11 OPF1 214-1 OPF1
36-1 M1_SIG
253-7-4 292-3
36-2 CVFEED_SIG 222-A9 5V
253-6-5 292-2
36-3 CV_SIZE0 222-A10 LOOP_PS Loop sensor
253-5-6 292-1
36-4 CV_SIZE1 222-A11 SGND
60A-4 36-5 CV_SIZE2 293-1
35-1 24V 36-6 CV_SIZE3 253-4-7 293-2 Vertical conveyance

Coin
60B-1 60A-2 222-A12 T1PAS_PS
35-2 KEY_SIG 36-7 CVDUP_SIG 293-3
60B-2 60A-1 sensor /1
35-3 SGND

vendor
60A-3 36-8 CPF0 294-3

16
16
35-4 C_DRIVE 36-9 CPF1

KCT
253-3-8

CN60B
CN60A
294-2 Vertical conveyance
35-5 222-B1 T2PAS_PS

Key counter
36-10 PGND 37-7 294-1 sensor /2
37-8 295-1
37-1 NC 253-2-9 295-2 Vertical conveyance
222-B2 T3PAS_PS
37-2 5V 295-3 sensor /3
37-3 TXD 296-1
37-4 OP_RXD 253-1-10 296-2 Door open/close
37-5 S.G. 222-B3 VF_DOOR_PS
296-3 sensor/3

PS54 PS18 PS53 PS19 PS17


37-6 EN
253-8-3 291-1-2
540-11
215-B2 SPWM (DC) 322-7 VF_MC2_CONT Vertical conveyance
540-12 291-2-1

VERTICAL PAPER FEED


215-B3 SAC_FB clutch /2
540-13
215-B4 TSDC_FB 253-9-2 290-1-2
540-14 322-6 VF_MC1_CONT Vertical conveyance
215-B5 TPWM (AC) 253-10-1 290-2-1
540-15

CL10 CL9
322-5 24V
215-B6 TPWM clutch /1
540-18

17
17
215-B9 SGND
540-16
215-B7 2NDM_CLK
540-17 451-1
215-B8 RESIST_SIG 221-1 FIX_SET_P
540-8 451-19
215-A8 REQ1 221-2 5V
540-7 451-13 464-1
215-A7 ACK1 221-3 5V
540-6 451-15 464-2
215-A6 URXD 221-5 FEXIT_PS Fusing exit sensor
540-5 464-3

PS2
215-A5 ERR1 221-9 NC
540-4
215-A4 UCLK 451-14 465-1
540-3 221-4 5V
215-A3 LATCH 451-16 465-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


540-2 221-6 FJAM_PS Fusing jam sensor
215-A2 DCLK 465-3

PS3
540-1
215-A1 DTXD 451-12
221-8 SGND
215-A9 451-10
221-7 FIX_SET_N
215-B1 451-2 466-1-2
223-1 TH1+ TH1
451-3 466-2-1 Thermistor /1
223-2 TH1-

FUSING UNIT
451-4 467-1-3
223-3 TH2+ TH2

18
18
451-5 467-3-1 Thermistor /2
223-4 TH2-
451-6 468-1-4

510-11 S.G.
223-5 TH3+ TH3

510-7 ACK1
510-8 ERR1

510-5 REQ1
451-7 468-3-2 Thermistor /3
223-6 TH3-

510-4 CLK_UP

510-6 TXD_UP
510-2 CLK_DN
510-1 RXD_DN
451-8 469-2-4

510-9 EDGE_PS
223-7 TH4+ TH4

510-10 2NDM_CLK
510-3 ADU_LATCH
451-9 469-4-2 Thermistor /4
223-8 TH4-
451-18 452-3
424-3 WEBM_D1
532-1-3 557-6-1 451-17 452-4
530-1 CONT 527-1 24V2 424-4 WEBM_D2
ADU cooling 532-2-2 557-5-2 451-11 452-1 Web motor
424-1 WEBM_D3

M16

F/G
530-2 EM 527-2 24V2 451-20 452-2
fan /3 532-3-1 557-4-3
527-3 A 185-2 424-2 WEBM_D4
530-3 GND 557-3-4
325-1 24V
593-1-3 Transfer motor 185-5

M9
529-1 ADUFAN_CONT 527-4 /A 325-2 24V
557-2-5

F/G
593-2-2

222
185-1

F/G
ADU cooling 527-5 B 325-3 A
529-2 ADUFAN_EM 557-1-6
fan /1 593-3-1 527-6 /B 185-3 255-1

M6
529-3 PGND 325-4 /A
594-1-3 527-7 185-4 255-2

Loop motor
524-4 ADUFAN2_CONT 325-5 B

127
ADU cooling 594-2-2 185-6

PRCB (2/2)
524-5 ADURAN2_EM 523-1 24V2 325-6 /B 256-1

19
19

594-3-1 227-11 SGND


bias

fan /2 256-2
524-6 PGND 523-2 24V2 227-10 C1 CONT
578-3 571-3-1 431-1-6 256-3
525-7 5V 523-3 A 422-1 24V 227-9 C2 CONT
578-2 571-2-2 ADU reverse motor 431-2-5
256-4

M7
Reverse sensor 525-9 REV_PS 523-4 /A 422-2 24V 227-8 CPWM
571-1-3
Developing

578-1 431-3-4 256-5

FM22 FM10 FM11 PS57


523-5 B

motor
525-11 SGND 422-3 A 227-7 GPWM
431-4-3 256-6
523-6 /B 422-4 /A

M10
579-1 554-3-1 227-6 B CONT
525-6 5V 559-6-1 431-5-2
256-7

Paper exit
Reverse 554-2-2 528-1 24V2 422-5 B 227-5 B PWM
579-2 559-5-2 431-6-1
conveyance 525-8 REVCR_PS 422-6 /B 256-8
579-3 554-1-3 528-2 24V2 227-4 C EM

PS8
HV1
sensor 525-10 SGND 559-4-3 183-1 256-9

104
525-12 P.GND 528-3 A 183-2
227-3 B FB
Charging

559-3-4 ADU conveyance 256-10


DRUM

553-3-1

M8
580-3 528-4 A/ 227-2 B (AC) CONT
521-A3 5V 559-2-5 183-3 256-11
ADU reverse 580-2 553-2-2 528-5 B motor 228-A7 DEV_CONT 227-1 B (AC) PWM
183-4
Grid biass

521-B3 ADURV_PS 559-1-6 255-3

ADUDB
sensor/1 580-1 553-1-3 528-6 B/ 228-A8 DEV__CLK

PS58
521-B8 SGND 183-5
528-7 228-A9 DEV_F/R
183-6
70

581-1 572-3-2 528-8 228-A10 DEV_EM


563-1-7 560-1
Charging

ADU 521-A14 5V 183-7

M3
581-2 572-2-3 521-B13 5V 228-A11 DEV_H/L
conveyance 521-B6 ADUCR_PS 560-2
572-1-4 183-8

74
581-3 563-2-6 560-3

PS9
sensor 521-B10 SGND 521-A6 2NDM_CONT 563-3-5 560-4 183-9

20
20

75
521-A7 2NDM_CLK
582-1 573-3-1 560-5 183-10

223
521-A15 5V 563-4-4 560-6 210-19 DF_COVER_PS 135-1 DF_COVER

Developing motor
ADU reverse 582-2 573-2-2 521-A8 2NDM_EM Registration motor 183-11
560-7

M12
521-B7 ADURZAN_PS 210-18 SYS_ERR 135-2 ERR
sensor/2 582-3 573-1-3 563-5-3 560-8
521-B11 SGND 521-B14 PGND
563-6-2 560-9 181-1
521-B15 PGND 563-7-1 228-B7 5V
574-3-1 599-3-1 560-10 210-17 P_VV 135-3 P_VV
583-3 521-A1 24V 181-2
ADU 521-A13 5V 560-11 210-16 TN_VV 135-4 TN_VV
583-2 574-2-2 599-2-2 521-A2 N.C. 181-3
deceleration 521-B5 ADUDN_PS 524-1 24V2 228-B2 MAIN_CONT 210-15 APC 135-5 B_VV
583-1 574-1-3 599-1-3 181-4
sensor 521-B9 SGND 524-2 24V2 228-B3 MAIN_CLK 210-14 S_VV 135-6 S_VV
181-5
584-3 575-3-1 524-3 A 228-B4 MAIN_F/R 210-13 BP_SIZE_VR 135-7 TSIG
ADU pre- 521-A5 5V 181-6

M5
584-2 575-2-2 524-4 /A Reverse / exit motor 228-B5 MAIN_EM 210-12 EE_VV 135-8 EE_VV
registration 521-B4 ADUPRE_PS 181-7

M1
584-1 575-1-3 524-5 B 228-B6 MAIN_H/L 210-11 RES_OUT 135-9 PRN_RST
sensor 521-A11 SGND 181-8

71
524-6 /B 210-10 RES_CONT 135-10 RES_CONT

Fusing motor
561-2 181-9
576-1-6

72
Transfer / 585-1 520-B7 TSCLR_D1 Transfer / separation 210-9 SYS_TXD 135-11 RXD
520-B3 5V 561-1 181-10
separation 576-2-5

225
585-2 520-B8 TSCLR_D2 cleaning motor 210-8 S.G. 135-12 GND
520-B2 TSHP_PS 181-11
cleaning home 585-3 576-3-4 592-1
520-B1 SGND 525-3 FIXFAN_CONT 210-7 SYS_CTS 135-13 RTS
sensor 592-2

21
21

576-4-3 525-4 FIXFAN_EM Fusing fan 210-6 S.G. 135-14 GND


586-1 592-3
OACB (3/3)

Transfer / 520-B6 5V 525-5 PGND 210-5 SYS_ERR 135-15 ERR


586-2 576-5-2
separation 520-B5 TSBK_PS 562-2-1 210-4 SYS_RXD 135-16 TXD
586-3 576-6-1

PS13 PS59 PS60 PS11 PS12


cleaning limit 520-B4 SGND 520-B12 24V 210-3 S.G. 135-17 GND
562-1-2 Fusing solenoid
sensor 520-B11 FIXG_CONT 222-B4 POLM_LOCK 210-2 SYS_RTS 135-18 CTS
587-1
522-2 5V 222-B5 POLM_CLK

171
ADU handle 593-2-1 210-1 S.G. 135-19 GND
587-2 522-1 24V
522-4 ADU_HD 222-B6 POLM_CONT

170 172
release 593-1-2 ADU lock solenoid
587-3 522-3 GATE_CONT

PS10
sensor 522-5 SGND
568-10-1 525-2-1

To Polygon motor
591-1 525-1 24V 177-3-1 480-3
520-A1 DEF_VIDEO 525-1-2 Reverse / exit
591-2 568-9-2 211-1 5V2
520-A2 S.GND 525-2 PREMC_CONT 177-2-2 480-2
591-3 568-8-3
solenoid 211-2 MEXIT_PS Paper exit sensor
520-A3 5VA 177-1-3 480-1
564-2-1 210-3 SGND
591-4 568-7-4 521-A12 24V 170-6-1 81-1-6
520-A4 -5V ADU pre- 306-3 86-1
564-1-2 183-1 211-4 5V2
591-5 568-6-5
125

Centering 520-A5 S.GND 521-A9 ADUMC_CONT registration clutch 170-5-2 81-2-5 86-2
183-2 210-5 DOOR_PS1 Door open / close sensor /1
sensor 591-6 568-5-6 170-4-3 81-3-4
520-A6 SI 86-3

PS1
565-2-1 183-3 210-6 SGND
591-7 568-4-7 520-B14 24V 220-A15 FEEDM_CONT 170-3-4 81-4-3
520-A7 S.GND 565-1-2 Registration clutch 87-1
183-4

22
22

591-8 568-3-8 520-B13 2NDMC_CONT 220-B6 FEEDM_CLK 210-7 5V2


520-A8 CLK 170-2-5 81-5-2 87-2
183-5 210-8 DOOR_PS2
591-9 568-2-9 577-1-3 588-3 220-B8 170-1-6 81-6-1
Door open / close sensor /2
520-A9 LED_CONT 87-3
183-6
PS61 PS24 PS25

591-10 568-1-10 521-A4 5V 210-9 SGND


520-A10 24V 577-2-2 588-2 220-A16 FEEDM_EM
521-B2 ADUEX_PS ADU exit sensor 183-7
M4

577-3-1 588-1 220-B9


521-A10 SGND 183-8 306-2
66

569-8-1 599-1-3 589-3 183-9


520-A14 5V
569-7-2 599-2-2 589-2 183-10 306-1

F/G
64

520-A15 2ND_PS Registration sensor


Paper feed motor

526-2 569-6-3 599-3-1 589-1 183-11


550-1 520-A16 SGND
CN652-1 24V 526-1 24V
551-1 569-3-6 590-3
CN653-1 GP_CONT 526-3 GP_CONT 520-A11 5V
551-2 569-2-7 590-2 Paper leading 180-1 158-1
CN653-2 T_CONT 526-4 T_CONT 520-A12 EDGE_PS
224

551-3 569-1-8 590-1 180-2 158-2


CN653-3 TRPWM 520-A13 SGND M18 FM1 SD3 SD1 SD2 CL2 CL1 PS46 PS44 PS45 edge sensor 228-A12 DRUM_PWM
551-4 520-A17 180-3 158-3 360-1
CN653-4 S_CONT 526-5 S_CONT 228-A13 DRUM_F/R
119

551-5 521-B1 180-4 158-4 360-2


CN653-5 SPAC_PWM
M2

228-A14 DRUM_CONT
135

551-6 521-B12 180-5 158-5


CN653-6 SPDC_PWM 228-B1 DRUM_ENCODER
551-7 567-2-1 180-6 158-6
Drum motor

CN653-7 SEL 526-6 SEL


73

551-8 520-B10 24V Transfer exposure

23
23

CN653-8 TSDC_FB 567-1-2 361-3


TSL

551-9 520-B9 TSL_CONT lamp 212-1 R_POM_EM


CN653-9 TSAC_FB 361-4

HV2
551-10 531-7-1 212-2 R_POM_VR
CN653-10 TEM 526-7 TEM 522-6 5V 361-5
551-11 531-6-2 212-3 R_POM_VS
CN653-11 SEM 526-8 SEM 522-7 JAM_LED1 361-6
550-3 531-5-3 212-4 R_POM_GND
CN652-3 SGND 526-9 SGND 522-8 JAM_LED2 361-10
531-4-4 212-5 R_POM_CONT
RCDB

CN652-4 PGND 550-4 522-9 JAM_LED3


526-10 PGND 531-3-5 212-6
JAMIB

531-2-6 212-7
522-10JAM_LED5
531-1-7
522-11 SGND
371-1-2

ADU

500-9 AGND
500-8 5V2
500-3 PGND
500-6 SGND
500-5 SGND
500-7 -5V
500-4 5V1
500-2 12V2
500-1 24V2(SD)
501-2 PGND3
501-1 24V3

24
24

M24

217-1 DTXD
217-2 5V
217-3 DCLK
217-4 SGND
217-5 LCT_LATCH
217-6 UCLK
217-7 ERR3
217-8 RXD
217-9 ACK3
217-10 REQ3
218-6 FIN_RTS
218-5 SGND
218-4 FIN_RXD
218-3 FIN_CTS
218-2 SGND
218-1 FIN_TXD

540-9
542-8
542-6
542-5
542-4
542-3
542-2
542-1
541-2
541-1

540-10

Transfer/
RECYCLE CUT

756-1-6
756-2-5
756-3-4
756-4-3
756-5-2
756-6-1

258-9
258-8
258-7
258-6
258-5
258-4
258-3
258-2
258-1
259-2
259-1

753-5

Transfer
18

753-6

Separation
226
133

95
Recycle pump motor

Guide plate bias


50

751-1-10
101

separation charger (ADU)


751-2-9
80

751-3-8
107

Crimp
751-4-7
88

751-5-6

25
25

110

Symbol

751-6-5
56

751-7-4 RXD
105

751-8-3 S.GND
112

751-9-2 RTS
751-10-1 TXD
Connector

S.GND
753-4 CTS
115

LU-404
LU-403

753-1
98

753-3
89

753-2
141
FS-604

48

24V2
Relay connector

26
26

Faston

5V2
138

S.GND
139
54

P.GND
76

P.GND
77

F.GND
Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location


ADUDB ADU drive board 18-V SD1 ADU lock solenoid 21-U
CL1 Registration clutch 22-U SD2 Reverse/exit solenoid 22-U
CL2 ADU pre-registration clutch 22-U SD3 Fusing solenoid 21-U
CL9 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 17-O SD11 Pick-up solenoid /Bypass 15-O
CL10 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 17-O TH1 Thermistor /1 18-O
FM1 Fusing fan 21-U TH2 Thermistor /2 18-O
FM10 ADU cooling fan /1 19-X TH3 Thermistor /3 18-O
FM11 ADU cooling fan /2 19-X TH4 Thermistor /4 18-O
FM22 ADU cooling fan /3 19-X TS1 Thermostat /1 15-Y
HV1 High voltage unit /1 19-O TS2 Thermostat /2 14-Y
HV2 High voltage unit /2 23-Y TSL Transfer exposure lamp 23-U
JAMIB JAM indicator board 23-U VR4 Paper size VR /BP 14-O
KCT Key counter 16-W — Developing bias 19-O
L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 15-X — Charging 20-O
L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 15-X — Grid bias 20-O
L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 14-X — Charging 20-O
M1 Fusing motor 20-S — Coin vendor 16-S
M2 Drum motor 23-S — Guide plate bias 24-Y
M3 Developing motor 20-S — Transfer 24-Z
M4 Paper feed motor 22-S — Separation 24-Z
M5 Reverse/exit motor 21-U
M6 Loop motor 19-S
M7 ADU reverse motor 19-U
M8 ADU conveyance motor 20-U
M9 Transfer motor 19-U
M10 Paper exit sensor 19-S
M12 Registration motor 20-U
M16 Web motor 19-O
M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor 21-U
M22 Bypass tray lift motor 15-O
M24 Recycle pump motor 24-O
PS1 Centering sensor 22-X
PS2 Fusing exit sensor 17-O
PS3 Fusing jam sensor 18-O
PS8 Reverse conveyance sensor 19-X
PS9 ADU conveyance sensor 20-X
PS10 ADU Handle release sensor 21-X
PS11 Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor 21-X
PS12 Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor 21-X
PS13 ADU Reverse sensor /2 20-X
PS17 Door open /close sensor /3 16-O
PS18 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 16-O
PS19 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 16-O
PS23 Upper limit sensor /Bypass 15-O
PS24 Door open/close sensor /1 22-O
PS25 Door open/close sensor /2 22-O
PS29 Paper empty sensor /Bypass 14-O
PS43 Lower limit sensor /Bypass 15-O
PS44 Registration sensor 22-U
PS45 Paper leading edge sensor 23-U
PS46 ADU exit sensor 22-U
PS53 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 16-O
PS54 Loop sensor 16-O
PS55 Paper size sensor /Fr4 14-O
PS56 Paper size sensor /Rr4 14-O
PS57 Reverse sensor 19-X
PS58 ADU Reverse sensor /1 20-X
PS59 ADU deceleration sensor 20-X
PS60 ADU Pre-registration sensor 21-X
PS61 Paper exit sensor 22-O
RCDB Recycle pump drive board 23-O

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

17.5 DF

bizhub PRO 920


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A A
To Main body

B MS301 Cover open/close switch B


Original exit sensor /Rt PS314

SD301 Exit gate solenoid

Original reverse/exit sensor PS313

SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid


C C
SD303 Gate solenoid

Tray lower limit sensor PS316

Original size sensor /Rt PS302 FM302 Cooling fan/Rt


D TB D
Original size sensor /Lt PS303

M305 Original paper exit motor /2

Original count sensor PS310

E Original size VR VR301


E
M304 Original paper exit motor /1

Original registration sensor PS306

Original empty sensor PS305


M303 Tray up/down motor
F Reverse jam
F
Tray upper limit sensor PS315 sensor PS304

Original reverse sensor PS309 M302 Original feed motor

G Original exit sensor /Lt PS307 G


M301 Original conveyance motor

DF open/close sensor PS301

Original conveyance sensor PS308 SD304 SDF switching solenoid

H Original skew sensor /Rr PS311 H


FM301 Cooling fan/Lt
Original skew sensor /Fr PS312 Symbol

APS timing sensor PS317


I Connector Faston I
DFCB Crimp Relay connector

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

DF-606 location list


Symbol Part name Location
DFCB DF control board 5-A
FM301 Cooling fan 8-H
FM302 Cooling fan /Rt 8-D
M301 Original conveyance motor 6-G
M302 Original feed motor 7-F
M303 Tray up/down motor 6-F
M304 Original exit motor /1 7-E
M305 Original exit motor /2 6-D
MS301 Cover open/close switch 8-B
PS301 DF open/close sensor 2-G
PS302 Original size sensor /Rt 2-D
PS303 Original size sensor /Lt 2-D
PS304 Reverse jam sensor 2-F
PS305 Original empty sensor 1-F
PS306 Original registration sensor 1-E
PS307 Original exit sensor /Lt 2-G
PS308 Original conveyance sensor 2-H
PS309 Original reverse sensor 2-F
PS310 Original count sensor 2-E
PS311 Original skew sensor /Rr 2-H
PS312 Original skew sensor /Fr 2-H
PS313 Original reverse/exit sensor 4-C
PS314 Original exit sensor /Rt 4-B
PS315 Tray upper limit sensor 1-F
PS316 Tray lower limit sensor 4-C
PS317 APS timing sensor 2-I
SD301 Exit gate solenoid 8-B
SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid 8-C
SD303 Gate solenoid 8-C
SD304 SDF switching solenoid 8-H
TB Tray board 4-D
VR301 Original size VR 2-E

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17.6 LU

1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

2
2
Dehumidification
heater
761-1 753-5 750-1

3
3
HTR 101
761-2 753-6 750-2

T2
Transformer/2

753-4
700-2 P_GND 12-19 PGND
753-1
700-1 24V 12-2 24V
753-3
700-4 S-GND 11-11 SGND
753-2
700-3 5V 11-14 5V

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DCPS2
745-1
CN722-3 5V
Lower limit sensor 745-2
CN722-2 DW_PS
745-3
CN722-1 S_GND 751-1-10
710-10 RXD 217-1 IO_DTXD
780-1 751-2-9
CN722-6 5V 710-9 5V 217-2 5V2
780-2 751-3-8
Remaining paper sensor/1 CN722-5 ZAN_PS1 710-8 CLK_DN 217-3 IO_DCLK
780-3 751-4-7
CN722-4 S_GND 710-7 S_GND 217-4 SGND
751-5-6
781-1 710-6 LATCH_DN 217-5 LCT_LATCH
CN722-9 5V 751-6-5
781-2 710-5 CLK_UP 217-6 IO_UCLK
Remaining paper sensor/2 CN722-8 ZAN_PS2 751-7-4
781-3 710-4 ERR 217-7 ERR_OUT4
PRCB
CN722-7 S_GND 751-8-3

4
4

710-3 TXD 217-8 IO_URXD


782-1 751-9-2
CN722-12 5V 710-2 ACK 217-9 ACK4
782-2 751-10-1
Remaining paper sensor/3 CN722-11 ZAN_PS3 710-1 REQ 217-10 REQ4
782-3
CN722-10 S_GND
783-1
CN722-15 5V
783-2
Remaining paper sensor/4 CN722-14 ZAN_PS4
783-3

PS101 PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105


CN722-13 S_GND

LU-404
CN723-1 UPDWM_D1
LU-403
749-2-1
749-1-2

5
5

773-8-3 CN723-2 UPDWN_D2


M100
740-3
CN721-1 5V
740-2 773-7-4
LU exit sensor CN721-2 CONV_PS
740-1 773-1-10

LUDB
Paper lift motor

CN721-8 S_GND

715-1
741-3
741-2 773-6-5
Main body

Pre-registration sensor CN721-3 PR_PS


741-1 302-1 N.C
CN720-1 5V
302-2 S.G.
742-1 CN720-2 P_GND
302-3
742-2 773-5-6 CN720-3 LCTM_CONT START/STOP
Paper empty sensor CN721-4 0_PS 302-4
742-3 CN720-4 LCTM_CLK CLK
302-5 CW/CCW
CN720-5 LCTM_F/R
744-1 302-6
CN720-6 LCTM_EM LD
744-2 773-4-7 302-7
M101

Upper limit sensor CN721-5 UP_PS CN720-7 NC H/L(S.G)


744-3 302-8 P.G.
CN720-8 P_GND
302-9 P.G.
747-1 CN720-9 P_GND
Paper feed motor

302-10 24V
747-2 773-3-8 CN720-10 24V
Front door open/close sensor CN721-6 SIDOP_PS
747-3 CN720-11 24V

748-1 773-2-9
CN721-7 DW_SW

6
6

Tray down switch 748-2

746-1
CN721-9 5V
746-2
Upper door open/close sensor CN721-10 UPOP_PS
746-3
CN721-11 S_GND

765-1-2
CN721-12 24V
Feed clutch 765-2-1
CN721-13 CONVMC_CONT

766-1-2
CN721-14 24V
Pre-registration clutch 766-2-1
CN721-15 PREMC_CONT

PS106 PS107 PS108 PS109 PS110 SW100 PS100 CL101 CL102


767-1-2 773-10-1
CN721-16 24V
Pick-up solenoid 767-2-1 773-9-2
CN721-17 PICSD_CONT

SD100
771-1
774-2

MS102 Upper door


interlock switch
774-1

7
7

MS101 Front door


771-2 interlock switch

8
8

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

LU-403/404 location list


Symbol Part name Location
CL101 Feed clutch 6-G
CL102 Pre-registration clutch 6-G
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 3-A
HTR101 Dehumidification heater 3-C
LUDB LU drive board 3-E
M100 Paper lift motor 5-C
M101 Paper feed motor 6-C
MS101 Front door interlock switch 7-C
MS102 Upper door interlock switch 7-C
PRCB Printer control board 4-A
PS100 Upper door open/close sensor 6-G
PS101 Lower limit sensor 4-G
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 4-G
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 4-G
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 4-G
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 4-G
PS106 LU exit sensor 5-G
PS107 Pre-registration sensor 5-G
PS108 Paper empty sensor 5-G
PS109 Upper limit sensor 6-G
PS110 Front door open/close sensor 6-G
SD100 Pick-up solenoid 7-G
SW100 Tray down switch 6-G
T2 Transformer /2 3-B

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
CN170-1 CN1-A1 24V CN4-A1 24V CN100-2
CN4-A3 5V CN8-1 M1 24V

17.7 FS
Folding blade CN170-2 CN1-A2 24V CN4-A2 24V CN100-5
CN4-A2 PS2IN CN8-2 M1 24V
PS22 CN170-3 CN1-A3 24V CN4-A3 24V CN100-1
CN4-A1 GND CN8-3 M1 DRVA

M1
home sensor CN1-A4 24V CN4-A4 24V CN100-3 FS conveyance motor
CN8-4 M1 DRVA
CN1-A5 NC CN4-A5 NC CN100-4
CN8-5 M1 DRVB
Saddle stiching CN171-1 3 CN190-1 CN1-A6 PGND CN4-A6 PGND CN100-6
CN4-A6 5V CN8-6 M1 DRVB
CN171-2 2 CN190-2 CN1-A7 PGND CN4-A7 PGND
stopper home PS23 CN4-A5 PS23IN
CN171-3 1 CN190-3 CN1-A8 PGND CN4-A8 PGND CN101-1
CN4-A4 GND CN8-7 M8 24V
CN1-A9 PGND CN4-A9 PGND CN101-2 Paper exit motor

M8
sensor CN1-A10 M13CLK CN4-A10M13CLK CN8-8 M8 DRV
CN172-1 3 CN191-4 CN1-A11 M13RESET CN4-A11 M13RESET
CN4-A9 5V
Alignment home CN172-2 2 CN191-5 CN1-A12 SD51CONT CN4-A12 SD51CONT
PS24 CN4-A8 PS24IN CN102-2
CN172-3 1 CN191-6 CN1-A13 M4DRVA CN4-A13 M4DRVA CN10-1 M2 24V
CN4-A7 GND

1
1
sensor /Lw CN1-A14 M4DRVA CN4-A14 M4DRVA CN102-1 Shift roller motor

M2
CN10-2 M2 DRV
CN1-A15 M4DRVB CN4-A15 M4DRVB FS-604 only
CN1-A16 M4DRVB CN4-A16 M4DRVB CN110
CN173-1 6 CN191-1 CN1-A17 M5DRVA CN4-A17 M5DRVA CN10-3 SD4 24V 1 2
CN4-A12 5V 2 1 Paper exit opening solenoid
Folding paper CN173-2 5 CN191-2 CN1-A18 M5DRVA CN4-A18 M5DRVA CN10-4 SD4 DRV SD2
PS25 CN4-A11 PS25IN
CN173-3 4 CN191-3 CN1-A19 M5DRVB CN4-A19 M5DRVB
exit sensor CN4-A10 GND
CN1-A20 M5DRVB CN4-A20 M5DRVB
CN1-B1 SG CN4-B1 SG SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
CN174-1 3 CN193-1 CN1-B2 SG CN4-B2 SG CN1-B9 CN103
CN4-B3 5V 3 4
Folding passage CN174-2 2 CN193-2 CN1-B3 SG CN4-B3 SG CN1-B8 M21 DRVB

Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005


PS26 CN4-B2 PS26IN 4 3
CN174-3 1 CN193-3 CN1-B4 5V CN4-B4 5V CN1-B7 M21 DRVB FS-509 only
sensor CN4-B1 GND 1 6
CN1-B5 5V CN4-B5 5V CN1-B6 M21 DRVA Sub tray paper exit motor
2 5

M21
CN1-B6 5V CN4-B6 5V CN1-B5 M21 DRVA
CN1-B7 M11DRVA CN4-B7 M11DRVA 5 2
CN1-B4 M21 24V
CN175-1 1 CN194-2 CN1-B8 M11DRVA CN4-B8 M11DRVA 6 1
5V CN4-B6 5V CN1-B3 M21 24V
CN1-B9 M11DRVB CN4-B9 M11DRVB
Folding full LED LED29 CN175-3 2 CN1-B10 M11DRVB CN4-B10 M11DRVB CN104-1
GND CN194-1 CN4-B4 GND CN1-A1 M7 5V
CN1-B11 M6DRVA CN4-B11 M6DRVA CN104-2
CN1-A2 M7 SG
CN1-B12 M6DRVA CN4-B12 M6DRVA CN104-3
CN1-A3 M7 P/S
CN1-B13 M6DRVB CN4-B13 M6DRVB CN104-4
CN1-A4 M7 CLK
GND CN176-3 CN9-1 PS29IN CN1-B14 M6DRVB CN4-B14 M6DRVB CN104-5
Folding full CN1-A5 M7 F/R
CN1-B15 M9CONT CN4-B15 M9CONT CN104-6
CN1-A6 M7 LD

M7
PS29 CN176-1 CN1-B16 M9F/R CN4-B16 M9F/R CN104-7 Paper exit roller motor
sensor SIG CN9-2 GND CN1-A7 M7 H/L
CN1-B17 M51 CONT CN4-B17 M51 CONT CN104-8
CN1-A8 M7 PGND
CN1-B18 M14CONT CN4-B18 M14CONT CN104-9
CN1-A9 M7 PGND
CN150-1-6 CN7-A1 24V CN1-B19 M14F/R CN4-B19 M14F/R CN104-10
CN150-2-5 CN1-B20 FM1 CONT CN4-B20 FM1 CONT(SUB) CN1-B1 M7 24V
CN7-A2 24V CN104-11
CN150-3-4 CN2-A1 PS5IN CN5-A1 PS5IN CN1-B2 M7 24V
CN7-A3 DRVA
Alignment motor /Lw CN150-4-3 CN7-A4 DRVA CN2-A2 PS8IN CN5-A2 PS8IN CN141

M16
CN150-5-2 CN7-A5 DRVB CN2-A3 PS9IN CN5-A3 PS9IN 1 4 CN120-1
CN150-6-1 CN2-A4 PS11IN CN5-A4 PS11IN CN12-A1 PS1 5V
CN7-A6 DRVB 2 3 CN120-2
CN2-A5 PS13IN CN5-A5 PS13IN CN12-A7 PS1 IN PS 1 Sub tray paper exit sensor
3 2

2
2
CN120-3
CN151-2 CN2-A6 PS14IN CN5-A6 PS14IN CN12-B1 PS1 GND
CN7-A7 24V
CN151-5 CN7-A8 24V CN2-A7 PS20IN CN5-A7 PS20IN
CN142
Saddle stiching CN151-4 CN7-A9 DRVA CN2-A8 F_CHP CN5-A8 F_CHP 1 3 CN121-1
CN151-6 CN2-A9 R_CHP CN5-A9 R_CHP CN12-A2 PS4 5V 2 2
CN7-A10DRVA CN121-2

M18
stopper motor CN151-3 CN7-A11 DRVB CN2-A10 M51F/R CN5-A10 M51F/R CN12-A8 PS4 IN 3 1 PS 4 FS entrance sensor
CN121-3
CN151-1 CN7-A12 DRVB CN2-A11 FS505SET CN5-A11 FS505SET CN12-B2 PS4 GND
CN2-B1 M13CONT CN5-B1 M13CONT
CN2-B2 F_LS CN5-B2 F_LS CN122-1
CN12-A3 PS12 5V
Folding blade CN152-1 CN7-A13 24V CN2-B3 F_DHP CN5-B3 F_DHP CN122-2
CN12-A9 PS12 IN PS12 Paper exit home sensor
CN152-2 CN7-A14 DRV CN2-B4 F_CS CN5-B4 F_CS CN122-3

M19
CN2-B5 F_LST
CN12-B3 PS12 GND
motor CN5-B5 F_LST
CN153-1 CN7-B1 5V CN2-B6 PZ_PSIN CN5-B6 PZ_PSIN (F_CD)
CN123-1
CN153-7 CN7-B2 M20BLK CN2-B7 R_LS CN5-B7 R_LS CN12-A4 PS16 5V
CN123-2
CN153-3 CN7-B3 M20CONT CN2-B8 R_DHP CN5-B8 R_DHP CN12-A10 PS16 IN PS16 Gate home sensor
CN153-4 CN2-B9 R_CS CN5-B9 R_CS
CN123-3
CN7-B4 M20CLK CN12-B4 PS16 GND
CN153-6 CN7-B5 M20PLL CN2-B10 R_LST CN5-B10 R_LST
Folding transfer CN140
CN153-5 CN7-B6 M20F/R CN2-B11 FAN_LD CN5-B11 FAN_LD (R_CD) 1 3 CN124-1
CN12-A5 PS19 5V

M20
motor CN153-10 CN7-B7 24V CN144 2 2 CN124-2
CN153-11 4 CN12-A11 PS19 IN PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor
CN7-B8 24V CN22- 1 3 1 CN124-3
CN153-8 3 CN12-B5 PS19 GND
CN7-B9 P.GND CN22- 2
CN153-9 CN7-B10 P.GND 2
CN22- 3 CN105
CN153-2 CN7-B11 S.GND 1
4 3
CN22- 4 CN12-B12 M12 DRVB
CN160-1-2 2 5
Tri-folding gate CN7-B13 24V CN22- 5 CN12-B11 M12 DRVB
CN160-2-1 3 4
CN7-B14 SD6CONT CN12-B10 M12 DRVA Gate motor

SD6
CN22- 6

M12
solenoid 1 6
CN12-B9 M12 DRVA
6 1
CN22- 7 CN12-B8 M12 24V
5 2
CN22- 8 CN12-B7 M12 24V

RB
CN146-1

A
Side stitch stopper CN22- 9
CN146-2 CN125-1

B
SD7 CN22-10 CN11-1 PS6 5V
solenoid/Fr CN125-2
CN22-11 CN11-4 PS6 IN PS 6 Main tray paper exit sensor

3
3
CN125-3
CN11-7 PS6 GND
CN3-A1 NC CN9-A1 SUBIN5PI (NC) CN152
CN147-1 CN3-A2 SD6CONT CN9-A2 SD6CONT 1 3

C
Side stitch stopper CN126-1
CN147-2 CN12-A6 PS100 5V
CN3-A3 PS22IN CN9-A3 PS22IN 2 2

D
SD8 CN126-2
CN12-A12 PS100 IN

FS-604 only
solenoid/Rr CN3-A4 PS23IN CN9-A4 PS23IN 3 1 CN126-3 PS100 Paper exit home sensor / 2
CN3-A5 PS24IN CN9-A5 PS24IN CN12-B6 PS100 GND
CN154-1-6 CN3-A6 PS25IN CN9-A6 PS25IN
CN5-A1 24V
CN154-2-5 CN3-A7 PS26IN CN9-A7 PS26IN CN11-2
CN5-A2 24V
CN154-5-2 CN3-A8 PS29IN CN9-A8 PS29IN CN11-5
Clincher rotation CN5-A3 DRVA
CN154-6-1 CN11-8

M4
CN5-A4 DRVA CN3-A9 PS30IN CN9-A9 PS30IN
motor CN154-3-4 CN3-A10 SGND CN9-A10 BMSET
CN5-A5 DRVB
CN154-4-3 CN3-A11 M16DRVA CN9-A11 M16DRVA CN127-1
CN5-A6 DRVB

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN11-3 PS18 5V
CN3-A12 M16DRVA CN9-A12 M16DRVA CN127-2
CN155-1-6 CN11-6 PS18 IN PS18 Shift roller home sensor
CN5-A7 24V CN3-A13 M16DRVB CN9-A13 M16DRVB CN127-3
CN155-2-5 CN11-9 PS18 GND
CN5-A8 24V CN3-A14 M16DRVB CN9-A14 M16DRVB
Stapler movement CN155-5-2 CN3-B1 M19DRV1 CN9-B1 M19DRV1 (CONT)
CN5-A9 DRVA
CN155-6-1 CN3-B2 M19DRV2 CN9-B2 M19DRV2 (CONT)
CN5-A10 DRVA

M11
motor CN155-3-4 CN106-1
CN5-A11 DRVB CN3-B3 NC CN9-B3 SUBOUT3 (NC) CN2-11 5V
CN155-4-3 CN3-B4 M18MODE CN9-B4 M18MODE CN106-2
CN5-A12 DRVB CN2-10 SGND
CN106-3
CN3-B5 M18CLK CN9-B5 M18CLK CN2-9 M3 CONT
CN3-B6 M18RESET CN9-B6 M18RESET CN106-4
CN2-8 M3 CLK
CN9-B7 M18F/R CN106-5
CN200-2 CN3-B7 M18F/R CN2-7 M3 F/R
CN3-B8 M18CONT1 CN9-B8 M18CONT1 CN106-6
CN200-1 CN2-6 M3 LD Main tray lift motor

M3
CN106-7
CN3-B9 M18CONT2 CN9-B9 M18CONT2 CN2-5 M3 H/L
CN3-B10 M20BLK CN9-B10 M20CONT (BLK) CN106-8
CN177-3 CN5-A13 SGND CN2-4 PGND
Clincher rotation CN3-B11 M20CONT CN9-B11 M20CONT CN106-9

home sensor
PS14 CN177-2
CN177-1
CN5-A14 PS14IN
CN5-A15 5V
CN3-B12 M20CLK
CN3-B13 M20PLL
CN9-B12 M20CLK
CN9-B13 M20PLL
CN2-3 PGND
CN2-2 24V
CN2-1 24V
CN106-10
CN106-11
TRAY
CN3-B14 M20F/R CN9-B14 M20F/R
CN178-4 CN5-B8 24V CN145 CN20- 1
CN178-3 4 1 CN20- 2

A
CN5-B9 24V CN14- 1 SD7 24V
CN178-2 3 2

4
CN20- 3
4

B
CN5-B10 M15DRV2

M15
CN178-1 CN14- 2 SD7 DRV
2 3

C
Clincher motor /Fr CN5-B11 M15DRV2 CN14- 3 SD8 24V CN130-1
CN178-5 1 4 CN2-14 PS3 5V

D
CN5-B1 SGND CN14- 4 SD8 DRV CN130-2
F_ CN178-6 CN2-13 PS3 IN
CN5-B2 F_CHP-IN CN130-3 PS 3 Main tray lower limit sensor
CHP CN178-7 CN5-B3 5V CN157 CN2-12 PS3 GND
6 1 CN131-1
CN6-A1 24V CN3-1 PS2 5V
CN179-4 5 2 CN131-2
CN5-B12 24V CN6-A2 24V CN3-4 PS2 IN
CN179-3 4 3 Alignment CN131-3
PS 2 Main tray upper limit sensor
CN5-B13 24V CN6-A3 DRVA CN3-7 PS2 GND
3 4

M5
CN179-2 CN5-B14 M10DRV2 CN6-A4 DRVA

M10
CN179-1 CN6-A5 DRVB 2 5 motor /Up
Clincher motor /Rr CN5-B15 M10DRV2 CN132-1
CN179-5 CN6-A6 DRVB 1 6 CN3-2 PS7 5V Stapler paper exit
CN5-B4 SGND CN132-2
R_ CN179-6 CN3-5 PS7 IN PS 7

FS-604 only
CN5-B5 R_CHP-IN CN132-3

FSCB
CHP CN179-7 CN3-8 PS7 GND upper limit sensor
CN5-B6 5V
CN195-4-6 CN183-1
CN6-A9 5V Alignment CN133-1
CN195-5-5 CN183-2 CN3-3 PS15 5V
CN6-A8 PS8IN PS 8 CN133-2
CN195-6-4 CN183-3 home sensor /Up CN3-6 PS15 IN PS15 Counter reset sensor
CN6-A7 GND CN133-3
CN3-9 PS15 GND
CN195-1-9 CN184-1 CN111
CN6-A12 5V Paper exit belt CN16- 1
CN195-2-8 CN184-2 2 1
CN6-A11 PS9IN PS 9 CN16- 2 CN3-10 SD5 24V
CN195-3-7 CN184-3 1 2
CN180-11 CN6-A10 GND home sensor CN16- 3 CN3-11 SD5 DRV SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
CN8-A1 M9DRV1
CN180-12 CN8-A2 M9DRV1 CN195-7-3 CN185-1 CN16- 4
CN180-8 CN6-A15 5V Stacker empty

M9
CN8-A3 M9DRV2 CN195-8-2 CN185-2 CN16- 5
CN180-9 CN6-A14 PS20IN PS20
CN8-A4 M9DRV2 CN195-9-1 CN185-3 CN16- 6
CN180-6 CN6-A13 GND sensor
CN8-A5 5V
R_LS CN180-3 CN8-A6 R_LS CN16-9 CN43- 1 M106CONT CN491-14 CN491-2
Stapler motor /Rr CN401-A14 M106CONT
R_DHP CN180-5 CN8-A7 R_DHP-IN CN491-15 CN491-1
CN16-8 CN43- 2 M106F/R CN401-A15 M106F/R
CN180-2 CN8-A8 R_CS CN198-1-3 CN186-1 CN492-2 CN492-13
CN6-B3 5V CN16-7 CN43- 3 TU-OUT1-1 CN401-A17 TU-OUT1-1
R_CST CN180-4 CN8-A9 R_CST-IN CN198-2-2 CN186-2 Stacker CN492-3 CN492-12
CN6-B2 PS5IN PS 5 CN43- 4 TU-OUT1-2 CN401-A18 TU-OUT1-2
CN180-1 CN8-A10 R_CD CN198-3-1 CN186-3 CN493-11 CN493-11
CN180-7 CN6-B1 GND entrance sensor CN43- 5 N.C. CN401-B20 N.C.
CN8-A11 S.GND CN43- 6 N.C(SUBOUT4) CN493-10 CN493-10
CN401-B19 SUBOUT4
CN21- 1 CN492-7 CN492-8

5
5

CN43- 7 N.C(SUBOUT5) CN401-B2


CN21- 2 CN43- 8
CN156-1-6 CN199-1-4 CN187-1 Stapler CN401-A20
CN8-A12 24V CN6-B6 5V
CN156-2-5 CN199-2-3 CN187-2 CN21- 3 CN42- 1 CN401-B15
CN8-A13 24V CN6-B5 PS11IN PS11 movement CN493-5 CN493-5
CN156-5-2 CN199-3-2 CN187-3 CN21- 4 CN42- 2 5V CN401-B14 5V
CN8-A14 DRVA CN6-B4 GND CN493-7 CN493-7
Stapler rotation motor CN156-6-1 CN199-4-1 CN42- 3 S.GND CN401-B16 S.GND

M6
CN8-A15 DRVA home sensor
CN156-3-4 CN21- 5 CN42- 4 CN401-B17
CN8-A16 DRVB
CN156-4-3 CN158-1 CN42- 5
CN8-A17 DRVB CN6-B10 24V
CN158-6 CN41-A1 M101CONT CN491-1 CN491-15
CN6-B11 24V CN401-A1 M101CONT
CN158-2 Stacker entrance CN41-A2 M101CLK CN491-2 CN491-14
CN6-B12 DRVA CN401-A2 M101CLK
TUDB

CN158-3 CN41-A3 M101BLK CN491-3 CN491-13


CN6-B13 DRVA CN401-A3 M101BLK

M13
CN181-11 CN158-4 motor CN82- 1 CN491-4 CN491-12
CN8-B1 M14DRV1 CN6-B14 DRVB CN41-A4 M101PLL CN401-A4 M101PLL
CN181-12 CN158-5 CN82- 2 CN491-5 CN491-11
CN8-B2 M14DRV1 CN6-B15 DRVB CN41-A5 M102CONT CN401-A5 M102CONT
CN181-8 CN8-B3 M14DRV2 CN82- 3 CN491-6 CN491-10
CN41-A6 M102F/R

M14
CN181-9 CN401-A6 M102F/R
CN8-B4 M14DRV2 CN82- 4 CN491-7 CN491-9
CN41-A7 M103DRVA CN401-A7 M103DRVA
CN181-6 CN8-B5 5V CN82- 5 CN491-8 CN491-8
CN41-A8 M103DRV/A CN401-A8 M103DRV/A
F_LS CN181-3 CN8-B6 F_LS CN82- 6 CN491-9 CN491-7
Stapler motor /Fr CN181-5 CN41-A9 M103DRVB CN401-A9 M103DRVB
F_DHP CN8-B7 F_DHP-IN CN82- 7 CN491-10 CN491-6
CN181-2 CN41-A10 M103DRV/B CN401-A10 M103DRV/B
CN8-B8 F_CS CN82- 8 CN41-A11 M104CONT CN491-11 CN491-5
CN181-4 CN401-A11 M104CONT
F_CST CN8-B9 F_CST-IN CN82- 9 CN41-A12 M105CONT CN491-12 CN491-4
CN181-1 CN401-A12 M105CONT
CN8-B10 F_CD CN82-10 CN41-A13 M101F/R CN491-13 CN491-3
CN181-7 CN401-A13 M101F/R
CN8-B11 S.GND CN82-11 CN41-A14 TU_S_IN1-2 CN492-4 CN492-11
CN401-A19 TU_S_IN1-2
CN82-12 CN41-A15 N.C(SUBIN2) CN492-6 CN492-9
CN112-1 CN401-B1 N.C.
CN10-1 M51_DRV1 CN41-B1 PS101IN CN493-9 CN493-9
CN182-1 Paper assist CN401-B18 PS101IN
Stapler rotation CN8-B15 5V CN10-2 PZ_PSIN CN41-B2 PS102IN CN492-8 CN492-7
CN182-2 CN112-2 CN401-B3 PS102IN

M51
PS13 CN8-B16 PS13IN CN10-3 M51_DRV2 motor CN41-B3 PS103IN CN492-9 CN492-6
CN182-3 CN401-B4 PS103IN
home sensor CN8-B17 GND CN10-4 FAN_DRV CN84- 1 CN41-B4 PS104IN CN492-10 CN492-5
CN401-B5 PS104IN
CN10-5 FAN_LD CN84- 2 CN41-B5 PS105IN CN492-11 CN492-4
CN113 CN401-B6 PS105IN
CN10-6 FAN_H/L CN41-B6 PS106IN CN492-12 CN492-3
21 CN401-B7 PS106IN
FS-604 only CN10-7 SD_24V Paper assist CN41-B7 PS110IN CN493-1 CN493-1
12 SD51 CN401-B10 PS110IN
CN10-8 SD_DRV CN41-B8 PS111IN CN493-2 CN493-2
solenoid CN401-B11 PS111IN
CN492-14 CN492-1

6
6

CN41-B9 PS108IN CN401-B9 PS108IN


CN41-B10 CUT24VDEC CN493-4 CN493-4
CN401-B13 CUT24VDEC
CN41-B11 M107CONT CN492-1 CN492-14
CN401-A16 M107CONT
CN41-B12 PS112IN CN493-3 CN493-3
CN401-B12 PS112IN
CN41-B13 TU_S_IN1-1 CN492-13 CN492-2
CN401-B8 TU_S_IN1-1
CN41-B14
FA 1B #110 ORG CN29-2 CN6-1 24V-IN CN41-B15 Upper door
Front door interlock switch FA 1A #110 ORG CN29-1
MS201
FS-604 only

MS1
open/close switch
FA 1B
FA 1A

CN753-1 CN493-12 CN493-12


CN1-1 24V
CN1-2 5V CN753-2 CN6-2 5V
CN1-3 SGND CN753-3
CN6-3 SGND
CN1-4 PGND CN753-4 CN6-4 PGND CN231-A19 A1
CN52- 1 24V CN52-A1 24V
CN1-5 PGND CN753-5 CN231-A18 A2
CN6-5 PGND CN52- 2 24V CN52-A2 24V
CN1-6 FGND CN753-6 CN231-A15 A5
CN52- 3 5V CN52-A5 5V
CN52- 4 S.GND CN231-A13 A7 CN52-A7 S.GND
CN52- 5 P.GND CN231-A17 A3 CN52-A3 P.GND
CN106-1 MTXD CN752-6 CN752-1 CN7-1 MTXD CN231-A16 A4
CN752-5 CN752-2 CN52- 6 P.GND CN52-A4 P.GND
CN106-2 SGND CN7-2 SGND CN231-A14 A6
CN752-4 CN752-3 CN51-A1 5V CN52-A6 5V
CN106-3 XCTS CN7-3 XCTS
CN752-3 CN752-4 CN51-A2
CN106-4 MRXD CN7-4 MRXD
CN752-2 CN752-5 CN51-A3
CN106-5 SGND CN7-5 SGND
CN51-A4

Main body
CN106-6 XRTS1 CN752-1 CN752-6 CN7-6 XRTS1
CN51-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL CN231-A11 A9 CN52-A9 MPI_DRV_SEL
CN51-A6 MPI_M_CONT CN231-A10 A10 CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT
CN51-A7 MPI_M_F/R CN231-A9 A11 CN52-A11 MPI_M_F/R

7
7

CN33-A1 CA1 CN51-A8 MPI_SD_CONT CN231-A8 A12 CN52-A12 MPI_SD_CONT


CN33-A2 CA3 CN51-A9 MPI_MC_CONT CN231-A7 A13 CN52-A13 MPI_MC_CONT
CN33-A3 CA5 CN51-A10 M203P/S CN231-A6 A14 CN52-A14 M203P/S
CN33-A4 CA7 CN51-A11 M203CLK CN231-A5 A15 CN52-A15 M203CLK
CN33-A5 CA9 CN51-A12 M203H/L CN231-A4 A16 CN52-A16 M203H/L
CN33-A6 CA11 CN51-A13 M203LD CN231-A3 A17 CN52-A17 M203LD
CN33-A7 CA13 CN51-A14 M203F/R CN231-A2 A18 CN52-A18 M203F/R
CN33-A8 CA15 CN51-A15 CN52-A19 N.C.(5V)
CN33-A9 CA17 CN51-A16 S.GND CN231-A12 A8 CN52-A8 S.GND
CN33-A10 GND CN51-B1 MPI_S_IN1-1 CN231-B19 B1 CN52-B1 MPI_S_IN1-1
PIDB

CN33-A11 CD1 CN51-B2 MPI_S_IN1-2 CN231-B18 B2 CN52-B2 MPI_S_IN1-2


CN33-A12 CD3 CN51-B3 MPI_S_IN2-1 CN231-B17 B3 CN52-B3 MPI_S_IN2-1
CN33-A13 CD5 CN51-B4 MPI_S_IN2-2 CN231-B16 B4 CN52-B4 MPI_S_IN2-2
CN33-A14 CD7 CN51-B5 MPI_S_OUT1-1 CN231-B15 B5 CN52-B5 MPI_S_OUT1-1
CN33-A15 CD9 CN51-B6 MPI_S_OUT1-2 CN231-B14 B6 CN52-B6 MPI_S_OUT1-2
CN33-A16 CD11 CN51-B7 MPI_S_OUT2-1 CN231-B13 B7 CN52-B7 MPI_S_OUT2-1
CN33-A17 CD13 CN51-B8 MPI_S_OUT2-2 CN231-B12 B8 CN52-B8 MPI_S_OUT2-2
CN33-A18 CD15 CN51-B9 MPI_OBOUT1-1 CN231-B11 B9 CN52-B9 MPI_08OUT1-1
CN33-A19 CAO1(N.C.) CN51-B10 MPI_OBOUT1-2 CN231-B10 B10 CN52-B10 MPI_08OUT1-2
CN33-A20 /ROMCS CN51-B11 PI_MC203_CONT CN231-B9 N.C. CN52-B11 MC203_DRV
CN33-A21 MCPU_TXD CN51-B12 PS201IN CN231-B8 B12 CN52-B12 PS201IN
CN33-A22 MCPU_CTS CN51-B13 PS206IN CN231-B7 B13 CN52-B13 PS206IN
CN33-A23 PCS_TX CN51-B14 VR201IN CN231-B6 B14 CN52-B14 VR201IN
CN33-A24 PCS_REQ CN51-B15 VR202IN CN231-B5 B15 CN52-B15 VR202IN
CN33-A25 GND CN51-B16 CN52-B16
CN33-A26 EPROM_ON
CN52-B17
CN33-A27 EP_SEND_ERROR
CN33-A28 EP_SEND_OK CN52-B18
CN33-A29 CDO1(N.C.) CN52-B19
CN33-A30 CDO3(N.C.)
CN33-A31 CDO5(N.C.)

8
8

CN33-A32 CDO7(N.C.) CN62-A1 5V CN63-A1 5V


CN33-A33 5V CN62-A2 5V CN63-A2 5V
CN33-A34 5V CN62-A3 OUT-1(IN) CN63-A3 OUT-1
CN33-B1 CA2 CN62-A4 OUT-2(IN) CN63-A4 OUT-2
CN33-B2 CA4 CN62-A5 OUT-3(IN) CN63-A5 OUT-3
CN33-B3 CA6 CN62-A6 OUT-4(IN) CN63-A6 OUT-4
CN33-B4 CA8 CN62-A7 OUT-5(IN) CN63-A7 OUT-5
CN33-B5 CA10 CN62-A8 OUT-6(IN) CN63-A8 OUT-6
CN33-B6 CA12 CN62-A9 OUT-7(IN) CN63-A9 OUT-7
CN33-B7 CA14 CN62-A10 OUT-8(IN) CN63-A10 OUT-8
CN33-B8 CA16 CN62-A11 OUT-9(IN) CN63-A11 OUT-9
CN33-B9 CA18 CN62-A12 OUT-10(IN) CN63-A12 OUT-10
ROM board

CN33-B10 GND CN62-A13 CN63-A13 N.C.

Crimp
CN33-B11 CD0 CN62-A14 PS301 CN63-A14 PS301
Symbol

CN33-B12 CD2 CN62-A15 CN63-A15 N.C.


CN33-B13 CD4 CN62-A16 PS306IN CN63-A16 PS306IN
CN33-B14 CD6 CN62-A17 PS302IN CN63-A17 PS302IN
CN33-B15 CD8 CN62-A18 PS304IN CN63-A18 PS304IN
CN33-B16 CD10 CN62-A19 SUBIN0 CN63-A19 SUBIN0
CN33-B17 CD12 CN62-A20 CN63-A20
CN33-B18 CD14 CN62-B1 CN63-B1
CN33-B19 CAO2 CN62-B2 CN63-B2
CN33-B20 /RD CN62-B3 S.GND(PKSET2) CN63-B3 PKSET2
CN33-B21 MCPU_RXD CN62-B4 S.GND(PKSET) CN63-B4 PKSET
Connector

CN33-B22 MCPU_RTS CN62-B5 SIG_1(OUT) CN63-B5 SIG_1


CN33-B23 PCS_RX CN62-B6 SIG-2(OUT) CN63-B6 SIG-2
CN62-B7 SIG-3(OUT)
PKDB

CN33-B24 PCS_ACK CN63-B7 SIG-3


CN33-B25 /CS10 CN62-B8 SIG-4(OUT) CN63-B8 SIG-4
CN33-B26 /RD1 CN62-B9 SIG-5(OUT) CN63-B9 SIG-5
CN33-B27 /WR1 CN62-B10 SIG-6(OUT) CN63-B10 SIG-6
9
9

CN33-B28 CDO0(N.C.) CN62-B11 SIG-7(OUT) CN63-B11 SIG-7


CN33-B29 CDO2(N.C.) CN62-B12 SIG-8(OUT) CN63-B12 SIG-8
CN33-B30 CDO4(N.C.) CN62-B13 SIG-9(OUT) CN63-B13 SIG-9
CN33-B31 CDO6(N.C.) CN62-B14 SIG-10(OUT) CN63-B14 SIG-10
CN33-B32 5V CN62-B15 M301CONT CN63-B15 M301CONT
CN33-B33 5V CN62-B16 M301F/R CN63-B16 M301F/R
Relay connector

CN62-B17 CPU_RXD
Faston

CN33-B34 5V CN63-B17 N.C.


CN62-B18 CPU_TXD CN63-B18 N.C.
CN62-B19 S.GND CN63-B19 S.GND
CN62-B20 S.GND CN63-B20 S.GND
CN61-1 24V CN64-1 24V
CN61-2 P.GND CN64-1 P.GND
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

FS-509/604 location list


Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
FSCB FS control board 1-D PS8 Alignment home sensor /Up 4-F
LED29 Folding full LED 1-I PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor 5-F
M1 FS conveyance motor 1-B PS11 Stapler movement home sensor 5-F
M2 Shift roller motor 1-B PS12 Paper exit home sensor 2-B
M3 Main tray lift motor 4-B PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor 6-I
M4 Clincher rotation motor 3-I PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor 4-I
M5 Alignment motor /Up 4-E PS15 Counter reset sensor 4-B
M6 Stapler rotation motor 5-I PS16 Gate home sensor 2-B
M7 Paper exit roller motor 2-B PS18 Shift roller home sensor 3-B
M8 Paper exit motor 1-B PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor 3-B
M9 Stapler motor /Rr 5-I PS20 Stacker empty sensor 5-F
M10 Clincher motor /Rr 4-I PS22 Folding blade home sensor 1-I
M11 Stapler movement motor 3-I PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor 1-I
M12 Gate motor 3-B PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw 1-I
M13 Stacker entrance motor 5-F PS25 Folding paper exit sensor 1-I
M14 Stapler motor /Fr 5-I PS26 Folding passage sensor 1-I
M15 Clincher motor /Fr 4-I PS29 Folding full sensor 2-I
M16 Alignment motor /Lw 2-I PS30 Stapler home sensor /Rr *
M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor 2-I PS31 Stapler home sensor /Fr *
M19 Folding blade motor 2-I PS32 Clincher home sensor /Rr *
M20 Folding transfer motor 2-I PS33 Clincher home sensor /Fr *
M21 Sub tray paper exit motor 1-B PS34 Cartridge sensor /Rr *
M51 Paper assist motor 6-F PS35 Staple empty sensor /Rr *
MS1 Front door interlock switch 6-G PS36 Cartridge sensor /Fr *
MS2 Cartridge switch /Rr * PS37 Staple empty sensor /Fr *
MS3 Staple empty switch /Rr * PS38 Staple ready sensor /Rr *
MS4 Cartridge switch /Fr * PS39 Staple ready sensor /Fr *
MS5 Staple empty switch /Fr * PS100 Paper exit home sensor /2 3-B
MS201 Upper door open/close switch 6-B RB Relay board 1-G
PIDB PI drive board 7-A SD2 Paper exit opening solenoid 1-B
PKDB PK drive board 8-A SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid 1-B
PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor 2-B SD5 Bypass gate solenoid 5-B
PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor 4-B SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid 3-I
PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor 4-B SD7 Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr 3-I
PS4 FS entrance sensor 2-B SD8 Side stitch stopper solenoid /Rr 3-I
PS5 Stacker entrance sensor 5-F SD51 Paper assist solenoid 6-F
PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor 3-B TUDB TU drive board 5-A
PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor 4-B
* In the stapler unit

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17.8 PI

1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

2
2
PI INTERLOCK MS

MS201

CN200-1
CN57-1 5V
CN57-2 NC
CN200-3
CN57-3 M203 P/S
CN200-4
CN57-4 M203 CLK
CN200-5
CN231-A19 CN231-A1 CN57-5 M203 F/R
CN52-1 24V CN52-A1 24V CN200-6
CN231-A18 CN231-A2 CN57-6 M203 LD M203 PI CONVEYANCE MOTOR
CN52-2 24V CN52-A2 24V
CN231-A17 CN231-A3 CN57-7 NC
CN52-5 PG CN52-A3 PG CN200-8
CN231-A16 CN231-A4 CN57-8 PG
CN52-6 PG CN52-A4 PG CN200-9
CN231-A15 CN231-A5 CN57-9 PG
CN52-3 5V CN52-A5 5V CN200-10
CN231-A14 CN231-A6 CN57-10 24V
CN51-A1 5V CN52-A6 5V CN200-11
CN231-A13 CN231-A7 CN57-11 24V
CN52-4 SG CN52-A7 SG
CN51-A16 SG CN231-A12 CN231-A8
CN52-A8 SG

3
CN231-A11 CN231-A9

3
CN51-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL CN52-A9 MPI_DRV_SEL CN201-1
CN231-A10 CN231-A10 CN54-5 MC201 24V
CN51-A6 MPI_M_CONT CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT CN201-2 CL201 CONVEYANCE CLUTCH/Up
CN231-A9 CN231-A11 CN54-6 MC201 DRV
CN51-A7 MPI_M_F/R CN52-A11 MPI_M_FR
CN51-A 8 MPI_SD_CONT CN231-A8 CN231-A12
CN52-A12 MPI_SD_CONT
CN231-A7 CN231-A13 CN54-7 MC203 24V CN207-1
CN51-A 9 MPI_MC_CONT CN52-A13 MPI_MC_CONT
CN231-A6 CN231-A14 CN54-8 MC203 DRV CN207-2 CL203 REGISTRATION CLUTCH
CN51-A10 M203 P/S CN52-A14 M203 P/S
CN51-A11 M203 CLK CN231-A5 CN231-A15
CN52-A15 M203 CLK
CN51-A12 NC CN231-A4 CN231-A16 CN202-1
CN52-A16 M203 NC CN54-3 SD201 24V
CN51-A13 M203 LD CN231-A3 CN231-A17 CN202-2 SD201 SHEET FEED SOLENOID/Up
CN52-A17 M203 LD CN54-4 SD201 DRV
CN51-A14 M203 F/R CN231-A2 CN231-A18
CN52-A18 M203 F/R

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN51-A15 NC CN52-A19 NC
CN51-A2 NC CN203-1
CN54-2 M201 DRV1
CN51-A3 NC CN203-2 M201 TRAY UP/DOWN MOTOR/Up
CN54-1 M201 DRV2
CN51-A4 NC

FNSCB
CN51-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN231-B19 CN231-B1
CN251-1
CN52-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN55-A1 PS201 5V
CN51-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN231-B18 CN231-B2
CN203-2
CN52-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN55-A9 PS201 IN
CN51-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN231-B17 CN231-B3
CN251-3
PS201 PI PASSAGE SENSOR/Up
CN52-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN55-B5 PS201 SG
CN51-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2 CN231-B16 CN231-B4
CN52-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2
CN51-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1 CN231-B15 CN231-B5
CN52-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1
CN51-B6 MPI S_OUT1_2 CN231-B14 CN231-B6 CN235-1 CN235-15 CN252-1
CN52-B6 MPI_S_OUT1_2 CN55-A2 PS202 5V
CN51-B7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN231-B13 CN231-B7 CN235-6 CN235-10 CN252-2
CN52-B7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN55-A10 PS202 IN PS202 NO SHEET SENSOR/Up
CN51-B8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN231-B12 CN231-B8 CN235-11 CN235-5 CN252-3
CN52-B8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN55-B6 PS202 SG
CN51-B9 MPI_OBOUT1_1 CN231-B11 CN231-B9
CN52-B9 MPI_OBOUT1_1
CN51-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2 CN231-B10 CN231-B10 CN235-2 CN235-14 CN253-1

4
4

CN52-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2 CN55-A3 PS203 5V


CN51-B11 SUB OUT 2 CN231-B9 CN231-B11 CN235-7 CN235-9 CN253-2
CN52-B11 MC203 DRV CN55-A11 PS203 IN PS203 SHEET SET SENSOR/Up
CN231-B8 CN231-B12 CN235-12 CN235-4 CN253-3
CN51-B12 PS201 IN CN52-B12 PS201 IN CN55-B7 PS203 SG
CN231-B7 CN231-B13
CN51-B13 PS206 IN CN52-B13 PS206 IN
CN231-B6 CN231-B14 CN235-3 CN235-13 CN254-1
CN51-B14 VR201 IN CN52-B14 VR201 IN CN55-A4 PS205 5V
CN231-B5 CN231-B15 CN235-8 CN235-8 CN254-2
CN51-B15 VR202 IN CN52-B15 VR202 IN CN55-A12 PS205 IN PS205 TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR/Up
CN51-B16 NC CN52-B16 NC CN55-B8 PS205 SG CN235-13 CN235-3 CN254-3
CN52-B17 NC
CN52-B18 NC CN235-4 CN235-12 CN255-1
CN55-A5 PS204 5V
CN52-B19 NC CN235-9 CN235-7 CN255-2
CN55-B1 PS204 IN PS204 TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR/Up
CN235-14 CN235-2 CN255-3
CN55-B9 PS204 SG

CN55-A6 NC
CN55-B2 NC
CN55-B10 NC
CN235-5 CN235-11 CN291-1
CN55-A7 VR201 5V
CN235-10 CN235-6 CN291-2
CN55-B3 VR201 IN VR201 SHEET SIZE VR/Up
CN235-15 CN235-1 CN291-3
CN55-B11 VR201 SG

CN55-B2 NC
CN55-B4 NC
CN55-B12 NC

5
5

CN56-5 MC202 24V CN204-1


CN56-6 MC202 DRV CN204-2 CL202 CONVEYANCE CLUTCH/Lw

CN56-3 SD202 24V CN205-1


CN205-2 SD202 SHEET FEED SOLENOID/Lw

PIDB
CN56-4 SD202 DRV

CN56-2 M202 DRV1 CN206-1


CN56-1 M202 DRV2 CN206-2 M202 TRAY UP/DOWN MOTOR/Lw

CN256-1
CN53-A1 PS206 5V
CN256-2
CN53-A11 PS206 IN PS206 PI PASSAGE SENSOR/Lw
CN256-3
CN53-B 6 PS206 SG
CN237-1 CN237-3 CN259-1
CN53-A4 PS209 5V
CN237-2 CN237-2 CN259-2
CN53-A14 PS209 IN PS209 TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR/Lw
CN237-3 CN237-1 CN259-3
CN53-B9 PS209 SG

6
6

CN236-1 CN236-3 CN260-1


CN53-A5 PS210 5V
CN236-2 CN236-2 CN260-2
CN53-A15 PS210 IN PS210 TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR/Lw
CN236-3 CN236-1 CN260-3
CN53-B10 PS210 SG

CN238-1 CN238-12 CN257-1


CN53-A2 PS207 5V
CN238-5 CN238-8 CN257-2
CN53-A12 PS207 IN PS207 NO SHEET SENSOR/Lw
CN238-9 CN238-4 CN257-3
CN53-B 7 PS207 SG

CN53-A3 PS208 5V CN238-2 CN238-11 CN258-1


CN53-A13 PS208 IN CN238-6 CN238-7 CN258-2
CN238-10 CN238-3 CN258-3
PS208 SHEET SET SENSOR/Lw
CN53-B8 PS208 SG

CN53-A6 PS211 NC
CN53-B1 PS211 NC
CN53-B11 PS211 NC

CN53-A7 PS212 5V CN238-3 CN238-10 CN262-1


CN53-B2 PS212 IN CN238-7 CN238-6 CN262-2
CN238-11 CN238-2 CN262-3
PS212 SHEET SIZE SENSOR/Lw
CN53-B12 PS212 SG

CN53-A8 PS213 NC
CN53-B3 PS213 NC
CN53-B13 PS213 NC

7
7

CN53-A9 VR202 5V CN238-4 CN238-9 CN292-1


CN53-B4 VR202 IN CN238-8 CN238-5 CN292-2
CN238-12 CN238-1 CN292-3 VR202 SHEET SIZE VR/Lw
CN53-B14 VR202 SG

CN53-A10 NC
CN53-B5 NC
CN53-B15 NC

CN232-1 CN299-1
CN58-1 5V
CN232-2 CN299-2
CN58-2 LED1
CN232-3 CN299-3
CN58-3 LED2
CN232-4 CN299-4
CN58-4 LED3
CN232-5 CN299-5
CN58-5 LED4
CN232-6 CN299-6
CN58-6 LED5
CN232-7 CN299-7
CN58-7 LED6
PIOB

CN232-8 CN299-8
CN58-8 LED7
CN232-9 CN299-9
CN58-9 SW201 IN
CN232-10 CN299-10
CN58-10 SW202 IN
CN232-11 CN299-11
CN58-11 SW203 IN
CN232-12 CN299-12
CN58-12 SG

8
8

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

PI-501 location list


Symbol Part name Location
M201 Tray lift motor /Up 3-C
M202 Tray lift motor /Lw 5-C
M203 Conveyance motor 3-C
CL201 Transfer clutch /Up 3-C
CL202 Transfer clutch /Lw 5-C
CL203 Registration clutch 3-C
MS201 Upper door open/close switch 2-F
PS201 Paper entrance sensor /Up 4-C
PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up 4-C
PS203 Paper set sensor /Up 4-C
PS204 Tray upper limit sensor /Up 4-C
PS205 Tray lower limit sensor /Up 4-C
PS206 Paper entrance sensor /Lw 6-C
PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw 6-C
PS208 Paper set sensor /Lw 6-C
PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw 6-C
PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw 6-C
PS212 L size sensor /Lw 7-C
SD201 Separation solenoid /Up 3-C
SD202 Separation solenoid /Lw 5-C
VR201 Paper size VR /Up 5-C
VR202 Paper size VR /Lw 7-C
PIOB PI control board 7-C
PIDB PI drive board 3-E

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

1
1
17.9 PK-503/504
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

2
2

3
3
CN62-A 1 5V CN63-A 1 5V
CN62-A 2 5V CN63-A 2 5V
CN62-A 3 CN63-A 3 OUT-1
CN62-A 4 CN63-A 4 OUT-2
CN62-A 5 CN63-A 5 OUT-3
CN62-A 6 CN63-A 6 OUT-4
CN62-A 7 CN63-A 7 OUT-5 CN551-1
CN65-1 M801 DRV1
CN62-A 8 CN63-A 8 OUT-6 CN551-2 M801 PUNCH MOTOR
CN65-2 M801 DRV2
CN62-A 9 CN63-A 9 OUT-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN62-A10 CN63-A10 OUT-8
CN62-A11 CN63-A11 OUT-9
CN62-A12 CN63-A12 OUT-10
CN62-A13 N.C. CN63-A13 N.C.
CN62-A14 CN63-A14 PS801
CN62-A15 N.C. CN63-A15 N.C.
CN62-A16 N.C. CN63-A16 N.C.
CN62-A17 CN63-A17 PS802 IN
CN62-A18 CN63-A18 PS804 IN
CN62-A19 N.C. CN63-A19 N.C.
CN62-A20 N.C. CN63-A20 N.C.
CN62-B 1 N.C. CN63-B 1 N.C.
CN62-B 2 N.C. CN63-B 2 N.C.
CN62-B 3 PKSET2 CN63-B 3 PKSET2
CN62-B 4 PKSET CN63-B 4 PKSET
CN62-B 5 SIG_1 CN63-B 5

4
4

CN62-B 6 SIG_2 CN63-B 6 CN501-1

FNSCB
CN65-3 PS801 5V
CN62-B 7 SIG_3 CN63-B 7 CN501-2
CN65-4 PS801 IN PS801 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
CN62-B 8 SIG_4 CN63-B 8 CN501-3
CN65-5 PS801 SG
CN62-B 9 SIG_5 CN63-B 9
CN62-B10 SIG_6 CN63-B10
CN62-B11 SIG_7 CN63-B11
CN62-B12 SIG_8 CN63-B12
CN62-B13 SIG_9 CN63-B13
CN62-B14 SIG_10 CN63-B14
CN62-B15 M801CONT CN63-B15
CN62-B16 M801F/R CN63-B16
CN62-B17 N.C. CN63-B17 N.C.
CN62-B18 N.C. CN63-B18 N.C.
CN62-B19 SG CN63-B19 SG
CN62-B20 SG CN63-B20 SG

CN61-1 24V CN64-1 24V CN504-1


CN68-1 5V
CN61-2 PG CN64-2 PG CN504-2
CN68-2 IN1
CN504-3
CN68-3 IN2
CN504-4
CN68-4 IN3
CN504-5 PS805 PAPER EDGE SENSOR
CN68-5 IN4
CN504-6
CN68-6 IN5
CN504-7
CN68-7 SG
CN68-8 N.C.

5
5

CN504-1
CN66-2 PS804 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN504-2
CN66-5 PS804 IN PS804
CN504-3 BOX SET SENSOR
CN66-8 PS804 SG

CN66-3 5V NC
CN66-6 IN NC
CN66-9 SG NC
CN531-3 CN531-1 CN502-1
CN66-1 PS802 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN531-2 CN531-2 CN502-2
CN66-4 PS802 IN PS802
CN531-1 CN531-3 CN502-3 FULL SENSOR
CN66-7 PS802 SG

PDB

6
6

CN158-3
CN69-1 24V
CN158-9
CN69-2 24V
CN158-1
CN69-3 M802 DRVA
CN158-5 M802 PUNCH SHIFT MOTOR
CN69-4 M802 DRVA
CN158-7
CN69-5 M802 DRVB
CN158-11
CN69-6 M802 DRVB

CN505-1
CN67-1 PS803 5V
CN505-2
CN67-2 PS803 IN PS803 PUNCH SHIFT HP SENSOR

7
7

CN505-3
CN67-3 PS803 SG

8
8

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

PK-503/504 location list


Symbol Part name Location
M801 Punch motor 3-C
M802 Punch shift motor 6-C
PS801 Punch home sensor 4-C
PS802 Punch scraps box full sensor 6-C
PS803 Punch shift home sensor 7-C
PS804 Punch scraps box set sensor 5-C
PS805 Paper size sensor 5-C
PDB Punch drive board 3-E

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17.10PK-505

1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

2
2

3
3
CN62-A 1 5V CN63-A 1 5V

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN62-A 2 5V CN63-A 2 5V
CN62-A 3 OUT-1 CN63-A 3 OUT-1
CN62-A 4 OUT-2 CN63-A 4 OUT-2
CN62-A 5 OUT-3 CN63-A 5 OUT-3
CN62-A 6 OUT-4 CN63-A 6 OUT-4
CN62-A 7 OUT-5 CN63-A 7 OUT-5
CN62-A 8 OUT-6 CN63-A 8 OUT-6
CN62-A 9 OUT-7 CN63-A 9 OUT-7 CN551-1-2
CN65-1 M301 DRV1
CN62-A10 OUT-8 CN63-A10 OUT-8
CN65-2 N.C. CN551-2-1 M301 PUNCH MOTOR
CN62-A11 OUT-9 CN63-A11 OUT-9
CN65-3 M301 DRV2
CN62-A12 OUT-10 CN63-A12 OUT-10
CN62-A13 N.C. CN63-A13 N.C.
CN62-A14 PS301 CN63-A14 PS301

4
4

CN62-A15 N.C. CN63-A15 N.C.


CN62-A16 N.C. CN63-A16 PS306IN
CN62-A17 PS302IN CN63-A17 PS302IN CN501-1
CN67-9 PS301 5V
CN62-A18 PS304IN CN63-A18 PS304IN CN501-2 PUNCH HP SENSOR
CN67-8 PS301 IN PS301
CN62-A19 SUBIN0 CN63-A19 SUBIN0 CN501-3
CN67-7 PS301 SG
CN62-A20 N.C. CN63-A20 N.C.
CN62-B 1 N.C. CN63-B 1 N.C.
CN62-B 2 N.C. CN63-B 2 N.C. CN506-1
CN67-6 PS306 5V
CN62-B 3 PKSET2 CN63-B 3 PKSET2 CN506-2
CN67-5 PS306 IN PS306 PUNCH ENCODER SENSOR
CN62-B 4 PKSET CN63-B 4 PKSET CN506-3
CN67-4 PS306 SG
CN62-B 5 SIG_1 CN63-B 5 SIG_1

FNSCB
CN62-B 6 SIG_2 CN63-B 6 SIG_2
CN62-B 7 SIG_3 CN63-B 7 SIG_3 CN502-1
CN67-3 5V
CN62-B 8 SIG_4 CN63-B 8 SIG_4 CN502-2 PUNCH SCRAPS
CN67-2 SUBIN1 PS302
CN62-B 9 SIG_5 CN63-B 9 SIG_5 CN502-3 FULL SENSOR
CN67-1 SG
CN62-B10 SIG_6 CN63-B10 SIG_6
CN62-B11 SIG_7 CN63-B11 SIG_7
CN62-B12 SIG_8 CN63-B12 SIG_8
CN62-B13 SIG_9 CN63-B13 SIG_9
CN62-B14 SIG_10 CN63-B14 SIG_10
CN62-B15 M301CONT CN63-B15 N.C.
CN62-B16 M301F/R CN63-B16 N.C.
CN62-B17 N.C. CN63-B17 N.C.

5
5

CN62-B18 N.C. CN63-B18 N.C. CN504-1


CN68-1 PS305 5V
CN62-B19 SG CN63-B19 SG CN504-2
CN68-2 PS305 IN1
CN62-B20 SG CN63-B20 SG CN504-3
CN68-3 PS305 IN2
CN504-4
CN68-4 PS305 IN3
CN61-1 24V CN64-1 24V CN504-5 PS305 PAPER EDGE SENSOR
CN68-5 PS305 IN4
CN61-2 PG CN64-2 PG CN504-6
CN68-6 PS305 IN5
CN504-7
CN68-7 S.G.
CN504-8
CN68-8 PS305 IN6

CN503-1

PDB
CN66-6 PS304 5V

6
6

CN503-2 PUNCH SCRAPS BOX


CN66-5 PS304 IN PS304
CN503-3 SET SENSOR
CN66-4 PS304 SG

CN505-1
CN66-3 PS302 5V
CN505-2 PUNCH SHIFT HP SENSOR
CN66-2 PS302 IN PS303
CN505-3
CN66-1 PS302 SG

CN552-3
CN69-1 24V CN552-9
CN69-2 24V CN552-1
CN69-3 DRVA CN552-5 M302 PUNCH SHIFT MOTOR
CN69-4 DRVA CN552-7
CN69-5 DRVB CN552-11
CN69-6 DRVB

7
7

CN67-12 PS303 5V
CN67-11 PS303 IN
CN67-10 PS303 SG

8
8

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

PK-505 location list


Symbol Part name Location
M301 Punch motor 4-B
M302 Punch sift motor 7-B
PS301 Punch HP sensor 4-B
PS302 Punch scraps full sensor 5-B
PS303 Punch shift HP sensor 6-B
PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor 6-B
PS305 Paper edge sensor 5-B
PS306 Punch encoder sensor 4-B
PDB Punch drive board 3-E

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17.11ZU

AC CODE
CN53- 3/1
CN7- 9 M10-24V
CN53- 1/3
CN7- 10 M10-DRV Conveyance motor cooling fan
CN53- 2/2

M10
CN3- 8 M10-EM

1
1
CN7- 11 24VDRV
CN7- 12 DRVSPR
CN32- 4 CN42- 1
CN5- B1 M2 24V
CN32- 5 CN42- 6
CN5- B2 M2 A
CN32- 6 CN42- 4
CN5- B3 M2 A
CN32-13 CN42- 2 1st stopper motor
CN5- B4 M2 24V

M2
CN32-14 CN42- 5
CN5- B5 M2 B
CN32-15 CN42- 3
CN5- B6 M2 B

Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005


CN32- 7 CN74- 1/13 CN43- 5
CN5- B7 M3 24V
CN32- 8 CN74- 2/12 CN43- 4

AC INRET
CN5- B8 M3 A

FT2
FT3
FT1
CN32- 9 CN74- 3/11 CN43- 6
CN5- B9 M3 A
CN32-16 CN74- 4/10 CN43- 2 2nd stopper motor
CN5-B10 M3 24V

M3
CN32-17 CN74- 5/9 CN43- 3
CN5-B11 M3 B
CN32-18 CN74- 6/8 CN43- 1
CN6-B12 M3 B
RT1 CN30- 1 CN46- 5
CN8- 1 M6 24V
CN30- 2 CN46- 4
CN5- 6 M6 B-

FT5
FT4
CN30- 3 CN46- 6
CN8- 5 M6 B
CN30- 4 CN46- 2 Conveyance motor
CN8- 4 M6 24V

M6
CN30- 5 CN46- 3
CN8- 3 M6 A-
CN30- 6 CN46- 1
CN8- 2 M6 A

CBR2
CBR1
CN32- 1 CN41- 1
CN5- A7 M1 24V
CN32- 2 CN41- 3
CN5-A12 M1 B-

FT7
FT6
CN32- 3 CN41- 4

2
2
CN5-A11 M1 B
CN32-10 CN41- 2 Registration motor
CN5-A10 M1 24V

Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
M1
CN32-11 CN41- 5
CN5- A9 M1 A-
CN32-12 CN41- 6
CN5- A8 M1 A

CN45- 5
CN5- A1 M5 24V

FT9
FT8
CN45- 4
CN5- A2 M5 A
CN45- 6
CN5- A3 M5 A

4
3
CN45- 2 Punch shift motor
CN5- A4 M5 24V

M5
CN45- 3
CN5- A5 M5 B

NF
CN45- 1

2
1
CN5- A6 M5 B

Noise filter
FT11
FT10
CN47- 1
CN7- 7 M7-24V
CN47- 2 Punch scraps conveyance motor
CN7- 8 M7-DRV

M7
RT4 RT5

Power relay/1
RL/1

FT13
FT12
FT16

A
C
FT17
CN39- 9/6 CN52- 2
CN7- 5 MC1-24V
CN39-10/5 CN52- 1 Punch clutch

3
3
FT18 CN7- 6 MC1-DRV

CL1

B
D
FT19

FT15
FT14
CN39-11/4 CN44- 2
CN11- 1 M4-24V
CN39-12/3 CN44- 1 Punch motor
CN11- 4 M4-DRV

M4

RL/2
PGC7
CN39-1/14

FT22
FT21
CN3- 1 5VDC CN25- 1 5V
CN39-2/13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN3- 2 PSS-IN1 CN25- 2 PSS-IN1

Power relay/2
CN39-3/12
CN3- 3 PSS-IN2 CN25- 3 PSS-IN2
CN39-4/11
CN3- 4 PSS-IN3 CN25- 4 PSS-IN3

MS1
CN39-5/10
CN3- 5 PSS-IN4 CN25- 5 PSS-IN4
CN39-6/9

Door switch
CN3- 6 PSS-IN5 CN25- 6 PSS-IN5

PESB
CN39-7/8

FT24
FT23
CN3- 7 GND CN25- 7 GND
PGC8

CN65- 1
CN39-8/7 CN65- 2

CN78- 1
CN4- 8 P-HP2-IN Punch home sensor
CN65- 3 PS6

Coil

4
4

ZUCB
RT3

CN78- 2
CN39- 14/1 RT4

RT2
CN36-13/1 CN50- 1
CN7- 1 SD1-DRV1 CN36-12/2 CN50- 2 Gate solenoid/Lw
CN7- 2 SD1-DRV2 SD1

FG

RT7
RT6
RT8
CN36-11/3 CN51- 1

L : HOT
CN7- 3 SD2-DRV1 CN36-10/4 CN51- 2 Gate solenoid/Up
CN7- 4 SD2-DRV2 SD2

N : NEUTRAL
+V:24V
RT10 CN2-1 24VDC
+V:24V
CN2-2 24VDC CN62- 1
RT13
CN36-4/10 CN62- 2
CN4- 5 S-HP1-IN

5
5

CN62- 3 PS3 1st stopper home sensor


-V:P.G
RT11 CN2-3 24VGND

-V:P.G CN74-10/4 CN63- 1


CN2-4 24VGND

DCPS
RT12
CN36-5/9 CN74-11/3 CN63- 2
CN4- 6 S-HP2-IN 2nd stopper home sensor
CN74-12/2 CN63- 3 PS4

PGC9
CN4- 3 5V CN36-7/7 PGC5 CN74- 9/5 CN61- 3
CN4- 4 PSS-IN CN36-6/8 CN74- 8/6 CN61- 2
CN36-2/12 CN74- 7/7 CN61- 1 PS1 Passage sensor
CN4- 14 GND
PGC6
PGC10

CN68- 1
CN4- 11 EXT-PS CN36-1/13 CN74-13/1 CN68- 2
CN68- 3 PS9 Exit sensor

CN4- 2 5V CN36-8/6 CN69- 3


CN36-9/5 CN69- 2
CN4- 12 M6 EN Conveyance encoder sensor
CN36-3/11 CN69- 1 PS10
CN33- 1/4 CN31-4/1

6
6

Punch switchover CN7 -12 M8-DRV


CN33- 2/3 CN31-3/2
CN7 -11 M8-24V

M8
motor
CN67- 3
CN4- 9 P-FULLIN CN67- 2
CN67- 1 PS8 Punch scraps full sensor
Punch switchover CN33- 3/2 CN31-2/3
CN33- 4/1 CN31-1/4
CN12-1 MS2-CONT
CN12-2 MS2-GND

ZU-602 only
switch PGC3
CN66- 1
MS2 CN4- 1 5V
CN4- 10 BOX-IN CN66- 2
CN66- 3 PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor
CN4- 13 GND
PGC4

CN64- 1
CN4- 7 P-HP1-IN CN64- 2
CN64- 3 PS5 Punch shift home sensor

CN20
CN106-1 MTXDOUT CN97-6/1 CN6- 8 M-RXD-IN
CN6- 9 SGND CN21
CN106-2 SGND CN97-5/2
CN106-3 XCTSIN CN97-4/3 CN6-10 P-RTS1-OUT
CN106-4 MRXDIN CN97-3/4 CN6-11 M-TXD-OUT
CN6-12 SGND

7
7

CN106-5 SGND CN97-2/5


CN106-6 XRTS1OUT CN97-1/6 CN6-13 M-CTS1-IN
CN6- 4 F-TXD-OUT CN92-6/1 CN7-1 MTXDIN
CN6- 5 SGND CN92-5/2 CN7-2 SGND
CN6- 6 F-CTS0-IN CN92-4/3 CN7-3 XCTSOUT
CN6- 1 F-RXD-IN CN92-3/4 CN7-4 MRXDOUT
CN6- 2 SGND CN92-2/5 CN7-5 SGND
CN6- 3 P-RTS0-OUT CN92-1/6 CN7-6 XRTS1IN

CN 9- 7 F-TXD-OUT CN90-12
CN 9- 2 SGND CN90-11
CN 9- 9 P-REQ-OUT CN90-10
CN 9- 4 SGND CN90- 9
CN 9- 11 F-ACK-IN CN90- 8
CN 9- 6 SGND CN90- 7
CN 9- 1 F-RXD-IN CN90- 6
CN 9- 8 SGND CN90- 5
CN 9- 3 F-REQ-IN CN90- 4
CN 9- 10 SGND CN90- 3
CN 9- 5 P-ACK-OUT CN90- 2
CN 9- 12 SGND CN90- 1
CN 9- 13
CN95- 1 CN10- 1 M-RXD-IN

8
8

CN95- 2 CN10- 2 SGND


CN95- 3 CN10- 3 M-REQ-IN
CN95- 4 CN10- 4 SGND
FS

CN95- 5 CN10- 5 M-ACK-OUT


CN95- 6 CN10- 6 SGND
MAIN BODY

CN95- 7 CN10- 7 M-TXD-OUT


CN95- 8 CN10- 8 SGND
CN95- 9 CN10- 9 P-REQ-OUT
CN95-10 CN10- 10 SGND
CN95-11 CN10- 11 M-ACK-IN
CN95-12 CN10- 12 SGND

Crimp
CN1- 1 5VDC
Symbol

CN1- 3 SGND
C

ORG
CN96- 1 CN91-1 24VDC
RED
Connector

PGC1
CN96- 2 CN91-2 5VDC
BLU
CN96- 3 CN91-3 SGND
BLK PGC2
CN96- 4 CN91-4 PGND
BLK
CN96- 5 CN91-5 PGND
BLK
9
9

CN96- 6 CN91-6 FGND


D
B
A

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

ZU-601/602 location list


Symbol Part name Location
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 2-G
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 2-H
L Coil 4-G
DCPS DC power supply 5-G
M1 Registration motor 2-C
M2 1st stopper motor 1-C
M3 2nd stopper motor 1-C
M4 Punch motor 3-C
M5 Punch shift motor 2-D
M6 Conveyance motor 2-C
M7 Punch scraps conveyance motor 3-C
M8 Punch switchover motor 6-H
M10 Conveyance motor cooling fan 1-C
CL1 Punch clutch 3-C
MS1 Door switch 3-G
MS2 Punch switchover switch 6-H
NF Noise filter 2-G
PESB Paper edge sensor board (PESB) 3-B
PS1 Passage sensor 5-B
PS3 1st stopper home sensor 5-C
PS4 2nd stopper home sensor 5-B
PS5 Punch shift home sensor 7-C
PS6 Punch home sensor 4-C
PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor 6-C
PS8 Punch scraps full sensor 6-C
PS9 Exit sensor 6-B
PS10 Conveyance encoder sensor 6-C
ZUCB ZU control board 1-E
RL/1 Power relay /1 3-G
RL/2 Power relay /2 3-H
SD1 Gate solenoid /Lw 4-C
SD2 Gate solenoid /Up 5-C

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17.12TU

1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
CN441
1 3 CN418-1
CN404-A8 24V
2 2 CN418-2
CN404-A1 LD

Power plug
3 1 CN418-3 Scraps removal motor
CN404-A7 GND

M108
CN402-A 1 5V CN411-1
CN402-B 1 S.G CN411-2

Inlet
CN402-A 3 CONT CN411-3
CN402-A 4 CLK CN411-4

FT:

FT:
CN402-A 6 F/R CN411-5
CN402-A 5 PLL CN411-6
CN411-7 NC Conveyance motor
CN402-A 2 BLK

M101

SPS-51T-187

2
2

SPS-51T-187
CN402-A14 P.G CN411-8

FT:
CN402-A13 P.G CN411-9

FT:
CN402-A12 24V CN411-10
CN402-A11 24V CN411-11

SPS-61T-250
CBR

SPS-61T-250
CN436-1 CN451-1

FT:
FT:
CN402-B13 5V
CN402-A 7 IN CN436-2 CN451-2
CN436-3 CN451-3 PS101 Entrance sensor
CN402-B 6 GND

Circuit breaker

SPS-61T-250
SPS-61T-250
CN402-B 9 5V

FT:
FT:

B
B FT:
CN402-B10 5V CN402-B12 5V CN456-1
FT: CN456-2
SPS-01T-187 CN402-A 8 IN PS107 Scraps box sensor
CN456-3

SPS-01T-187
CN402-B 5 GND

SPS-51T-187
SPS-51T-187

RL2
RL1

FT:

Relay/2
FT:
Relay/1
FT: CN435-1 CN470-1

FT:
SPS-01T-187 CN402-B11 5V
CN402-B 8 S.G

A
SPS-51T-187
CN435-3 CN470-3 LED101 Scraps box full LED

SPS-51T-187
CN402-B 4 GND

A
CN402-B 7 S.G

SPS-01T-187
CN402-A 9 IN CN437-1 CN459-1

CN437-3 CN459-3 PS109 Scraps box full sensor

3
3
CN402-B 3 GND

FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN407 1 DRV CN412-1
CN407 2 DRV CN412-2 Blade motor

M102

Ferrite
(CN408- 1 5V) CN456-1
CN456-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CN408- 2 IN

Blade
CN456-3 MS101 Blade home switch
CN408- 3 GND

CN413-1

FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN406-A 2 24V
CN406-A 3 24V CN413-2
CN406-A 4 DRVA CN413-3
CN406-A 5 DRVA CN413-4 Stopper motor
CN413-5

M103
CN406-A 6 DRVB

MS2
CN413-6

Front door
CN406-A 7 DRVB

interlock switch
CN406-A 8 24V CN414-1 Stopper
CN414-2
CN406-A 9 DRV

4
release motor
4

M104

FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN406-B 3 5V CN452-1
CN406-B 7 IN CN452-2
PS102 Conveyance sensor

CN490-1
CN405-B10 GND CN452-3

CN453-1

Stopper
CN406-B 2 5V
CN406-B 6 IN CN453-2
PS103 Stopper home sensor

Coil
CN406-B 9 GND CN453-3

CN406-B 1 5V CN454-1
CN406-B 5 IN CN454-2 Stopper
CN454-3 PS104
CN406-B 8 GND release home sensor

CN490-2
CUTDEC
5V

CN403-1 24V CN415-1


CN415-2 Press motor
CN403-2 DRV

M105
CN403-3 5V CN455-1

L : HOT

5
5

CN455-2
Press
CN403-4 IN PS105 Press home sensor
CN403-5 GND CN455-3

N : NEUTRAL
TUDB
+V:24V CN409- 1 24V CN441 CN440
CN406-A10 5V 1 3 CN438-10 3 1 CN459-1
CN406-B 4 IN 2 2 CN438- 9 2 2 CN459-2
3 1 CN438- 8 1 3 CN459-3 PS114 Stacker door sensor
-V:PG CN409- 2 P.G CN406-A 1 GND

DCPS
-V:PG CN409- 3 P.G
CN404-A 9 5V CN438-1 CN458-1
CN404-A 6 IN CN438-2 CN458-2
FG : FRAME GND CN438-3 CN458-3 PS113 Stacker full sensor
CN404-B 5 GND

CN404-B 4 5V CN463-1
CN404-A 2 IN CN463-2
CN463-3 PS108 Exit sensor
CN404-B 9 GND

CN404-B 3 5V CN460-1
CN404-A 3 IN CN460-2
CN460-3 PS110 Upper limit sensor
CN404-B 8 GND

CN404-B 2 5V CN461-1
CN461-2

6
6

CN404-A 4 IN PS111 Lower limit sensor


CN404-B7 GND CN461-3
Stacker

CN404-B 1 5V CN462-1
CN404-A 5 IN CN462-2
CN462-3 PS112 Pusher home sensor
CN404-B 6 GND

Stacker interlock switch/1


MS3 FT:#110
CN405- 1 DRV CN438-4 CN442-1 CN442-2 CN438-5 CN417-2
CN417-1 Pusher motor
CN405- 2 DRV
Stacker interlock switch/2
MS4 FT:#110
CN405- 3 DRV CN438-6 CN442-3 CN442-4 CN438-7 CN416-1
CN416-2 Holder motor
CN405- 4 DRV
M107 M106

CN491-15 CN491- 1
CN401-A 1 CN41-A 1 M101_CONT
CN491-14 CN491- 2
CN401-A 2 CN41-A 2 M101_CLK
CN491-13 CN491- 3
CN401-A 3 CN41-A 3 M101_BLK
CN491-12 CN491- 4
CN401-A 4 CN41-A 4 M101_PLL
CN491-11 CN491- 5
CN401-A 5 CN41-A 5 M102_CONT
CN491-10 CN491- 6
CN401-A 6 CN41-A 6 M102_F/R

7
7

CN491- 9 CN491- 7
CN401-A 7 CN41-A 7 M103_DRVA
CN491- 8 CN491- 8
CN401-A 8 CN41-A 8 M103_DRVA/
CN491- 7 CN491- 9
CN401-A 9 CN41-A 9 M103_DRVB
CN491- 6 CN491-10
CN401-A10 CN41-A10 M103_DRVB/
CN491- 5 CN491-11
CN401-A11 CN41-A11 M104_CONT
CN491- 4 CN491-12
CN401-A12 CN41-A12 M105_CONT
CN491- 3 CN491-13
CN401-A13 CN41-A13 M101_F/R
CN492-11 CN492- 4
CN401-A19 CN41-A14 TU_SIN1-2
CN492- 9 CN492- 6
CN401-B 1 CN41-A15 IN101Y
CN493- 9 CN493- 9
CN401-B18 CN41-B 1 PS101_IN
CN492- 7 CN492- 8
CN401-B 3 CN41-B 2 PS102_IN
CN492- 6 CN492- 9
CN401-B 4 CN41-B 3 PS103_IN
CN492- 5 CN492-10
CN401-B 5 CN41-B 4 PS104_IN
CN492- 4 CN492-11
CN401-B 6 CN41-B 5 PS105_IN
CN492- 3 CN492-12
CN401-B 7 CN41-B 6 PS106_IN
CN493- 1 CN493- 1
CN401-B10 CN41-B 7 PS110_IN
CN493- 2 CN493- 2
CN401-B11 CN41-B 8 PS111_IN
CN492- 1 CN492-14
CN401-B 9 CN41-B 9 PS108_IN
CN493- 4 CN493- 4
CN401-B13 CN41-B10 CUT24VDEC
CN492-14 CN492- 1
CN401-A16 CN41-B11 M107_CONT
CN493- 3 CN493- 3
CN401-B12 CN41-B12 PS112_IN
FS-604

CN492- 2 CN492-13
CN401-B 8 CN41-B13 TU_SIN1-1
CN41-B14
CN41-B15
CN42- 1

8
8

CN493- 5 CN493- 5
CN401-B14 CN42- 2 5V
CN493- 7 CN493- 7
CN401-B16 CN42- 3 S.GND
CN42- 4
CN42- 5
CN491- 2 CN491-14
CN401-A14 CN43- 1 M106_CONT
CN491- 1 CN491-15
CN401-A15 CN43- 2 M106_F/R
CN492-13 CN492- 2
CN401-A17 CN43- 3 TU-OUT-1
CN492-12 CN492- 3
CN401-A18 CN43- 4 TU-OUT-2
CN493-11 CN493-11
CN401-B20 CN43- 5 NC
CN493-10 CN493-10
CN401-B19 CN43- 6 SUBOUT 4
CN492- 8 CN492- 7
CN401-B 2 CN43- 7 SUBOUT 5

Crimp
CN401-A20 CN43- 8
Symbol

CN401-B15
CN493-12 CN493-12
CN401-B17
Connector

9
9

Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO 920


17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920

TU-501 location list


Symbol Part name Location
CBR Circuit breaker 2-H
Coil Coil 4-H
DCPS DC power supply 5-H
LED101 Scraps box full LED 3-D
M101 Conveyance motor 2-D
M102 Blade motor 3-D
M103 Stopper motor 4-D
M104 Stopper release motor 4-D
M105 Press motor 5-D
M106 Holder motor 7-B
M107 Pusher motor 6-B
M108 Scraps removal motor 1-D
MS2 Front door interlock switch 4-H
MS3 Stacker interlock switch /1 6-D
MS4 Stacker interlock switch /2 7-D
MS101 Blade home switch 3-D
PS101 Entrance sensor 2-D
PS102 Conveyance sensor 4-D
PS103 Stopper home sensor 4-D
PS104 Stopper release home sensor 4-D
PS105 Press home sensor 5-D
PS107 Scraps box sensor 2-D
PS108 Exit sensor 6-D
PS109 Scraps box full sensor 3-D
PS110 Upper limit sensor 6-D
PS111 Lower limit sensor 6-D
PS112 Pusher home sensor 6-D
PS113 Stacker full sensor 5-C
PS114 Stacker door sensor 5-C
RL1 Relay /1 3-H
RL2 Relay /2 3-I
TUDB TU drive board 1-F

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 18. PAPER SETTING

18. PAPER SETTING

bizhub PRO 920


18.1 Paper type setting according to the paper brand
{: Available {: Available
X: Not available X: Not available
Paper type setting Paper category Paper brand Available tray Paper type setting Paper category Paper brand Available tray
from Utility mode U.S.A. Europe Tray 1 to 4 Bypass from Utility mode U.S.A. Europe Tray 1 to 4 Bypass
— PPC paper Hammermill Tidal MP (20lb, 75 g/m2) Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m2) { { Exclusive G Fine quality paper { X
72 to 90 g/m2 Xerox 4024 (20lb, 75 g/m2) Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2) 91 to 161 g/m2
GreatWhite (20lb, 75 g/m2) REPEAT (80 g/m2)
Weyerhaeuser Recycled Laser Copy
(20lb, 75 g/m2)
Normal PPC paper Ditto Ditto { { Exclusive H Fine quality paper XEROX COLOTECH (200 g/m2) { X
2
72 to 90 g/m 162 to 200 g/m2 MONDI Color Copy (200 g/m2)
(NEU Color Copy (200 g/m2))

Fine Fine quality paper { X Exclusive I PPC paper { X


72 to 90 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2

Thick1 PPC paper { X Exclusive J Rough paper { X


91 to 161 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2

Thick2 PPC paper Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m2) { { Exclusive K Rough paper Classic White (80 g/m2) { X
162 to 200 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m2)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m2))

Thin Paper PPC paper Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m2) { { Exclusive L Rough paper Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m2) { X
50 to 61 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2

Recycled Fine quality paper { X Exclusive M Rough paper { X


62 to 71 g/m2 162 to 200 g/m2

Exclusive A Smooth paper { X Seal PPC paper AVERY5160 (Seal) AVERY DSP24 (Seal) { X
62 to 71 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2

Exclusive B Smooth paper { X OHP Paper Fine quality paper HP 92296T OHP 3M CG3300 (OHP) X {
72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2

Exclusive C Smooth paper { X Trance Rough paper X {


91 to 161 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2

Exclusive D Smooth paper { X User Set voluntarily { {


162 to 200 g/m2

Exclusive E Fine quality paper { X Blank Insert Blank page insertion { X


50 to 61 g/m2

Exclusive F PPC paper MONDI BIO TOP3 (80g/m2) (Exclusive F) { X


72 to 90 g/m2 (NEU BIO TOP3 (80g/m2) (Exclusive F))

Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


18. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (U.S.A. paper)
bizhub PRO 920

Note
• This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.

Paper weight 50 to 61 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2 162 to 200 g/m2

Paper category
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5

Smooth paper Disable


(Smoothness: over 100sec) (A separation performance is not securable.)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
HP 92296T OHP

Fine quality paper


(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal ——/Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m2) AVERY5160 (Seal) Hammermill Tidal MP (20lb, 75 g/m2) Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m2)
Xerox 4024 (20lb, 75 g/m2)
GreatWhite (20lb, 75 g/m2)
Weyerhaeuser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb, 75 g/m2)
PPC paper
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5

Rough paper Disable


(Smoothness: 5 to 20sec) (A fusing performance is not securable.)

1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.

Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 18. PAPER SETTING

18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (European paper)

bizhub PRO 920


Note
• This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.

Paper weight 50 to 61 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2 162 to 200 g/m2

Paper category
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5

Smooth paper Disable


(Smoothness: over 100sec) (A separation performance is not securable.)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
3M CG3300 (OHP) XEROX COLOTECH (200 g/m2)
MONDI Color Copy (200 g/m2)
(NEU Color Copy (200 g/m2))

Fine quality paper


(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal ——/Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
AVERY DSP24 (Seal) Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m2)
Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2)
REPEAT (80 g/m2)
MONDI BIO TOP3 (80 g/m2) (Exclusive F)
PPC paper
(NEU BIO TOP 3 (80 g/m2) (Exclusive F))
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)

Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5
Classic White (80 g/m2) Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m2)
MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m2)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m2))

Rough paper Disable


(Smoothness: 5 to 20sec) (A separation performance is not securable.)

1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.

Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


18. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005

18.4 Conversion table of paper weight


bizhub PRO 920

Reference:
• Paper weight (g/m2) : Unit showing the mass of a 1 m2 sheet of paper in gram.
• Basis Weight (lb) : The basis weight of a paper is the designated fixed weight of 500 sheets, measured in pounds, in that paper's basic sheet size. It is important to note that the "basic size" is not the same for all types of paper.

Paper type Bond Cover Index Bristol Tag Book


Basic size (inch) 17 x 22 20 x 26 25.5 x 30.5 22.5 x 28.5 24 x 36 25 x 38
(mm) 432 x 559 508 x 660 648 x 775 572 x 724 610 x 914 635 x 965
Paper weight (g/m2) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb)
50.0 13.3 18.5 27.7 22.8 30.8 33.8
52.3 13.9 19.4 29.0 23.9 32.2 35.4
54.2 14.4 20.1 30.0 24.7 33.3 36.7
60.2 16.0 22.3 33.3 27.5 37.0 40.7
64.0 17.0 23.7 35.4 29.2 39.4 43.3
66.3 17.7 24.6 36.7 30.3 40.8 44.9
68.7 18.3 25.4 38.0 31.4 42.3 46.5
72.3 19.3 26.8 40.0 33.0 44.5 48.9
75.9 20.2 28.1 42.0 34.7 46.7 51.3
80.0 21.3 29.6 44.3 36.5 49.2 54.1
83.7 22.3 31.0 46.4 38.2 51.5 56.6
88.0 23.4 32.6 48.7 40.2 54.1 59.5
90.0 24.0 33.3 49.8 41.1 55.4 60.9
98.3 26.2 36.4 54.4 44.9 60.5 66.5
100.0 26.6 37.0 55.4 45.7 61.5 67.6
104.7 27.9 38.8 58.0 47.8 64.4 70.8
108.0 28.8 40.0 59.8 49.3 66.4 73.1
110.0 29.3 40.7 60.9 50.2 67.7 74.4
120.0 32.0 44.4 66.5 54.8 73.8 81.2
127.9 34.1 47.4 70.8 58.4 78.7 86.5
130.0 34.6 48.1 72.0 59.4 80.0 87.9
140.0 37.3 51.8 77.5 63.9 86.1 94.7
150.0 39.9 55.5 83.1 68.5 92.3 101.5
160.0 42.6 59.2 88.6 73.1 98.4 108.2
170.0 45.3 62.9 94.2 77.6 104.6 115.0
180.0 47.9 66.7 99.7 82.2 110.7 121.8
190.0 50.6 70.4 105.2 86.8 116.9 128.5
200.0 53.3 74.1 110.8 91.3 123.1 135.3
210.0 55.9 77.8 116.3 95.9 129.2 142.1
220.0 58.6 81.5 121.8 100.5 135.4 148.8
230.0 61.3 85.2 127.4 105.0 141.5 155.6
240.0 63.9 88.9 132.9 109.6 147.7 162.4
250.0 66.6 92.6 138.5 114.2 153.8 169.1
260.0 69.2 96.3 144.0 118.7 160.0 175.9
270.0 71.9 100.0 149.5 123.3 166.1 182.7
280.0 74.6 103.7 155.1 127.9 172.3 189.4
290.0 77.2 107.4 160.6 132.4 178.4 196.2
300.0 79.9 111.1 166.1 137.0 184.6 202.9
Divisor 3.7548 2.7006 1.8056 2.1899 1.6253 1.4782

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You might also like